TW200811483A - Compound, photosensitive composition, curable composition, curable composition for forming color filter, color filter, and method for manufacturing the same - Google Patents

Compound, photosensitive composition, curable composition, curable composition for forming color filter, color filter, and method for manufacturing the same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200811483A
TW200811483A TW096122412A TW96122412A TW200811483A TW 200811483 A TW200811483 A TW 200811483A TW 096122412 A TW096122412 A TW 096122412A TW 96122412 A TW96122412 A TW 96122412A TW 200811483 A TW200811483 A TW 200811483A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
compound
formula
curable composition
color filter
Prior art date
Application number
TW096122412A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI437280B (en
Inventor
Tomotaka Tsuchimura
Akinori Shibuya
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2006182285A external-priority patent/JP4912770B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2006236525A external-priority patent/JP2008056617A/en
Priority claimed from JP2006324686A external-priority patent/JP5013831B2/en
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of TW200811483A publication Critical patent/TW200811483A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI437280B publication Critical patent/TWI437280B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B23/00Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes
    • C09B23/10The polymethine chain containing an even number of >CH- groups
    • C09B23/107The polymethine chain containing an even number of >CH- groups four >CH- groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B23/00Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes
    • C09B23/0008Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes substituted on the polymethine chain
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B23/00Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes
    • C09B23/0066Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes the polymethine chain being part of a carbocyclic ring,(e.g. benzene, naphtalene, cyclohexene, cyclobutenene-quadratic acid)
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B23/00Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes
    • C09B23/0075Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes the polymethine chain being part of an heterocyclic ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B23/00Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes
    • C09B23/02Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes the polymethine chain containing an odd number of >CH- or >C[alkyl]- groups
    • C09B23/04Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes the polymethine chain containing an odd number of >CH- or >C[alkyl]- groups one >CH- group, e.g. cyanines, isocyanines, pseudocyanines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B23/00Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes
    • C09B23/02Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes the polymethine chain containing an odd number of >CH- or >C[alkyl]- groups
    • C09B23/08Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes the polymethine chain containing an odd number of >CH- or >C[alkyl]- groups more than three >CH- groups, e.g. polycarbocyanines

Abstract

The invention provides a curable composition for forming a color filter comprising: a sensitizer having a specific chemical structure; a photopolymerization initiator; a polymerizable compound; and a colorant. The invention further provides a color filter comprising a colored pattern formed by using the curable composition for forming a color filter. The invention further provides a method for forming a color filter comprising: coating the curable composition for forming a color filter onto a support so as to form a colored curable composition layer; exposing the colored curable composition layer through a mask; and developing the exposed colored curable composition layer so as to form a colored pattern.

Description

200811483 九、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係有關於一種能夠用於液晶顯示元件(LCD)或固體 攝像元件(CCD、CMOS等)之彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物、彩色 濾光片用硬化性組成物、彩色濾光片及其製法。 【先前技術】 彩色濾光片係在液晶顯示器不可缺少的構成零件。 液晶顯示器作爲顯示裝置與CRT比較時因爲較爲小巧, φ且具有同級以上的性能,所以逐漸取代CRT作爲電視畫面、個 人電腦畫面、及其他顯示裝置。又,近年來,液晶顯示裝置的 開發動向係從畫面較小面積之先前的監視器用途,逐漸朝向要 求大型畫面且高畫質之TV用途。 TV用途的液晶顯示器與先前監視器用途之液晶顯示器相 比,要求更高的畫質。亦即,對比及色純度提升。因爲對比提 升,關於製造彩色濾光片用之硬化性組成物所使用之著色劑( 有機頻料等)的粒子大小,要求使用更微小之粒子。[Technical Field] The present invention relates to a curable composition for color filters which can be used for a liquid crystal display element (LCD) or a solid-state imaging element (CCD, CMOS, etc.), and color. A curable composition for a filter, a color filter, and a method for producing the same. [Prior Art] A color filter is an indispensable component of a liquid crystal display. When the liquid crystal display is used as a display device and compared with the CRT, it is relatively small, φ and has the same level or higher performance, so it gradually replaces the CRT as a TV screen, a personal computer screen, and other display devices. Further, in recent years, development trends of liquid crystal display devices have been directed toward TV applications requiring a large screen and high image quality from the use of previous monitors having a small screen area. A liquid crystal display for TV use requires higher image quality than a liquid crystal display for a previous monitor. That is, the contrast and color purity are improved. Because of the comparative increase, it is required to use finer particles for the particle size of the coloring agent (organic material, etc.) used for producing the curable composition for a color filter.

又,爲了提升色純度,在彩色濾光片製造用硬化性組成物 的固體成分中著色劑(有機顏料)所佔有的含有率,要求更高之 含有率。 另一方面,在固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片方面,希望更高 精密化。 ' 但是’應用先前的顏料分散系而成之硬化性組成物,因爲 顏料的粒子比較粗大,而有產生顏色不均的問題,欲謀求更提 高解像度係有困難的’不適用於如固體攝像元件要求微細圖案 之用途。因此,有提案(例如參照特開平2- 1 27 6〇2號)揭示一種 -5- 200811483 、技術,係使用有機溶劑可溶性染料代替顏料作爲著色劑。 又,在固體攝像元件用途的彩色濾光片亦要求著色圖案的 薄膜化,爲了以與先前相同色濃度的方式薄膜化,要求提高在 彩色濾光片製造用硬化性組成物之著色劑的含有率。 如上述,在液晶顯不器用、固體攝像兀件中任一*種情況, 因爲彩色濾光片製造用硬化性組成物係含有著色劑,用以使該 硬化性組成物硬化之必要成分之光聚合引發劑及光聚合性單 體的含量受到限制,因強度不充分、或是硬化性不充分而有與 φ基材之硬質表面無法得到充分的黏附性等問題。 而且,近年來,隨著基板尺寸的擴大,要求在顯像步驟時 即便在顯像液中長時間亦能夠維持圖案形狀、且圖案無欠缺或 剝落之高敏感度的硬化性組成物。 關於彩色濾光片製造用硬化性組成物,正嘗試開發敏感度 更高的光聚合引發劑,用以在基板上塗布該組成物並進行曝光 硬化時,即使在塗布膜底部附近亦能夠充分地達成硬化反應。 先前,作爲彩色濾光片製造用硬化性組成物,例如使用組 Φ合含有羧基之黏合劑聚合物與新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯等多官能 性丙烯酸酯、及光聚合引發劑而成的感放射性組成物,在此種 感放射性組成物作爲高敏感度的光聚合引發劑,例如有提案( 例如參照特開平6-75372號及特開平6-75373號),揭示2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基二咪唑、2,2’-雙(2,3-二氯苯基 )-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基二咪唑等。 又,能夠應用於硬化性組成物之光聚合引發劑,能夠應用 於使用在印刷版或光阻劑等之感放射性組成物之光聚合引發 劑’有提案(例如參照特公昭48-38403號及特開昭62- 1 74204 -6- 200811483 號)’揭不2,2 -雙(2 -氯本基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基二味卩坐、2,2、雙 (2 -氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四(烷氧基苯基)二咪唑、2,2,-雙(2 -氯苯基 )-4,4’,5,5’-四(二烷氧基苯基)二咪唑、2,2,-雙(2-氯苯基 )-4,4’,5,5’-四(三烷氧基苯基)二咪唑等。又,爲了提升彩色濾 光片用硬化性組成物(光聚合性組成物)的敏感度,有嘗試在含 有聚合引發劑、敏化劑等之聚合引發劑系組成物中含有特定化 合物(例如參照特開2002-22179 1號)。 但是,上述中任一硬化性組成物,都是尙未滿足敏感度之 φ程度,在使其硬化時,必須照射高能量的放射線。使用此種硬 化性組成物來形成彩色濾光片的著色圖案時,若照射量不足時 ,會導致圖案脫落、缺損、殘膜率或像素強度下降等問題。進 而在所得到彩色濾光片的著色圖案,會產生解像力及與支撐體 的黏附性下降之問題。 如上述,即便高濃度地含有著色劑,亦要求以高敏感度硬 化、具有良好圖案形成性之彩色濾光片製造用硬化性組成物, 但是現狀尙未提供。In addition, in order to improve the color purity, the content ratio of the coloring agent (organic pigment) in the solid content of the curable composition for color filter production requires a higher content rate. On the other hand, in the case of a color filter for a solid-state image sensor, it is desired to be more precise. 'But' the hardening composition of the previous pigment dispersion system, because the particles of the pigment are relatively coarse, and there is a problem of uneven color, and it is difficult to seek to improve the resolution. The use of fine patterns is required. Therefore, there is a proposal (for example, refer to Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei. In addition, in the color filter used for the solid-state image sensor, the coloring pattern is required to be thinned, and in order to form a film having the same color density as before, it is required to improve the coloring agent of the curable composition for color filter production. rate. As described above, in any of the liquid crystal display device and the solid-state imaging device, since the curable composition for color filter production contains a colorant, photopolymerization of an essential component for hardening the curable composition is carried out. The content of the initiator and the photopolymerizable monomer is limited, and the strength is insufficient or the curability is insufficient, and there is a problem that sufficient adhesion to the hard surface of the φ substrate is not obtained. Further, in recent years, as the size of the substrate has been enlarged, a highly sensitive curable composition capable of maintaining the pattern shape and having no pattern missing or peeling off even in the developing liquid for a long period of time in the developing step is required. In the case of a curable composition for producing a color filter, attempts have been made to develop a photopolymerization initiator having higher sensitivity, and to apply the composition on a substrate and perform exposure hardening, even in the vicinity of the bottom of the coating film. A hardening reaction is achieved. In the past, as a curable composition for producing a color filter, for example, a combination of a binder polymer having a carboxyl group and a polyfunctional acrylate such as pentaerythritol hexaacrylate and a photopolymerization initiator is used. A radioactive composition, such as a highly sensitive photopolymerization initiator, is proposed, for example, as disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 6-75372 and No. Hei 6-75373, and discloses 2, 2'-double ( 2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyldiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2,3-dichlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'- Tetraphenyldiimidazole and the like. Moreover, it can be applied to a photopolymerization initiator which is a curable composition, and can be applied to a photopolymerization initiator which is used for a radiation-sensitive composition such as a printing plate or a photoresist (see, for example, Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-38403 and JP-A-62- 1 74204 -6- 200811483) 'Uncover 2,2-bis(2-chlorobenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl dimium, 2,2 , bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetrakis(alkoxyphenyl)diimidazole, 2,2,-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4', 5,5'-tetrakis(dialkoxyphenyl)diimidazole, 2,2,-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetrakis(trialkoxyphenyl) Diimidazole and the like. In addition, in order to improve the sensitivity of the curable composition (photopolymerizable composition) for a color filter, it is attempted to contain a specific compound in a polymerization initiator composition containing a polymerization initiator, a sensitizer, or the like (for example, reference) Special opening 2002-22179 No. 1). However, any of the above-mentioned curable compositions is such that 尙 does not satisfy the sensitivity φ, and it is necessary to irradiate high-energy radiation when it is hardened. When such a hardening composition is used to form a colored pattern of a color filter, if the amount of irradiation is insufficient, problems such as loss of pattern, defect, residual film rate, or decrease in pixel intensity may occur. Further, in the colored pattern of the obtained color filter, there is a problem that the resolution and the adhesion to the support are lowered. As described above, even if a coloring agent is contained at a high concentration, a curable composition for color filter production which is hardened with high sensitivity and has good pattern formability is required, but it is not provided at present.

【發明内容】 [發明所欲解決之課題] 本發明係鑒於前述先前的問題而完成。 亦即,本發明係提供一種對硬化性組成物的高敏感度化有 用的新穎化合物、感光性組成物、硬化性組成物、彩色濾光片 用硬化性組成物,該硬化性組成物即便高濃度地含有著色劑, 亦能夠高敏感度地硬化,形成具有良好的圖案、且與支撐體的 黏附性優良之著色圖案。 而且,本發明係提供一種彩色濾光片,其具備解像力及與 -7- 200811483 支撐體的黏附性優良之著色圖案(使用本發明的彩色濾、光片用 硬化性組成物所構成),及提供能夠高生產力地製造該彩色減 光片之方法。 [解決課題之手段] 本發明者進行專心硏究之結果’發現藉由含有特定化合物 之彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物,能夠解決前述課題而完成了本 發明。亦即,爲了解決前述課題之手段如下。 一種彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物’其特徵係含有:SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION [Problems to be Solved by the Invention] The present invention has been made in view of the foregoing prior problems. In other words, the present invention provides a novel compound, a photosensitive composition, a curable composition, and a curable composition for a color filter which are useful for high sensitivity of a curable composition, and the curable composition is high even if the curable composition is high. The coloring agent is contained in a concentration, and can be hardened with high sensitivity to form a colored pattern having a good pattern and excellent adhesion to a support. Furthermore, the present invention provides a color filter having a resolution pattern and a coloring pattern excellent in adhesion to a support of -7-200811483 (using the color filter and the curable composition for a light sheet of the present invention), and A method of manufacturing the color dimming sheet capable of high productivity is provided. [Means for Solving the Problems] The present inventors have found that the above problems can be solved by the use of a curable composition for a color filter containing a specific compound. That is, the means for solving the above problems are as follows. A curable composition for a color filter' is characterized by:

選自由下述通式(ι-d所示之化合物、通式π-π)所示之化 合物、下述通式(2-1)所示之化合物、及通式(3-1)所不之化合物 所組成群組中至少1種化合物; 光聚合引發劑; 聚合性化合物;及 著色劑, 通式(1-1) 通式(1-II)The compound represented by the following formula (the compound represented by the formula (i-d), the formula π-π), the compound represented by the following formula (2-1), and the formula (3-1) are not selected. At least one compound of the group consisting of: a photopolymerization initiator; a polymerizable compound; and a color former, formula (1-1) formula (1-II)

通式(1-1)及通式(1-Π)中,R11及R12係各自獨立地表示一 價的取代基;R13、R14、Rl5、及Rl 6係各自獨立地表示氫原子 或一價的取代基;η係表示〇〜5的整數;η’係表示0〜5的整數 ;11及η’之不可雙方都爲爲2以上時’複數存在之R11各 -8- 200811483 • 自可相同亦可不同;n,爲2以上時,複數存在之R12各自可相 同亦可不同; 通式(2-1)In the formula (1-1) and the formula (1-oxime), R11 and R12 each independently represent a monovalent substituent; and R13, R14, Rl5, and R16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent group. Substituent; η represents an integer of 〇~5; η' represents an integer of 0 to 5; and both 11 and η' are both 2 or more. 'R11 each -8-200811483 • Self-identical It may also be different; when n is 2 or more, R12 in the plural may be the same or different; general formula (2-1)

通式(2-1)中’ A係袠示亦可具有取代基之芳香族環或雜環 ;、r22、r23、r24、及r25係各自獨立地表示氫原子或一價 的非金屬原子團;A、R22、R23、及R24亦可各自互相鍵結而形 成脂肪族性或芳香族性的環; 通式(3-1)In the formula (2-1), the 'A system represents an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring which may have a substituent; and the r22, r23, r24, and r25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent non-metal atomic group; A, R22, R23, and R24 may each bond to each other to form an aliphatic or aromatic ring;

通式(3-1)中,A係表示亦可具有取代基之芳香族環或雜環 X係表示氧原子、硫原子或-N(R33)- ; Y係表示氧原子、硫原 子或-N(R33)- ; R31、R32、及係各自獨立地表示氫原子或一 價的非金屬原子團;A、R31、R32、及R33亦可各自互相鍵結而 形成脂肪族性或芳香族性的環。 本發明的較佳態樣包括下述態樣&lt;1&gt;〜&lt;18&gt; &lt; 1 &gt; 一種彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物,含有至少一種選自 如前述通式(1-1)或前述通式(1_Π)所示之化合物、光聚合引發 劑、聚合性化合物及著色劑。 -9· 200811483 &lt;2&gt;如前述&lt;1&gt;之彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物,其中在前述 通式(1-1)或通式(1-11),η係表示1〜5的整數,R11中之至少一 個爲烷基、烷氧基、或二烷胺基。 &lt;3&gt;如前述&lt;1&gt;或&lt;2&gt;之彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物,其中 更含有硫醇化合物。 &lt;4&gt;如前述&lt;1&gt;至&lt;3&gt;中任一項之彩色濾光片用硬化性組成 物,其中含有二咪唑系化合物作爲前述光聚合引發劑。 &lt;5&gt;—種彩色濾光片,其特徵係具有在支撐體上使用前述 # &lt;1&gt;至&lt;4&gt;中任一項之彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物而構成之著 色圖案。 &lt;6&gt;—種彩色濾光片之製法,包含以下步驟:在支撐體上 塗布前述&lt;1&gt;至&lt;4&gt;中任一項之彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物來 形成著色硬化性組成物層之步驟;透過光罩對前述著色硬化性 組成物層進行曝光之步驟;及對曝光後的前述著色硬化性組成 物層進行顯像來形成著色圖案之步驟。 &lt;7&gt;—種化合物,係如前述通式(2-1)所示。In the formula (3-1), A represents an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring X which may have a substituent, and represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or -N(R33)-; Y represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or - N(R33)-; R31, R32, and each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent non-metal atomic group; and A, R31, R32, and R33 may each bond to each other to form an aliphatic or aromatic group. ring. The preferred embodiment of the present invention includes the following aspects <1> to <18> <1> A hardening composition for a color filter containing at least one selected from the above formula (1-1) Or a compound represented by the above formula (1_Π), a photopolymerization initiator, a polymerizable compound, and a color former. The hardening composition for color filters of the above-mentioned <1>, wherein in the above formula (1-1) or formula (1-11), η represents 1 to 5 An integer of at least one of R11 is an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a dialkylamino group. &lt;3&gt; The curable composition for a color filter according to the above &lt;1&gt; or &lt;2&gt;, further comprising a thiol compound. The hardenable composition for color filters of any one of the above-mentioned <1> to <3> which contains a diimidazole-based compound as the photopolymerization initiator. &lt;5&gt; A color filter having a coloring pattern formed by using a curable composition for a color filter according to any one of the above-mentioned items <1> to <4>. . &lt;6&gt; The method for producing a color filter, comprising the step of: applying a curable composition for a color filter according to any one of the above &lt;1&gt; to &lt;4&gt; a step of exposing the layer of the colored curable composition through a photomask; and a step of developing the colored curable composition layer after exposure to form a colored pattern. &lt;7&gt; - A compound is represented by the above formula (2-1).

&lt;8&gt;—種感光性組成物,其特徵係含有前述通式(2-1)所示 之化合物。 &lt;9&gt;一種硬化性組成物,係含有前述通式(2-1)所示之化合 物、光聚合引發劑、聚合性化合物、及著色劑。 &lt;10&gt;如前述&lt;9&gt;之硬化性組成物,其中含有二咪唑系化合 物作爲前述光聚合引發劑。 &lt; 1 1 &gt;一種彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物’其特徵係含有前述 通式(2-1)所示之化合物、光聚合引發劑、聚合性化合物、及著 色劑 -10- 200811483 &lt;12&gt;如前述&lt;11&gt;之彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物,其中含有 二咪唑系化合物作爲前述光聚合引發劑。 &lt; 1 3&gt;—種彩色濾光片,其特徵係在支撐體上具有藉由前述 &lt;11 &gt;或&lt;12&gt;之彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物所形成之著色圖案。 &lt;14&gt;一種彩色濾光片之製法,包含以下步驟:支撐體上塗 布前述&lt; 1 1 &gt;或&lt; 1 2&gt;之彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物來形成著色 硬化性組成物層之步驟;透過光罩對前述著色硬化性組成物層 進行曝光之步驟;及對曝光後的前述著色硬化性組成物層進行 φ顯像來形成著色圖案之步驟。 &lt; 1 5&gt;—種彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物,其特徵係含有前述 通式(3-1)所示之化合物、光聚合引發劑、聚合性化合物、及著 色劑。 &lt;16&gt;如前述&lt;15&gt;之彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物,其中含有 二咪唑系化合物作爲前述光聚合引發劑。 &lt;17&gt;—種彩色濾光片,其特徵係在支撐體上具有使用前述 &lt;15&gt;或&lt;16&gt;之彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物而構成之著色圖案。&lt;8&gt; A photosensitive composition characterized by containing a compound represented by the above formula (2-1). &lt;9&gt; A curable composition containing the compound represented by the above formula (2-1), a photopolymerization initiator, a polymerizable compound, and a color former. <10> The curable composition according to the above <9>, which comprises a diimidazole-based compound as the photopolymerization initiator. &lt;1 1 &gt; A curable composition for a color filter' characterized by containing a compound represented by the above formula (2-1), a photopolymerization initiator, a polymerizable compound, and a color former-10-200811483 <12> The curable composition for a color filter according to the above <11>, which comprises a diimidazole-based compound as the photopolymerization initiator. &lt;1 3&gt; A color filter characterized in that the support has a colored pattern formed of the curable composition for a color filter of the above &lt;11 &gt; or &lt;12&gt;. &lt;14&gt; A method of producing a color filter comprising the step of applying the curable composition for color filters of the above &lt;1 1 &gt; or &lt;1 2&gt; to form a colored curable composition a step of exposing the colored curable composition layer through a photomask; and a step of forming a colored pattern by performing φ development on the colored curable composition layer after exposure. &lt;1 5&gt; - A curable composition for a color filter, which comprises a compound represented by the above formula (3-1), a photopolymerization initiator, a polymerizable compound, and a coloring agent. &lt;16&gt; The curable composition for a color filter according to the above <15>, which comprises a diimidazole-based compound as the photopolymerization initiator. &lt;17&gt; A color filter characterized in that the support has a colored pattern formed using the curable composition for a color filter of the above &lt;15&gt; or &lt;16&gt;.

&lt;18&gt;—種彩色濾光片之製法,包含以下步驟:在支撐體上 塗布前述&lt;15&gt;或&lt;16〉之彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物來形成著 色硬化性組成物層之步驟;透過光罩對前述著色硬化性組成物 層進行曝光之步驟;及對曝光後的前述著色硬化性組成物層進 行顯像來形成著色圖案之步驟。 本發明鑒於上述之情況所達成,其可抑制薄膜於機械方向 上之不均勻厚度及薄膜中的條紋,本發明的一目的爲提供一具 有均勻光學性質之熱塑性樹脂薄膜,其可作爲高品質之功能膜 及其製造方法。 •11- 200811483 【實施方式】 以下,詳細地說明本發明使用的化合物、感光性組成物、 硬化性組成物、彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物、及使用該彩色濾 光片用硬化性組成物而構成之彩色濾光片及其製法。 彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物 本發明之彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物其特徵係含有(A)選 自前述通式(1-1)、通式(1_Π)所示之化合物、下述通式(2-1)所 示之化合物、及通式(3-1)所示之化合物中之至少1種(以下, φ簡稱「特定敏化劑」)、(Β)聚合性組成物、(C)聚合引發劑、 及(D)著色劑。 以下,依順序說明在本發明的彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物(以 下,亦有簡稱「聚合性組成物」的情況)所含有之各成分。 &lt;(Α)特定敏化劑〉&lt;18&gt; - A method of producing a color filter comprising the step of applying a coloring curable composition layer to a color filter for a color filter of the above &lt;15&gt; or &lt;16&gt; a step of exposing the colored curable composition layer through a photomask; and a step of developing the colored curable composition layer after exposure to form a colored pattern. The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, which can suppress uneven thickness of a film in a machine direction and streaks in a film, and an object of the present invention is to provide a thermoplastic resin film having uniform optical properties, which can be used as a high quality product. Functional film and its method of manufacture. 11-200811483 [Embodiment] Hereinafter, the compound used in the present invention, a photosensitive composition, a curable composition, a curable composition for a color filter, and a curable composition using the color filter will be described in detail. Color filter composed of matter and its preparation method. The curable composition for a color filter of the present invention is characterized in that the curable composition for a color filter of the present invention contains (A) a compound selected from the group consisting of the above formula (1-1) and formula (1_Π), and At least one of the compound represented by the formula (2-1) and the compound represented by the formula (3-1) (hereinafter, hereinafter abbreviated as "specific sensitizer") and (Β) polymerizable composition And (C) a polymerization initiator, and (D) a colorant. In the following, each component contained in the curable composition for a color filter of the present invention (hereinafter, abbreviated as "polymerizable composition") will be described. &lt;(Α)Specific sensitizer>

本發明之硬化性組成物、彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物係含 有選自下述通式(1-1)所示之化合物、通式(1-II)所示之化合 物、下述通式(2-1)所示之化合物、及下述通式(3-1)所示之化合 物中至少1種化合物。 前述通式(1-1)、通式(1-Π)、通式(2-1)、或通式(3-1)所示 之化合物係爲具有敏化劑作用之化合物。其作用機構雖然尙未 明確,可認爲係藉由在本發明的硬化性組成物等含有此等化合 物,來提升所照射活性放射線的吸收效率、提升組成物的硬化 敏感度。可認爲前述通式(1-1)、通式(1-II)、通式(2-1)、或通 式(3 -1)所示之化合物,因爲能夠在吸收活性放射線、特別是紫 外線後激發成高能量性狀態,而有效率地往聚合引發劑進行電 子移動或能量移動,使聚合引發劑生成活性聚合引發種,而能 -12- 200811483 夠使硬化性組成物的硬化反應高敏感度化。 首先,詳細地說明通式(1-1)及通式(1-11)。 通式(1-1) 通式(1-II)The curable composition of the present invention and the curable composition for a color filter contain a compound represented by the following formula (1-1), a compound represented by the formula (1-II), and the following At least one of a compound represented by the formula (2-1) and a compound represented by the following formula (3-1). The compound represented by the above formula (1-1), formula (1-oxime), formula (2-1) or formula (3-1) is a compound having a sensitizer function. The action mechanism is not clear, and it is considered that the compound of the present invention contains such a compound, thereby improving the absorption efficiency of the irradiated actinic radiation and improving the hardening sensitivity of the composition. The compound represented by the above formula (1-1), formula (1-II), formula (2-1), or formula (3-1) can be considered to be capable of absorbing active radiation, particularly After the ultraviolet ray is excited into a high-energy state, the electron transfer or energy transfer to the polymerization initiator is efficiently performed, and the polymerization initiator is formed into a living polymerization-initiating species, and the -12-200811483 is sufficient to make the hardening reaction of the hardenable composition high. Sensitive. First, the general formula (1-1) and the general formula (1-11) will be described in detail. General formula (1-1) general formula (1-II)

通式(1-1)或通式(1-II)中,R11及R12係各自獨立地表示一 價的取代基,R13、R14、R15、及R16係各自獨立地表示氫原子 或一價的取代基。η係表示0〜5的整數,η’係表示0〜5的整數, η及η’之不可雙方都爲0。η爲2以上時,複數存在之R11各自 可相同亦可不同。η’爲2以上時,複數存在之R12各自可相同 亦可不同。 在通式(1_1)或通式(1-ΙΙ)中,R11及R12係各自獨立地表示 一價的取代基,η爲2以上時,複數存在之R11各自可相同亦 Φ可不同。η’爲2以上時,複數存在之R12各自可相同亦可不同。 η爲2以上時,複數存在之R11之間可互相鍵結而形成環。 η’爲2以上時,複數存在之R12之間可互相鍵結而形成環。 又,R&quot;及/或R12亦可與R13、R14、R15及R16中至少一個互 相鍵結而形成環。 在R&quot;及R12之一價的取代基沒有特別限制,可舉出例如 鹵素原子(包含氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子)、烷基(包含 環烷基、二環烷基、三環烷基)、烯基(包含環烯基、二環烯基)、 快基、方基、複合環基(亦稱爲雜環基)、氛基、經基、硝基、 •13- 200811483 竣基、院氧基、芳氧基、砂院氧基、雜環氧基、醯氧基、胺基 甲醯氧基、院氧基鑛基氧基、芳氧基幾基氧基、胺基(包含二 烷胺基、烷胺基、二芳胺基、芳胺基、苯胺基)、銨基、醯胺 基、胺基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、胺磺 醯胺基、烷基及芳基磺醯胺基、氫硫基、烷硫基及芳硫基、雜In the formula (1-1) or the formula (1-II), R11 and R12 each independently represent a monovalent substituent, and R13, R14, R15 and R16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent group. Substituent. The η system represents an integer of 0 to 5, the η' represents an integer of 0 to 5, and both η and η' are 0. When η is 2 or more, R11 which is present in plural may be the same or different. When η' is 2 or more, R12 which is present in plural may be the same or different. In the formula (1_1) or the formula (1-oxime), R11 and R12 each independently represent a monovalent substituent, and when η is 2 or more, each of R11 in the plural may be the same or may be different in Φ. When η' is 2 or more, R12 which is present in plural may be the same or different. When η is 2 or more, R11 which is present in plural may be bonded to each other to form a ring. When η' is 2 or more, R12 which is present in plural may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Further, R&quot; and/or R12 may be bonded to at least one of R13, R14, R15 and R16 to form a ring. The substituent of one of R&quot; and R12 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a halogen atom (including a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom), and an alkyl group (including a cycloalkyl group, a bicycloalkyl group, and the like). Cycloalkyl), alkenyl (including cycloalkenyl, bicycloalkenyl), fast radical, aryl, complex cyclic (also known as heterocyclyl), aryl, thio, nitro, • 13- 200811483 Sulfhydryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, triacyloxy, heterocyclic oxy, decyloxy, aminomethyl methoxy, oxyalkyloxy, aryloxyoxy, amine (including dialkylamino, alkylamino, diarylamino, arylamino, anilino), ammonium, guanylamino, aminocarbonylamino, alkoxycarbonylamino, aryloxycarbonylamino Amine sulfonamide, alkyl and arylsulfonylamino, thiol, alkylthio and arylthio, hetero

環硫基、胺磺醯基、磺酸基、烷基及芳基亞磺醯基、烷基及芳 基擴醯基、醯基、芳氧基類基、院氧基幾基、胺基甲醯基、芳 基及雜環偶氮基、醯亞胺基、膦基、氧膦基、氧膦基氧基、氧 膦基胺基、膦酸基、矽烷基、肼基、脲基、硼酸基、 磷酸基(-〇P〇(〇H)2)、硫酸基(-0S〇3H)等。 η爲2以上時複數存在之R11之間、或是n ’爲2以上時複 數存在之R12之間能夠互相鍵結而形成環(芳香族、或非芳香族 的烴環、或雜環。此等可進而組合而成爲多環稠環)。能夠形 成的環,具體上可舉出例如苯環、萘環、蒽環、菲環、苐環、 聯三伸苯環、稠四苯環、聯苯環、卩比咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、 咪哗環、噚Π坐環、噻U坐環、卩比U定環、卩比哄環、U密β定環、塔哄環、 吲哚阱環、吲哚環、苯并呋喃環、苯并噻吩環、異苯并呋喃環、 喹阱環、喹啉環、酞畊環、萘啶環、喹噚啉環、喹唑啉環、異 喹啉環、咔唑環、啡啶環、吖啶環、啡啉環、噻蒽環、暁烯環、 η山喔環、啡噻噚環、啡噻阱環、啡畊環。 R11及R12以鹵素原子、烷基(包含環烷基、二環烷基、三 環烷基)、烯基(包含環烯基、二環烯基)、炔基、芳基、氰基、 羥基、硝基、羧基、烷氧基、芳氧基、矽烷氧基、醯氧基、胺 基甲醯氧基、胺基(包含二烷胺基、烷胺基、二芳胺基、芳胺 基、苯胺基)、醯胺基、胺基碳醯胺基、烷氧基碳醯胺基、芳 氧基碳醯胺基、胺磺醯胺基、院基或芳基磺醯胺基、烷硫基、 -14- 200811483 芳硫基、胺磺醯基、烷基及芳基磺醯基、芳氧基羰基、烷氧基 羰基、胺基甲醯基、醯亞胺基、矽烷基、或脲基爲佳。 R&quot;及R12以鹵素原子、院基(包含環烷基、二環烷基、三 環烷基)、烷氧基、芳氧基、烷硫基、芳硫基、或胺基(包含二 烷胺基、烷胺基、二芳胺基、芳胺基)爲更佳。 R11及R12所示之一價的取代基能夠導入時,亦可更具有取 代基。Cyclothio, sulfonyl, sulfonate, alkyl and arylsulfinylene, alkyl and aryl fluorenyl, fluorenyl, aryloxy, alkoxy, amine Mercapto, aryl and heterocyclic azo, quinone imine, phosphino, phosphinyl, phosphinyloxy, phosphinylamino, phosphonic, decyl, decyl, ureido, boric acid A group, a phosphate group (-〇P〇(〇H)2), a sulfate group (-0S〇3H), and the like. When η is 2 or more, R11 is present between plural numbers, or when n' is 2 or more, R12 may be bonded to each other to form a ring (aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring or hetero ring). These may be combined to form a polycyclic fused ring). Specific examples of the ring which can be formed include, for example, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, an anthracene ring, a benzene ring, a condensed tetraphenyl ring, a biphenyl ring, an anthracene ring, a furan ring, and a thiophene ring. Ring, oxime ring, oxime ring, thio U ring, 卩 U U ring, 卩 哄 ring, U dense β ring, 哄 ring, 吲哚 ring, 吲哚 ring, benzofuran ring , benzothiophene ring, isobenzofuran ring, quinolin ring, quinoline ring, sorghum ring, naphthyridine ring, quinoxaline ring, quinazoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, pyridine ring , acridine ring, phenanthroline ring, thioxan ring, terpene ring, η hawthorn ring, morphine ring, morphine ring, cultivating ring. R11 and R12 are a halogen atom, an alkyl group (including a cycloalkyl group, a bicycloalkyl group, a tricycloalkyl group), an alkenyl group (including a cycloalkenyl group, a bicycloalkenyl group), an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, or a hydroxyl group. , nitro, carboxyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, nonyloxy, decyloxy, aminomethyloxy, amine (including dialkylamino, alkylamino, diarylamine, arylamine , anilino), anthranyl, aminocarbinium, alkoxycarbamoyl, aryloxycarbamoylamine, amidoxime, anthracene or arylsulfonylamino, alkane Base, -14- 200811483 arylthio, sulfonyl, alkyl and aryl sulfonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminomethyl fluorenyl, quinone imine, decyl, or urea The base is good. R&quot; and R12 are a halogen atom, a hospital group (including a cycloalkyl group, a bicycloalkyl group, a tricycloalkyl group), an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, or an amine group (including a dialkyl group). More preferably, an amine group, an alkylamino group, a diarylamine group or an arylamine group. When one of the substituents represented by R11 and R12 can be introduced, it may have a substituent.

R13、R14、R15、及R16係各自獨立地表示氫原子或一價的 取代基,R13、R14、R15及R16亦可互相鍵結而形成環。又,R13、 R14、R15、及R16亦可與R11及/或R12互相鍵結而形成環。 R13、R14、R15及R16之一價取代基沒有特別限制,可舉出 例如鹵素原子、烷基(包含環烷基、二環烷基、三環烷基)、烯 基(包含環烯基、二環烯基)、炔基、芳基、複合環基(亦稱爲雜 環基)、氰基、羥基、硝基、羧基、烷氧基、芳氧基、矽烷氧 基、雜環氧基、醯氧基、胺基甲醯氧基、烷氧基羰基氧基、芳 氧基羰基氧基、胺基(包含苯胺基)、銨基、醯胺基、胺基羰基 胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、胺磺醯胺基、烷基 及芳基磺醯胺基、氫硫基、烷硫基、芳硫基、雜環硫基、胺磺 醯基、磺酸基、烷基及芳基亞磺醯基、烷基及芳基磺醯基、醯 基、芳氧基羰基、烷氧基羰基、胺基甲醯基、芳基及雜環偶氮 基、醯亞胺基、膦基、氧膦基、氧膦基氧基、氧膦基胺基、膦 酸基、矽烷基、肼基、脲基、硼酸基(-B(0H)2)、磷酸基 (-〇P0(〇H)2)、硫酸基(-〇S〇3H)等。 R13、R14、R15及R16能夠互相鍵結而形成環(芳香族、或非 芳香族的烴環、或雜環。此等可進而組合而成爲多環稠環)。 又,R13、R14、R15及R16能夠與R11及/或R12互相鍵結而形 -15- 200811483 成環(芳香族、或非芳香族的烴環、或雜環。此等可進而組合 而成爲多環稠環)。能夠形成的環,具體上可舉出例如苯環、 萘環、蒽環、菲環、莽環、聯三苯環、稠四苯環、聯苯環'啦 咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、噚唑環、噻唑環、吡D定環、 吡阱環、嘧啶環、嗒哄環、吲哚畊環、吲哚環、苯并呋喃環、 本并噻吩環、異苯并呋喃環、喹哄環、嗤啉環、酞哄環、萘陡 環、喹噚啉環、喹D坐啉環、異喹啉環、咔哩環、啡啶環、D丫陡 環、啡啉環、噻蒽環、g烯環、_卩星環、啡噻噚環、啡噻阱環、R13, R14, R15 and R16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent, and R13, R14, R15 and R16 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Further, R13, R14, R15, and R16 may be bonded to R11 and/or R12 to form a ring. The one-valent substituent of R13, R14, R15 and R16 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a halogen atom, an alkyl group (including a cycloalkyl group, a bicycloalkyl group, a tricycloalkyl group), and an alkenyl group (including a cycloalkenyl group). Bicycloalkenyl), alkynyl, aryl, complex cyclic (also known as heterocyclyl), cyano, hydroxy, nitro, carboxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, nonyloxy, heterocyclic oxy , alkoxy, aminomethyl methoxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, amine (including anilino), ammonium, amidino, aminocarbonylamino, alkoxy Carbonylamino, aryloxycarbonylamino, aminesulfonylamino, alkyl and arylsulfonylamino, thiol, alkylthio, arylthio, heterocyclic thio, amine sulfonyl, sulfonate Acid group, alkyl group and arylsulfinyl group, alkyl group and arylsulfonyl group, fluorenyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aminomethylmethyl group, aryl group and heterocyclic azo group,醯imino, phosphino, phosphinyl, phosphinyloxy, phosphinylamino, phosphonic, decyl, decyl, ureido, boronic acid (-B(0H)2), phosphate (-〇P0(〇H)2), sulfuric acid (-〇S〇3H) and so on. R13, R14, R15 and R16 may be bonded to each other to form a ring (an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring or a heterocyclic ring. These may be combined to form a polycyclic fused ring). Further, R13, R14, R15 and R16 may be bonded to R11 and/or R12 to form a ring of -15-200811483 (aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring or heterocyclic ring. These may be combined to become Polycyclic fused ring). Specific examples of the ring which can be formed include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, an anthracene ring, a terphenyl ring, a condensed tetraphenyl ring, a biphenyl ring, a palladium ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, Imidazole ring, carbazole ring, thiazole ring, pyridyl D ring, pyr trap ring, pyrimidine ring, anthracene ring, hydrazine ring, anthracene ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, isobenzofuran ring , quinacridone ring, porphyrin ring, anthracene ring, naphthalene steep ring, quinoxaline ring, quino D sitoline ring, isoquinoline ring, anthracene ring, pyridine ring, D丫 steep ring, phenanthroline ring, Thiazinium ring, g-ene ring, 卩 comet ring, morphine ring, morphine ring,

啡阱環等。 R13、R14、R15及R16以氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基(包含環烷 基、二環烷基、三環烷基)、烯基(包含環烯基、二環烯基)、炔 基、芳基、氰基、羥基、羧基、烷氧基、芳氧基、醯氧基、胺 基甲醯氧基、醯胺基、胺基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧 基羰基胺基、胺磺醯胺基、烷基或芳基磺醯胺基、烷硫基、芳 硫基、胺磺醯基、烷基或芳基磺醯基、芳氧基羰基、烷氧基羰 基、胺基甲醯基、醯亞胺基、较烷基、或脲基爲佳。 R13、R14、R15及R16以氫原子、或烷基(包含環烷基、二環 烷基、三環烷基)爲更佳。 R13、R14、R 15及R16所示之一價的取代基能夠導入時,亦 可更具有取代基。 通式(1-1)所示之化合物,R11係烷基(包含環烷基、二環烷 基、三環院基)、院氧基、胺基(包含一院胺基、院胺基、二芳 胺基、芳胺基)、烷硫基、芳硫基,R12係烷基(包含環烷基、二 環烷基、三環烷基)、烷氧基、胺基(包含二烷胺基、烷胺基、 二芳胺基、芳胺基)、烷硫基、芳硫基,R13、R14、R15及R16係 氫、院基,較佳是η爲0〜3,η’爲1〜3。 •16- 200811483 又,通式(1-II)所示之化合物,R11係烷基(包含環烷基、二 環烷基、三環烷基)、烷氧基、胺基(包含二烷胺基、烷胺基、 二芳胺基、芳胺基)、烷硫基、芳硫基,R12係烷基(包含環烷基、 二環烷基、三環烷基)、烷氧基、胺基(包含二烷胺基、烷胺基、 二芳胺基、芳胺基)、烷硫基、芳硫基,R13、R14、R15及R16係 氫、烷基,較佳是η爲0〜3,η’爲1〜3。Mortal trap ring, etc. R13, R14, R15 and R16 are a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group (including a cycloalkyl group, a bicycloalkyl group, a tricycloalkyl group), an alkenyl group (including a cycloalkenyl group, a bicycloalkenyl group), an alkynyl group, Aryl, cyano, hydroxy, carboxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, decyloxy, aminomethyl methoxy, decylamino, aminocarbonylamino, alkoxycarbonylamino, aryloxycarbonyl Amine, amine sulfonamide, alkyl or arylsulfonylamino, alkylthio, arylthio, aminesulfonyl, alkyl or arylsulfonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl Aminomethylmercapto, quinone imine, alkyl or urea is preferred. R13, R14, R15 and R16 are more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (including a cycloalkyl group, a bicycloalkyl group or a tricycloalkyl group). When one of the substituents represented by R13, R14, R15 and R16 can be introduced, it may have a more substituent. a compound represented by the formula (1-1), an R11 alkyl group (including a cycloalkyl group, a bicycloalkyl group, a tricyclic group), an alkoxy group, an amine group (including a compound amine group, a hospital amine group, Diarylamine, arylamino), alkylthio, arylthio, R12 alkyl (including cycloalkyl, bicycloalkyl, tricycloalkyl), alkoxy, amine (containing dialkylamine a group, an alkylamino group, a diarylamino group, an arylamino group), an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a hydrogen group of R13, R14, R15 and R16, a hospital group, preferably η is 0 to 3, and η' is 1 ~3. • 16-200811483 Further, a compound of the formula (1-II), R11 is an alkyl group (including a cycloalkyl group, a bicycloalkyl group, a tricycloalkyl group), an alkoxy group, an amine group (including a dialkylamine) , alkylamino, diarylamino, arylamino), alkylthio, arylthio, R12 alkyl (including cycloalkyl, bicycloalkyl, tricycloalkyl), alkoxy, amine a base (including a dialkylamino group, an alkylamino group, a diarylamine group, an arylamine group), an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, R13, R14, R15 and R16 are hydrogen, an alkyl group, preferably η is 0~ 3, η' is 1 to 3.

在本發明,η係表示1〜5的整數時,從光吸收效率及溶劑 溶解性的觀點,在通式(1-1)或通式(1-II)之R11中,以至少一個 爲烷基、烷氧基、或二烷胺基爲佳。 η係表示1〜彡的整數時,R11所示之烷基可舉出例如甲基、 乙基、丙基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正丁基、庚基、己基、庚 基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十一烷基、十二烷基、十三烷基、十 四烷基、十五烷基、十六烷基、十七烷基、十八烷基、環己基、 2-乙基己基。此等烷基之中,以甲基、乙基、丙基、第二丁基、 第三丁基、正丁基、庚基、己基、2-乙基己基爲佳。 η係表示1〜5的整數時,R11所示之烷基可舉出例如甲氧 基、乙氧基、丙氧基、異丙氧基、第二丁氧基、第三丁氧基、 正丁氧基、庚氧基、己氧基、辛氧基、壬氧基、癸氧基、十一 烷氧基、十二烷氧基、十八烷氧基、環己氧基、2-乙基己氧基、 CH3OC2H4O- 、 C2H5OC2H4O- 、 CH3OC2H4OC2H4O- CH3OC2H4OC2H4OC2H4O- 、 CH3OC2H4OC2H4OC2H4OC2H4O.、 CHsOCsHaO- 、 C2H5OC3H6O- 、 CH3OC3H4OC3H6O- 、 CH3〇C3H6〇C3H6〇C3H6〇-。此等烷氧基之中,較佳是甲氧基、乙 氧基、異丙氧基、丙氧基、第二丁氧基、第三丁氧基、正丁氧 基、庚氧基、己氧基、2-乙基己氧基、CH3〇C2H4〇-、C2H5〇C2H4〇-、 CH3OC2H4O C2H4O. 〇 -17- 200811483 η係表示1〜5的整數時,R11所示之二烷胺基可舉出例如二 甲胺基、二乙胺基、二丙胺基、二丁胺基、二庚胺基、二己胺 基、二辛胺基、二癸胺基、味啉基、哌啶基、喹阱基。此等二 烷胺基之中,以二甲胺基、二乙胺基、二丙胺基、味啉基、哌 B定基、嗟阱基爲佳。 從含有敏感度及著色劑時之著色劑的觀點,通式(丨-D所示 之化合物以下述通式(1-III)所示之化合物爲佳。 通式(1-III)In the present invention, when η represents an integer of 1 to 5, at least one of R11 in the formula (1-1) or the formula (1-II) is at least one from the viewpoint of light absorption efficiency and solvent solubility. A base, an alkoxy group or a dialkylamine group is preferred. When the η system represents an integer of 1 to 彡, the alkyl group represented by R11 may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a second butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a n-butyl group, a heptyl group, a hexyl group or a heptyl group. , octyl, decyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, Cyclohexyl, 2-ethylhexyl. Among these alkyl groups, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a second butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a n-butyl group, a heptyl group, a hexyl group or a 2-ethylhexyl group are preferred. When the η system represents an integer of 1 to 5, the alkyl group represented by R11 may, for example, be a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a second butoxy group, a third butoxy group, or a positive Butoxy, heptyloxy, hexyloxy, octyloxy, decyloxy, nonyloxy, undecyloxy, dodecyloxy, octadecyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, 2-B Hexyloxy, CH3OC2H4O-, C2H5OC2H4O-, CH3OC2H4OC2H4O-CH3OC2H4OC2H4OC2H4O-, CH3OC2H4OC2H4OC2H4H2H4O., CHsOCsHaO-, C2H5OC3H6O-, CH3OC3H4OC3H6O-, CH3〇C3H6〇C3H6〇C3H6〇-. Among these alkoxy groups, preferred are methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, second butoxy, tert-butoxy, n-butoxy, heptyloxy, and Oxyl, 2-ethylhexyloxy, CH3〇C2H4〇-, C2H5〇C2H4〇-, CH3OC2H4O C2H4O. 〇-17- 200811483 When the η system represents an integer of 1 to 5, the dialkylamine group represented by R11 may be used. For example, dimethylamino, diethylamino, dipropylamino, dibutylamino, diheptylamino, dihexylamino, dioctylamino, diammonium, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, Quinine well base. Among these dialkylamino groups, a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, a dipropylamine group, a sulphonyl group, a piperidine group, and a hydrazine group are preferred. From the viewpoint of the coloring agent containing the sensitivity and the coloring agent, the compound represented by the formula (丨-D) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1-III).

鑫 (R12)n, 在通式(1-III),R17係表示甲氧基、烷氧基、或二烷胺基。 R11及R12係各自獨立地表示一價的取代基,r13、R14、&amp; RU 係各自獨立地表示氫原子或一價的取代基,η係表示〇〜4的整 數、η’係表示〇〜5的整數。η爲2以上時,複數存在之R11各自 Φ可相同亦可不同;η’爲2以上時,複數存在之R12各自可相同 亦可不同。又,在通式(1-III),雙鍵之異構物未限定於任一種。 在通式(1-III),R11及R12所示之一價的取代基係與在前述 通式(1-1)之R11及R12所示之一價的取代基同義,較佳範圍亦 同樣。 R17係院基、院氧基、或二院胺基。藉由R17,即此等取代 基,通式(1 -III)所示之化合物具有優良的光吸收效率及溶劑、溶 解性。 R17所示之烷基可舉出例如甲基、乙基、丙基、第二丁基、 -18- 200811483 第三丁基、正丁基、庚基、己基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十一烷 基、十二烷基、十三烷基、十四烷基、十五烷基、十六烷基、 十七烷基、十八烷基、環己基、2-乙基己基。此等烷基之中’ 以甲基、乙基、丙基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正丁基、庚基、 己基、2-乙基己基爲佳。 R17所示之烷氧基可舉出例如甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、 異丙氧基、第二丁氧基、第三丁氧基、正丁氧基、庚氧基、己 氧基、辛氧基、壬氧基、癸氧基、十一烷氧基、十二烷氧基、 φ十八烷氧基、環己氧基、2-乙基己氧基、CH3〇C2H4〇-、 C2H5OC2H4O. ' CH3OC2H4OC2H4O. ^ CH3OC2H4OC2H4OC2H4O- ^ CH3OC2H4OC2H4OC2H4OC2H4O- ' CHsOCsHeO- ' C2H5OC3H6O. ' ch3〇c3H4〇c3h6〇-、ch3〇c3h6〇c3h6〇c3h6〇-。此等烷氧基之中, 較佳是甲氧基、乙氧基、異丙氧基、丙氧基、第二丁氧基、第 三丁氧基、正丁氧基、庚氧基、己氧基、2-乙基己氧基、 CH3〇C2H4〇- ' C2H5OC2H4O- ^ CH3OC2H4OC2H4O- 〇Xin (R12)n, in the formula (1-III), R17 represents a methoxy group, an alkoxy group or a dialkylamino group. R11 and R12 each independently represent a monovalent substituent, and r13, R14, &amp; RU each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent, η represents an integer of 〇~4, and η' represents 〇~ An integer of 5. When η is 2 or more, each of R11 in which a plurality of R11 is present may be the same or different; and when η' is 2 or more, R12 which is present in plural may be the same or different. Further, in the general formula (1-III), the isomer of the double bond is not limited to any one. The substituents represented by the formula (1-III), R11 and R12 are the same as the substituents represented by R11 and R12 in the above formula (1-1), and the preferred ranges are also the same. . R17 is a hospital base, a hospital oxygen, or a second compound amine base. The compound represented by the formula (1-III) has excellent light absorption efficiency, solvent and solubility by R17, that is, such a substituent. The alkyl group represented by R17 may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a second butyl group, or a -18-200811483 tert-butyl group, n-butyl group, heptyl group, hexyl group, octyl group, decyl group or fluorenyl group. , undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, cyclohexyl, 2-ethylhexyl. Among these alkyl groups, 'methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, second butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-butyl group, heptyl group, hexyl group or 2-ethylhexyl group are preferred. The alkoxy group represented by R17 may, for example, be a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a second butoxy group, a third butoxy group, a n-butoxy group or a heptyloxy group. Oxy, octyloxy, decyloxy, decyloxy, undecyloxy, dodecyloxy, octadecyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, CH3〇C2H4 〇-, C2H5OC2H4O. 'CH3OC2H4OC2H4O. ^ CH3OC2H4OC2H4OC2H4O- ^ CH3OC2H4OC2H4OC2H4OC2H4O- 'CHsOCsHeO- ' C2H5OC3H6O. ' ch3〇c3H4〇c3h6〇-, ch3〇c3h6〇c3h6〇c3h6〇-. Among these alkoxy groups, preferred are methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, second butoxy, tert-butoxy, n-butoxy, heptyloxy, and Oxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, CH3〇C2H4〇- ' C2H5OC2H4O- ^ CH3OC2H4OC2H4O- 〇

R17所示之二烷胺基可舉出例如二甲胺基、二乙基胺基、 二丙胺基、二丁胺基、二庚胺基、二己胺基、二辛胺基、二癸 胺基、味啉基、哌啶基、喹畊基。此等二烷基胺基之中,以二 甲胺基、二乙胺基、味啉基、哌啶基、喹畊基爲佳。 通式(1-III)所示之化合物,η爲〇,R12係烷基、二烷胺基、 二芳胺基、或烷氧基,R17係烷氧基,η’以〇〜3的整數爲佳。 通式(1-1)或通式(1-ΙΙ)所示之化合物,在波長3 65奈米之 莫耳吸光係數ε以SOOmor1 · L · cm·1以上爲佳,在波長365奈 米之莫耳吸光係數ε以SOOOmor1 · L · cm·1以上爲更佳,在波 長365奈米之莫耳吸光係數ε以2ΟΟΟΟΠΙ0Ι·1· L· cm1以上爲最 佳。從光吸收效率的觀點,在各波長之莫耳吸光係數ε的値在 -19· 200811483 上述範圍時提升敏感度之效果高,乃是較佳。 從吸收波長的觀點,R11及R12在前述一價的取代基之中, 以烷氧基、芳氧基、胺基、烷胺基、二烷胺基、芳胺基、及二 芳胺基爲佳。 而且,R11及R12以烷氧基(此時,η及η,以2以上爲更佳)、 二烷胺基、二芳胺基爲佳,以二芳胺基爲最佳。 以下例示通式(1-1)及通式(1-Π)所示之化合物的較佳具體 例,但是本發明未限定於此等。 又’在本說明書,化學式係藉由簡略結構式記載,特別是 未標明元素或取代基之實線等係表示烴基。又,在下述具體 例,M e係表不甲基,E t係表示乙基,β u係表示丁基、n _ B u係 表不正丁基,Ph係表示苯基。The dialkylamine group represented by R17 may, for example, be dimethylamino, diethylamino, dipropylamine, dibutylamino, diheptylamino, dihexylamino, dioctylamino, diamine. Base, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, quinolin. Among these dialkylamino groups, a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, a morpholinyl group, a piperidinyl group, or a quinine group is preferred. a compound of the formula (1-III), η is an anthracene, an R12 alkyl group, a dialkylamino group, a diarylamine group or an alkoxy group, an R17 alkoxy group, and η' is an integer of 〇3 It is better. The compound represented by the formula (1-1) or the formula (1-ΙΙ) has a Mohr absorption coefficient ε at a wavelength of 3 to 65 nm, preferably SOOmor1 · L · cm·1 or more, at a wavelength of 365 nm. The Mohr absorbance coefficient ε is preferably SOOOmor1 · L · cm·1 or more, and the Mohr absorbance coefficient ε at a wavelength of 365 nm is preferably 2ΟΟΟΟΠΙ0Ι·1·L·cm1 or more. From the viewpoint of light absorption efficiency, it is preferable that the effect of increasing the sensitivity at the 莫 吸 吸 値 値 値 -19 -19··· From the viewpoint of absorption wavelength, R11 and R12 among the above monovalent substituents, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, amine group, alkylamino group, dialkylamino group, arylamino group, and diarylamine group are good. Further, R11 and R12 are preferably an alkoxy group (in this case, η and η are more preferably 2 or more), a dialkylamino group or a diarylamine group, and a diarylamine group is preferred. Preferred examples of the compound represented by the formula (1-1) and the formula (1-oxime) are exemplified below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Further, in the present specification, the chemical formula is represented by a schematic structural formula, and particularly a solid line in which an element or a substituent is not indicated, and the like. Further, in the following specific examples, the Me is a methyl group, the E t is an ethyl group, the β u is a butyl group, the n _ B u group is a n-butyl group, and the Ph is a phenyl group.

-20- 200811483-20- 200811483

OMeOMe

-21- 200811483 OBu-21- 200811483 OBu

-22- 200811483-22- 200811483

-23- 200811483-23- 200811483

-24- 200811483-24- 200811483

-25- 200811483-25- 200811483

-26- 200811483-26- 200811483

SMeSMe

OMeOMe

SMe SMe SMe ψΕϊ2SMe SMe SMe ψΕϊ2

Et2NEt2N

Et2NEt2N

OBuOBu

NEt2 -27- 200811483NEt2 -27- 200811483

-28- 200811483-28- 200811483

在本發明的硬化性組成物,通式(1-1)或通式(1-II)所示之 化合物可以使用單獨1種,亦可並用2種以上,又,亦可各自 並用選自通式(1-1)所示之化合物、及選自通式(1-II)所示之化 合物。 接著,詳細地說明通式(2-1)所示之化合物。 通式(2-1)In the curable composition of the present invention, the compound represented by the formula (1-1) or the formula (1-II) may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds, or may be used in combination with each other. A compound represented by the formula (1-1) and a compound represented by the formula (1-II). Next, the compound represented by the formula (2-1) will be described in detail. General formula (2-1)

在通式(2-1)中,A係表示亦可具有取代基之芳香族環或雜 0環。R21、R22、R23、R24、及R25係各自獨立地表示氫原子或一 價的非金屬原子團,A、R22、R23、及R24亦可各自互相鍵結而 形成脂肪族性或芳香族性的環。 認爲本發明之通式(2 -1)所示之化合物會具有立體異構物 (起因於碳原子間之雙鍵的軸固定)的情況。該化合物的化學結 構未限定於特定的立體異構物,可以是任何的幾何異構物。 詳細地說明通式(2-1)所示之化合物。 在通式(2-1),R21、R22、R23、、及r25係各自獨立地表 示氫原子或一價的非金屬原子團。R21、R22、R23、R24、及r2: 係表7K —價的非金屬原子團時,以取代或未取代的烷基、取代 -29- 200811483 或未取代的芳基、取代或未取代的烯基、取代或未取代的芳香 族雜環殘基、取代或未取代的烷氧基、取代或未取代的院硫 基、羥基、鹵素原子爲佳。 具體地敘述在通式(2-1),R21、R22、R23、R24、及之較 佳例子。 R21、R22、R23、R24、或R25所示未取代的烷基之較佳例子 可舉出例如碳原子數1至20之直鏈狀、分枝狀及環狀的院基, 其具體例可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、 0辛基、壬基、癸基、十一基、十二基、十三基、十六基、十八 基、二十基、異丙基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、異戊基、 新戊基、1-甲基丁基、異己基、2-乙基己基、2-甲基己基、環 己基、環戊基、2-降萡基。此等之中,以碳原子數1至12之 直鏈狀、碳原子數3至12之分枝狀、及碳原子數5至10之環 狀的烷基爲更佳。 R21、R22、R23、R24、或R25所示取代烷基之伸烷基(烷基部 分)’可舉出脫除上述碳數1〜20之烷基上的氫原子中任一個, φ而成爲2價的有機殘基之物,適合舉出的有碳數1〜12之直鏈 狀、碳原子數3至12之分枝狀及碳原子數5至10之環狀的烷 基。 R21、R22、R23、R24、或R25所示取代烷基之取代基,可舉 出脫除氫之一價的非金屬原子團,適合舉出的例子有鹵素原子 (-F、-Br、-Cl、-I)、羥基、烷氧基、芳氧基、氫硫基、烷硫基、 芳硫基、烷二硫基、芳二硫基、胺基、N-烷胺基、N,N-二烷胺 基、N-芳胺基、N,N_二芳胺基、N_烷基芳胺基、醯氧基、 胺基甲醯氧基、N-烷基胺基甲醯氧基、N-芳基胺基甲醯氧基、 N,N-二烷基胺基甲醯氧基、n,N-二芳基胺基甲醯氧基、N-烷基 -30- 200811483 -N-芳基胺基甲醯氧基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、醯硫 基、醯胺基、N-烷基醯胺基、N-芳基醯胺基、脲基、Ν’-烷脲 基、Ν’,Ν’-二烷脲基、 Ν’-芳脲基、Ν’,Ν’-二芳脲基、Ν’-烷基-Ν,-芳脲基、Ν-烷脲 基、Ν-芳脲基、Ν’-烷基-Ν-烷脲基、Ν’-烷基-Ν-芳脲基、Ν’,Ν’-二烷基-Ν-烷脲基、Ν’,Ν、二烷基-Ν·芳脲基、Ν’-芳基-Ν-烷脲 基、Ν’-芳基-Ν-芳脲基、Ν’,Ν,-二芳基-Ν-烷脲基、Ν’,Ν’-二芳 基-Ν-芳脲基、Ν、烷基-Ν’-芳基-Ν-烷脲基、Ν,-烷基-Ν’-芳基-Ν-φ芳脲基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、Ν-烷基-Ν-烷氧 基羰基胺基、Ν-烷基-Ν-芳氧基羰基胺基、Ν-芳基-Ν-烷氧基羰 基胺基、Ν-芳基-Ν-芳氧基羰基胺基、甲醯基、醯基、羧基、 烷氧基羰基 '芳氧基羰基、胺基甲醯基、Ν-烷基胺基甲醯 基、Ν,Ν-二烷基胺基甲醯基、Ν-芳基胺基甲醯基、Ν,Ν-二芳基 胺基甲醯基、Ν-烷基-Ν-芳基胺基甲醯基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳 基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、磺酸基(-SCbH)及其共 軛鹼基(以下稱爲磺酸根基)、烷氧基磺醯基、芳氧基磺醯基、 φ胺亞磺醯基、N-烷基胺亞磺醯基、N,N-二烷基胺亞磺醯基、N-芳基胺亞磺醯基、N,N-二芳基胺亞磺醯基、N-烷基-N-芳基胺 亞磺醯基、胺磺醯基.、N-烷基胺磺醯基、N,N-二烷基胺磺醯基、 N-芳基胺磺醯基、N,N-二芳基胺磺醯基、N-烷基-N-芳基胺磺 醯基、膦酸基(-PCbHO及其共軛鹼基(以下稱爲膦酸根基)、 二烷基膦酸基(-PCh(烷基)2)、二芳基膦酸基(-PCM芳 基)2)、烷基芳基膦酸基(-P〇3(烷基)(芳基))、一烷基膦酸基 (-P03H(烷基))及其共軛鹼基(以下稱爲烷基膦酸根基)、一芳基 膦酸基(-PChH(芳基))及其共轆鹼基(以下稱爲芳基膦酸根基)、 膦醯氧基(-〇PChH2)及其共軛鹼基(以下稱爲膦酸根氧基)、二烷 -31- 200811483 基膦醯氧基(-〇P〇3(烷基)2)、二芳基膦醯氧基(-OPCh(芳基)2)、 烷基芳基膦醯氧基(-〇p〇3(烷基)(芳基))、——烷基膦醯氧基 (-OPChH(烷基))及其共軛鹼基(以下稱爲烷基膦酸根氧基基)、 一芳基膦醯氧基(-op〇3h(芳基))及其共軛鹼基(以下稱爲芳基 膦酸根氧基)、烷基、氰基·、硝基、芳基、雜芳基、烯基、炔 基。 在此等具有取代烷基之取代基,烷基的具體例可舉出前述 R21、R22、R23、R24、或R25所示作爲未取代的烷基之烷基。In the formula (2-1), A represents an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring which may have a substituent. R21, R22, R23, R24, and R25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent non-metal atomic group, and A, R22, R23, and R24 may each bond to each other to form an aliphatic or aromatic ring. . The compound represented by the formula (2-1) of the present invention is considered to have a stereoisomer (an axis fixed by a double bond between carbon atoms). The chemical structure of the compound is not limited to a specific stereoisomer and may be any geometric isomer. The compound represented by the formula (2-1) will be described in detail. In the formula (2-1), R21, R22, R23, and r25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent non-metal atomic group. R21, R22, R23, R24, and r2: in the case of a non-metal atomic group of the formula 7K, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted -29-200811483 or an unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic residue, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted thiol group, a hydroxyl group, or a halogen atom is preferred. Specific examples of the general formula (2-1), R21, R22, R23, and R24, and the like are specifically described. Preferable examples of the unsubstituted alkyl group represented by R21, R22, R23, R24 or R25 include, for example, a linear, branched or cyclic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof may be mentioned. Examples of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, 0 octyl, decyl, decyl, eleven, decyl, thirteen, hexadecan, and Base, behenyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, tert-butyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, 1-methylbutyl, isohexyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 2- Methylhexyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, 2-norbornyl. Among these, an alkyl group having a linear number of 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a branched form having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, and a cyclic group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable. The alkylene group (alkyl moiety) of the substituted alkyl group represented by R21, R22, R23, R24 or R25 may be any one of the hydrogen atoms on the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms removed, and φ The divalent organic residue is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a branched chain having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, and a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent of the substituted alkyl group represented by R21, R22, R23, R24 or R25 include a non-metal atomic group in which one valence of hydrogen is removed, and a suitable example is a halogen atom (-F, -Br, -Cl). , -I), hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thiol, alkylthio, arylthio, alkyldithio, aryldithio, amine, N-alkylamino, N,N- Dialkylamino, N-arylamino, N,N-diarylamino, N-alkylarylamino, decyloxy, aminomethyl methoxy, N-alkylaminomethyl methoxy, N-Arylaminomethyl methoxy, N,N-dialkylaminomethyl methoxy, n,N-diarylaminomethyloxy, N-alkyl-30- 200811483 -N- Arylaminomethyl methoxyl, alkylsulfinyl, arylsulfinyl, sulfonyl, decyl, N-alkyl decyl, N-aryl decyl, ureido, Ν'-alkylureido, Ν', Ν'-dialkylurea, Ν'-arylureido, Ν', Ν'-diarylureido, Ν'-alkyl-oxime, -arylureido, oxime - alkanoureto, anthracene-arylureido, Ν'-alkyl-oxime-alkylureido, Ν'-alkyl-oxime-arylureido, Ν', Ν'-dialkyl-oxime-alkylureido ,Ν',Ν,dialkyl-oxime-arylureido ,Ν'-aryl-hydrazine-alkylurea group, Ν'-aryl-fluorene-arylureido group, Ν', fluorene,-diaryl-fluorenyl-alkylurea group, Ν', Ν'-diaryl - anthracene-ureido group, anthracene, alkyl-Ν'-aryl-hydrazine-alkylurea group, anthracene, -alkyl-Ν'-aryl-Ν-φ aryl ureido, alkoxycarbonylamino group, Aryloxycarbonylamino, fluorenyl-alkyl-hydrazine-alkoxycarbonylamino, fluorenyl-alkyl-fluorene-aryloxycarbonylamino, fluorenyl-aryl-fluorenyloxycarbonylamino, hydrazine -aryl-fluorenyl-aryloxycarbonylamino, decyl, decyl, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl 'aryloxycarbonyl, aminomethyl decyl, fluorenyl-alkylaminomethyl hydrazino, anthracene, Ν-Dialkylaminomethyl fluorenyl, fluorenyl-arylaminomethyl fluorenyl, anthracene, fluorenyl-diarylaminomethyl fluorenyl, fluorenyl-alkyl-fluorene-arylaminomethyl hydrazino, alkane A sulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, a sulfonic acid group (-SCbH) and a conjugated base thereof (hereinafter referred to as a sulfonate group), an alkoxy group Sulfonyl, aryloxysulfonyl, φ amine sulfinyl, N-alkylamine sulfinyl, N,N-dialkylamine sulfinyl, N-arylamine sulfinyl , N,N-diarylamine sulfinyl, N- -N-arylamine sulfinyl, sulfonyl, N-alkylamine sulfonyl, N,N-dialkylamine sulfonyl, N-arylsulfonyl, N, N-diarylamine sulfonyl, N-alkyl-N-arylamine sulfonyl, phosphonic acid group (-PCbHO and its conjugated base (hereinafter referred to as phosphonate), dialkylphosphonic acid Base (-PCh(alkyl)2), diarylphosphonate (-PCM aryl) 2), alkylarylphosphonic acid group (-P〇3(alkyl)(aryl)), monoalkane Phosphonic acid group (-P03H(alkyl)) and its conjugated base (hereinafter referred to as alkylphosphonate), monoarylphosphonic acid group (-PChH (aryl)) and its conjugated base ( Hereinafter referred to as arylphosphonate), phosphinomethoxy (-〇PChH2) and its conjugated base (hereinafter referred to as phosphonateoxy), dioxane-31-200811483-based phosphinomethoxy (-〇P) 〇3(alkyl)2), diarylphosphonium oxy (-OPCh(aryl) 2), alkylarylphosphonium oxy (-〇p〇3(alkyl)(aryl)), - an alkylphosphonium oxy group (-OPChH(alkyl)) and its conjugated base (hereinafter referred to as an alkylphosphonateoxy group), an arylphosphonium oxy group (-op〇3h (aryl group) ))and A conjugated base (hereinafter referred to as an arylphosphonooxy group), an alkyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group. Specific examples of the alkyl group-substituted substituents include an alkyl group represented by the above-mentioned R21, R22, R23, R24 or R25 as an unsubstituted alkyl group.

在此等具有取代烷基之取代基,芳基的具體例可舉出苯 基、聯苯基、萘基、甲苯基、二甲苯基、采基、異丙苯基、氯 苯基、溴苯基、氯甲基苯基、羥基苯基、甲氧基苯基、乙氧基 苯基、苯氧基苯基、乙醯氧基苯基、苯甲醯氧基苯基、甲硫基 苯基、苯硫基苯基、甲胺基苯基、二甲胺基苯基、乙醯胺基苯 基、羧基苯基、甲氧基羰基苯基、乙氧基羰基苯基、苯氧基羰 基苯基、N-苯基胺基甲醯基苯基、苯基、氰基苯基、磺酸基苯 基、磺酸根基苯基、膦酸基苯基、膦酸根基苯基等。 在此等具有取代烷基之取代基,雜芳基可舉出含有氮原 子、氧原子、硫原子中之至少一者之單環或多環芳香族環。在 雜芳基之雜芳基環的特佳例子,可舉出例如噻吩、噻蒽、呋喃、 吡喃、異苯并呋喃、暁烯、_喔、啡噚畊、吡咯、吡唑、異噻 唑、異噚唑、吡畊、嘧啶、嗒哄、吲哚畊、異吲哚畊、吲哚基、 吲唑、嘌呤、喹阱、異喹阱、酞阱、萘啶、喹唑啉、晬、喋啶、 味嗤、昨咐、菲(phenanthrene)、卩丫陡、晒卩定、啡琳、酞哄、啡 吡阱、啡噚哄、呋咱等,此等可以更進行苯環縮,又,亦可以 具有取代基。 在此等具有取代烷基之取代基,烯基可舉出例如乙烯基、 -32- 200811483 1-丙烯基、1-丁烯基、肉桂基、2-氯-1-乙烯基等。 在此等具有取代烷基之取代基,炔基可舉出例如乙炔基、 1-丙炔基、1-丁炔基、三甲基矽烷基乙炔基等。 在此等具有取代烷基之取代基,在醯基(GiCOOi Ch,可 舉出氫原子、及上述的烷基、芳基。 此等取代基中,更佳之物可舉出鹵素原子(-F、-Br、-C1、 -I)、烷氧基、芳氧基、烷硫基、芳硫基、N-烷胺基、N,N-二烷 胺基、醯氧基、N-烷基胺基甲醯氧基、N_芳基胺基甲醯氧基、 醯胺基、甲醯基、醯基、竣基、垸氧基鑛基、芳氧基鐵基、胺 基甲醯基、N-烷基胺基甲醯基、Ν,Ν-二烷基胺基甲醯基、N-芳 基胺基甲醯基、Ν-烷基-Ν-芳基胺基甲醯基、磺酸基、磺酸根 基、胺磺醯基、Ν-烷基胺磺醯基、Ν,Ν-二烷基胺磺醯基、Ν-芳 基胺磺醯基、Ν-烷基-Ν-芳基胺磺醯基、膦酸基、膦酸根基、 二烷基膦酸基、二芳基膦酸基、一烷基膦酸基、烷基膦酸根基、 一芳基膦酸基、芳基膦酸根基、膦醯氧基、膦酸根氧基、芳基、 烯基、亞烷基(亞甲基等)。Specific examples of the aryl group in the substituent having a substituted alkyl group include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, a decyl group, a cumyl group, a chlorophenyl group, and a bromobenzene group. , chloromethylphenyl, hydroxyphenyl, methoxyphenyl, ethoxyphenyl, phenoxyphenyl, ethoxylated phenyl, benzhydryloxyphenyl, methylthiophenyl , phenylthiophenyl, methylaminophenyl, dimethylaminophenyl, acetaminophen phenyl, carboxyphenyl, methoxycarbonylphenyl, ethoxycarbonylphenyl, phenoxycarbonylbenzene A group, N-phenylaminomercaptophenyl, phenyl, cyanophenyl, sulfophenyl, sulfonylphenyl, phosphonic phenyl, phosphonate phenyl, and the like. In the substituent having a substituted alkyl group, the heteroaryl group may be a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic ring containing at least one of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom. Specific examples of the heteroaryl ring of the heteroaryl group include, for example, thiophene, thiazide, furan, pyran, isobenzofuran, decene, oxime, porphyrin, pyrrole, pyrazole, isothiazole. , isoxazole, pyridin, pyrimidine, hydrazine, arable, argon, sulfhydryl, carbazole, hydrazine, quinolin, isoquine, hydrazine, naphthyridine, quinazoline, hydrazine, Acridine, miso, 咐 咐, phenanthrene, 卩丫 steep, sunburn, morphine, 酞哄, morphine, morphine, furosem, etc., which can further benzene ring shrinkage, and It may also have a substituent. Examples of the substituent having a substituted alkyl group include a vinyl group, a -32-200811483 1-propenyl group, a 1-butenyl group, a cinnamyl group, a 2-chloro-1-vinyl group, and the like. Examples of the substituent having a substituted alkyl group include an ethynyl group, a 1-propynyl group, a 1-butynyl group, a trimethyldecyl ethynyl group and the like. The substituent having a substituted alkyl group is fluorenyl (GiCOOi Ch, a hydrogen atom, and the above-mentioned alkyl group or aryl group. Among these substituents, a halogen atom (-F) is preferable. , -Br, -C1, -I), alkoxy, aryloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, N-alkylamino, N,N-dialkylamino, decyloxy, N-alkyl Aminomethyl methoxy, N_arylaminomethyl methoxy, decyl, decyl, decyl, decyl, decyl ortho, aryloxy, aminomethyl thiol, N-alkylaminomethyl fluorenyl, hydrazine, fluorenyl-dialkylaminomethyl fluorenyl, N-arylaminomethyl fluorenyl, fluorenyl-alkyl-fluorene-arylaminomethyl sulfonyl, sulfonic acid , sulfonate, sulfonyl, fluorenyl-alkylamine sulfonyl, anthracene, fluorenyl-dialkylamine sulfonyl, fluorene-arylamine sulfonyl, fluorenyl-alkyl-fluorene-aryl Aminesulfonyl, phosphonic acid, phosphonate, dialkylphosphonic acid, diarylphosphonic acid, monoalkylphosphonic acid, alkylphosphonic acid, monoarylphosphonic acid, arylphosphine Acid group, phosphinomethoxy group, phosphonic acid group, aryl group, alkenyl group, alkylene group (methylene group, etc.).

R21、R22、R23、R24、及R25之較佳取代烷基可舉出上述取 代基與伸烷基(烷基部分)組合而成之物,具體例可舉出氯甲 基、溴甲基、2-氯乙基、三氟甲基、甲氧基甲基、甲氧基乙氧 基乙基、芳氧基甲基、苯氧基甲基、甲硫基甲基、甲苯硫基甲 基、乙胺基乙基、二乙胺基丙基、味啉丙基、乙醯氧基甲基、 苯甲醯氧基甲基、Ν-環己基胺基甲醯氧基乙基、Ν-苯基胺基甲 醯氧基、乙醯胺基乙基、Ν-甲基苯甲醯胺基丙基、2_側氧乙基、 2-側氧丙基、羧丙基、甲氧基羰基乙基、芳氧基羰基丁基、氯 苯氧基羰基甲基、胺基甲醯基甲基、Ν-甲基胺基甲醯基乙基、 Ν,Ν-二丙基胺基甲醯基甲基、Ν-(甲氧基苯基)胺基甲醯基乙 -33- 200811483 基、N-甲基-N-(磺酸基苯基)胺基甲醯基甲基、 磺酸基丁基、磺酸根基丙基、磺酸根基丁基、胺亞磺醯基 丁基、N-乙基胺磺醯基甲基、Ν,Ν·二丙基胺磺醯基丙基、Ν·Η 胺磺醯基丙基、N-甲基-N-(膦酸基苯基)胺磺醯基辛基、膦酸基 丁基、膦酸根基己基、二乙基膦酸基丁基、二苯基膦酸基丙基、 甲基膦酸基丁基、甲基膦酸根基丁基、甲苯基膦酸基己基、甲 苯基膦酸根己基、膦醯氧基丙基、膦酸根氧基丁基、苄基、苯The preferred substituted alkyl group for R21, R22, R23, R24 and R25 may be a combination of the above substituent and an alkylene group (alkyl moiety), and specific examples thereof include a chloromethyl group and a bromomethyl group. 2-chloroethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxymethyl, methoxyethoxyethyl, aryloxymethyl, phenoxymethyl, methylthiomethyl, tolylmethylmethyl, Ethylaminoethyl, diethylaminopropyl, morpholinylpropyl, ethoxymethyloxy, benzhydryloxymethyl, fluorenyl-cyclohexylaminomethyloxyethyl, fluorenyl-phenyl Aminomethyl methoxy, acetaminoethyl, Ν-methylbenzimidyl propyl, 2-ternooxyethyl, 2-oxopropyl, carboxypropyl, methoxycarbonylethyl , aryloxycarbonylbutyl, chlorophenoxycarbonylmethyl, aminomethylmethylmethyl, hydrazine-methylaminomethyl decylethyl, hydrazine, hydrazine-dipropylaminocarbamimidylmethyl , Ν-(methoxyphenyl)aminocarbamimidyl-33- 200811483, N-methyl-N-(sulfonylphenyl)aminomethylmethylmethyl, sulfobutyl, Sulfonic acid propyl, sulfonyl butyl, amine sulfinyl butyl, N-ethylamine sulfonyl methyl, hydrazine , Ν·dipropylamine sulfonylpropyl, Ν·Η sulfonyl propyl, N-methyl-N-(phosphonophenyl)amine sulfonyl octyl, phosphonic butyl, Phosphonate hexyl, diethylphosphonyl butyl, diphenylphosphonyl propyl, methylphosphonic butyl, methylphosphonic butyl, tolylphosphonic hexyl, tolylphosphonate Hexyl, phosphinomethoxypropyl, phosphonateoxybutyl, benzyl, benzene

乙基、α-甲基苄基、卜甲基-1-苯基乙基、對甲基苄基、肉桂 基、烯丙基、1-丙烯基甲基、2-丁烯基、2-甲基烯丙基、2·甲 基丙嫌基甲基、2 -丙炔基、2 - 丁炔基、3 - 丁炔基等。 R21、R22、R23、R24、及R25之較佳未取代芳基的具體例可 舉出1個至3個苯環形成稠環而成之物、苯環與5員不飽和環 形成稠環而成之物,可舉出苯基、萘基、蒽基、菲基、茚基、 苊基、莽基,此等之中,以苯基、萘基爲更佳。 R21、R22、R23、R24、及R25之較佳取代芳基的具體例,能 夠使用在上述未取代芳基的環形成碳原子上具有一價的非金 屬原子團作爲取代基之物。較佳取代基之例子可舉出前述的院 基及取代烷基、及在前述取代烷基作爲取代基所示之物。R21 ' R22、R23、R24、或R25所示取代芳基之較佳具體例可舉出聯苯 基、甲苯基、二甲苯基、采基、異丙苯基、氯苯基、溴苯基、 氟苯基、氯甲基苯基、三氟甲基苯基、羥基苯基、甲氧基苯基、 甲氧基乙氧基苯基、烯丙氧基苯基、苯氧基苯基、甲硫基苯基、 甲苯硫基苯基、乙胺基苯基、二乙胺基苯基、味啉苯基、乙醯 氧基苯基、苯甲醯氧基苯基、N-環己基胺基甲醯氧基苯基、N-苯基胺基甲醯氧基苯基、 乙醯胺基苯基、N-甲基苯甲醯胺基苯基、羧基苯基、甲氧 -34-Ethyl, α-methylbenzyl, benzyl-1-phenylethyl, p-methylbenzyl, cinnamyl, allyl, 1-propenylmethyl, 2-butenyl, 2-methylene Propyl, 2-methylpropanylmethyl, 2-propynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl and the like. Specific examples of the preferred unsubstituted aryl group of R21, R22, R23, R24, and R25 include those in which one to three benzene rings form a condensed ring, and the benzene ring forms a condensed ring with a 5-membered unsaturated ring. Examples of the compound include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group, a phenanthryl group, a fluorenyl group, a fluorenyl group and a fluorenyl group. Among them, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is more preferable. Specific examples of the preferred substituted aryl group of R21, R22, R23, R24 and R25 can be used as a substituent having a monovalent non-metal atomic group on the ring-forming carbon atom of the above unsubstituted aryl group. Examples of preferred substituents include the above-mentioned substituents and substituted alkyl groups, and the substituents represented by the above substituted alkyl groups. Preferred examples of the substituted aryl group represented by R21 ' R22, R23, R24 or R25 include a biphenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, a decyl group, a cumyl group, a chlorophenyl group, and a bromophenyl group. Fluorophenyl, chloromethylphenyl, trifluoromethylphenyl, hydroxyphenyl, methoxyphenyl, methoxyethoxyphenyl, allyloxyphenyl, phenoxyphenyl, A Thiophenyl, tolylthiophenyl, ethylaminophenyl, diethylaminophenyl, porphyrin phenyl, ethoxylated phenyl, benzamidine phenyl, N-cyclohexylamino Methoxy phenyl, N-phenylaminomethyl methoxy phenyl, acetaminophen phenyl, N-methylbenzamide phenyl, carboxyphenyl, methoxy-34-

200811483 基羰基苯基、烯丙氧基羰基苯基、氯苯氧基羰基苯 醯基苯基、N-甲基胺基甲醯基苯基、N,N-二丙基胺: 基、N-(甲氧基苯基)胺基甲醯基苯基、N-甲基-N-(宿 胺基甲醯基苯基、磺酸基苯基、磺酸根基苯基、胺磺 N-乙基胺磺醯基苯基、N,N-二丙基胺磺醯基苯基、 磺醯基苯基、N-甲基-N-(膦酸基苯基)胺磺醯基苯基 基、膦酸根基苯基、二乙基膦酸基苯基、二苯基膦 甲基膦酸基苯基、甲基膦酸根基苯基、甲苯基膦酸 φ苯基膦酸根基苯基、烯丙基苯基、1-丙烯基甲基苯 基苯基、2-甲基烯丙基苯基、2_甲基丙烯基苯基、 基、2-丁炔基苯基、3-丁炔基苯基等。 R21、R22、R23、R24、及R25之較佳未取代烯基 舉出乙烯基、1-丙烯基等。 R21、R22、R23、R24、及R25之較佳取代芳基的 出在上述未取代烯基上,具有脫除氫原子作爲取代 非金屬原子團之物。 取代烯基所具有的取代基係一價的非金屬原子 代基之較佳例子可舉出前述的烷基及取代烷基,在 之取代基的例子,可舉出前述取代烷基所具有的® R21、R22、R23、R24、及R25之較佳未取代芳香 的具體例可舉出吡啶、噻吩、苯并噻吩、二苯并噻 苯并呋喃、二苯并呋喃、吡咯、吡唑、噻嗤、曙哩 哄、U丫 Π定、味哩、唾琳、二哇、卩引哄、味p坐等。 R21、R22、R23、R24、及R25之較佳取代芳香族 具體例可舉出在上述未取代芳香族雜環殘基上,具 子之一價的非金屬原子團作爲取代基之物。 基、胺基甲 基甲醯基苯 I酸基苯基) 醯基苯基、 N-甲苯基胺 、膦酸基苯 酸基苯基、 基苯基、甲 基、2-丁烯 2-丙炔基苯 的具體例可 具體例可舉 基之一價的 •團時,該取 該取代院基 :代基。 族雜環殘基 丨吩、呋喃、 、嘧啶、嗒 雜環殘基的 有脫除氫原 -35- 200811483 取代芳香族雜環殘基所具有的取代基係一價的非金屬原 子團時,該取代基之較佳例子可舉出前述的烷基及取代烷基, 在該取代烷基之取代基的例子,可舉出前述取代烷基所具有的 取代基。 R21、R22、R23、R24、及R25之較佳未取代烷氧基的具體例 可舉出甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、己氧基、辛氧基、 十二烷氧基、2-乙基己氧基等。200811483 phenylcarbonyl, allyloxycarbonylphenyl, chlorophenoxycarbonylphenylphenyl, N-methylaminoformamidophenyl, N,N-dipropylamine: base, N- (Methoxyphenyl)aminomercaptophenyl, N-methyl-N-(sodium amylphenyl, sulfonylphenyl, sulfonylphenyl, aminesulfonyl N-ethyl Aminesulfonylphenyl, N,N-dipropylaminesulfonylphenyl, sulfonylphenyl, N-methyl-N-(phosphonophenyl)aminesulfonylphenyl, phosphine Acid-based phenyl, diethylphosphonic phenyl, diphenylphosphinomethylphosphonic phenyl, methylphosphonic phenyl, tolylphosphonic acid φ phenylphosphonic phenyl, allyl Phenyl, 1-propenylmethylphenylphenyl, 2-methylallylphenyl, 2-methylpropenylphenyl, benzyl-2-butynylphenyl, 3-butynylphenyl The preferred unsubstituted alkenyl group of R21, R22, R23, R24, and R25 is exemplified by a vinyl group, a 1-propenyl group, etc. The preferred substituted aryl group of R21, R22, R23, R24, and R25 is as described above. On the unsubstituted alkenyl group, there is a substance which removes a hydrogen atom as a substituted non-metal atomic group. Preferable examples of the monovalent non-metal atomic group are the above-mentioned alkyl group and substituted alkyl group, and examples of the substituent include ® R21, R22, and R23 which the substituted alkyl group has. Specific examples of preferred unsubstituted aromatic groups of R24 and R25 include pyridine, thiophene, benzothiophene, dibenzothiabenzofuran, dibenzofuran, pyrrole, pyrazole, thioindole, anthracene, and U.丫Π定,味哩, 琳琳, 二哇, 卩引哄,味 p sit, etc. Specific examples of preferred substituted aromatics of R21, R22, R23, R24, and R25 include the above unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic ring On the residue, a non-metal atomic group having a valence of one is used as a substituent. Alkyl, aminomethylmethalylbenzene phenyl phenyl) decylphenyl, N-methylphenylamine, phosphonic acid benzene Specific examples of the acid phenyl group, the phenyl group, the methyl group, and the 2-butene 2-propynylbenzene may be exemplified by the group of the group: the substituent group: a substituent. a heterocyclic residue porphin, furan, pyrimidine, anthracene heterocyclic residue having a dehydrogenogen-35-200811483 When the substituted aromatic heterocyclic residue has a substituent which is a monovalent non-metal atomic group, Preferable examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned alkyl group and substituted alkyl group, and examples of the substituent of the substituted alkyl group include a substituent of the above-mentioned substituted alkyl group. Specific examples of the preferred unsubstituted alkoxy group for R21, R22, R23, R24 and R25 include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group, a hexyloxy group, an octyloxy group, and twelve Alkoxy group, 2-ethylhexyloxy group and the like.

R21、R22、R23、R24、及R25之較佳取代烷氧基的具體例可 舉出在上述未取代烷氧基上,具有脫除氫原子之一價的非金屬 原子團作爲取代基之物。 取代烷氧基所具有的取代基係一價的非金屬原子團時,該 取代基之較佳例子可舉出前述的烷基及取代烷基,在該取代烷 基之取代基的例子,可舉出前述取代烷基所具有的取代基。 R21、R22、R23、R24、及R25之較佳未取代烷硫基的具體例 可舉出甲硫氧基、乙硫氧基、丙硫氧基、丁硫氧基、己硫氧基、 辛硫氧基、十二院硫氧基等 R21、R22、R23、R24、及R25之較佳取代烷硫基的具體例可 舉出在上述未取代烷硫基上,具有脫除氫原子之一價的非金屬 原子團作爲取代基之物。 取代烷硫基所具有的取代基係一價的非金屬原子團時,該 取代基之較佳例子可舉出前述的烷基及取代烷基,在該取代烷 基之取代基的例子,可舉出前述取代烷基所具有的取代基。 接著,說明通式(2-1)之A ° A係表示亦可具有取代基之芳 香族環或雜環,亦可具有取代基之芳香族環或雜環之具體例, 可舉出例與通式(2-1)中的R21、R22、R23、R24、及R25所記載之 相同之物。 -36- 200811483 A之較佳芳香族環,具體例可舉出苯、甲氧基苯、二甲氧 基苯、三甲氧基苯、二乙胺苯、二苯胺基苯、甲硫基苯、蒽、 苯硫基苯、噻蒽、啡噻畊、喹阱、二苯并噻吩、二苯并呋喃、 咔唑、二甲氧基苯基苯、三苯膦等。 又,A之較佳雜環,具體上可舉出吡啶、苯并噻唑、苯并 噚唑、苯并噻唑等。 通式(2-1)所示之化合物,R22、R23、R24、及A係各自鍵結 而形成脂肪族性及芳香族的環時,所形成的環可舉出環烷基 φ環、氧雜環壬烷(oxonane)環、環氧乙烷環、噻喃環、哌啶環、 吡啶酮環、吡咯啶環、吡咯啶酮環、內酯環、內醯胺環、噻唑 啉酮環、苯環、萘環、蒽環、菲環、莽環、鄰三伸苯環、稠四 苯環、聯苯環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、噚唑環、 噻唑環、吡啶環、吡畊環、嘧啶環、嗒畊環、吲哚畊環、D引除 環、苯并呋喃環、苯并噻吩環、異苯并呋喃環、喹畊環、喹啉 環、酞阱環、萘啶環、喹曙啉環、喹唑啉環、異喹啉環、味哩 環、啡啶環、吖啶環、啡啉環、噻蒽環、暁烯環、灿唱環、啡 噻噚環、啡噻阱環、啡畊環等,更佳之物可舉出環烷基環、內 酯環、吡咯環、呋喃環、吡喃環、吡啶環。 在通式(2-1)所示化合物的R21、R22、R23、R24、r25、及A, 更佳組合用以達成高敏感度(本發明的課題之一),可舉出^ 係碳原子數爲1〜20之直鏈狀、分枝狀、環狀的取代或未取代 之1兀基、取代或未取代之芳基、殘基,r22、r23、及伟气厚 子、碳原子數爲1~20之直鏈狀、分枝狀、或環狀的取代或2 取代之烷基,R5係碳原子數1〜2〇之直鏈狀、分枝狀、或環狀 的取代或未取代之烷氧基,A係取代或未取代之芳香族環、 雜環。 现 -37- 200811483 又,在通式(2-1)所示之化合物,R22、R23、R24、及a係各 自鍵結而形成脂肪族性及芳香族的環時,該環係、R25、及 A之較佳組合時,該環可舉出環烷基環、內酯環、苯環、吡略 環、呋喃環、吡喃環、吡啶環,R21係碳原子數1〜2〇之直鏈狀、 分枝狀、及環狀的取代或未取代之院基、取代或未取代之芳 基、羧基,R25係碳原子數1〜20之直鏈狀、分枝狀、或環狀的 取代或未取代之烷基、取代或未取代之芳基、取代或未取代之 烷氧基,A係取代或未取代之芳香族環、或雜環。Specific examples of the preferred substituted alkoxy group for R21, R22, R23, R24 and R25 include a non-metal atomic group having a valence of one hydrogen atom removed as a substituent on the above unsubstituted alkoxy group. When the substituent of the alkoxy group is a monovalent non-metal atomic group, preferred examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned alkyl group and substituted alkyl group, and examples of the substituent of the substituted alkyl group include The substituent which the aforementioned substituted alkyl group has. Specific examples of the preferred unsubstituted alkylthio group of R21, R22, R23, R24, and R25 include a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, a propylthio group, a butylthio group, a hexylthio group, and a octyl group. Specific examples of the preferred substituted alkylthio group of R21, R22, R23, R24, and R25, such as a thiooxy group and a ternary thio group, may be exemplified by the above-mentioned unsubstituted alkylthio group having one hydrogen-removing atom. A valence non-metal atomic group acts as a substituent. When the substituent of the substituted alkylthio group is a monovalent non-metal atomic group, preferred examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned alkyl group and substituted alkyl group, and examples of the substituent of the substituted alkyl group include The substituent which the aforementioned substituted alkyl group has. Next, a specific example of the aromatic ring or the hetero ring which may have a substituent, and an aromatic ring or a hetero ring which may have a substituent, and a specific example of the A ° A of the formula (2-1), The same as described in R21, R22, R23, R24, and R25 in the formula (2-1). -36- 200811483 A preferred aromatic ring, specific examples thereof include benzene, methoxybenzene, dimethoxybenzene, trimethoxybenzene, diethylamine benzene, diphenylaminobenzene, methylthiobenzene,蒽, phenylthiobenzene, thiazide, thiophene, quinolin, dibenzothiophene, dibenzofuran, carbazole, dimethoxyphenylbenzene, triphenylphosphine, and the like. Further, preferred heterocyclic ring of A may, for example, be pyridine, benzothiazole, benzoxazole or benzothiazole. When a compound represented by the formula (2-1) is bonded to each other to form an aliphatic or aromatic ring, R22, R23, R24 and A may be a cycloalkyl φ ring or an oxygen. Oxonane ring, oxirane ring, thiopyran ring, piperidine ring, pyridone ring, pyrrolidine ring, pyrrolidone ring, lactone ring, indole ring, thiazolinone ring, Benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, anthracene ring, ortho-triphenyl ring, condensed tetraphenyl ring, biphenyl ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, indazole ring, thiazole ring, pyridine Ring, pyridinium ring, pyrimidine ring, sorghum ring, sorghum ring, D extract ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, isobenzofuran ring, quinoline ring, quinoline ring, hydrazine ring , naphthyridine ring, quinoxaline ring, quinazoline ring, isoquinoline ring, miso ring, pyridine ring, acridine ring, phenanthroline ring, thioindole ring, terpene ring, can ring, thiophene The anthracene ring, the morphine ring, the cultivating ring, etc., more preferably, a cycloalkyl ring, a lactone ring, a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a pyran ring or a pyridine ring. In the case where R21, R22, R23, R24, r25, and A of the compound of the formula (2-1) are more preferably used in combination to achieve high sensitivity (one of the problems of the present invention), a carbon atom is exemplified. a linear, branched or cyclic substituted or unsubstituted 1 fluorenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a residue, a r22, a r2, a valence, and a carbon number of 1 to 20 a linear, branched, or cyclic substituted or 2 substituted alkyl group of 1 to 20, and a linear, branched, or cyclic substituted or unsubstituted R5 ring having 1 to 2 carbon atoms. Alkoxy group, A-substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring, heterocyclic ring. -37-200811483 Further, when a compound represented by the formula (2-1) is bonded to each other to form an aliphatic or aromatic ring, R22, R23, R24 and a are each a ring system, R25, And a preferred combination of A, the ring may be a cycloalkyl ring, a lactone ring, a benzene ring, a pyridyl ring, a furan ring, a pyran ring, a pyridine ring, and the R21 group has a carbon number of 1 to 2 Å. a chain, a branched, or a cyclic substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a carboxyl group, and a R25 group having a linear, branched, or cyclic carbon number of 1 to 20 A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring, or a heterocyclic ring.

通式(2-1)所示之化合物,更佳之態樣可舉出下述通式 (2-11)。 ㈣ix^r21 n(R2T Vr25 通式(2-II)中,n係表示〇〜5之整數。R26可舉出脫除氫之 價的非金屬原子團。R26之具體例可舉出與R21、R22、R23、R24、 φ或R25所示取代烷基所具有取代基的例子之相同之物。 R21、R25所示之取代基,可舉出通式(2-1)所示化合物R21 及R25所示之取代基,R21及R25以環己基爲特佳。 R26所示之取代基以二苯胺基、二甲胺基、甲氧基爲特佳。 η以0〜3爲特佳。 通式(2-ΙΙ)所示之化合物中,以組合R21、R25、R26、及η 之較佳態樣而成之化合物爲特佳態樣。 通式(2-II)所示之化合物中,最佳例子可舉出藉由下述合 成例2-1〜合成例2-4、及合成例2-6所合成而成之化合物爲特 -38-The compound represented by the formula (2-1) is more preferably in the following formula (2-11). (4) ix^r21 n (R2T Vr25 In the formula (2-II), n represents an integer of 〇~5. R26 includes a non-metal atomic group at which hydrogen is removed. Specific examples of R26 include R21 and R22. R23, R24, φ or R25 are the same as the substituents of the substituted alkyl group. The substituents represented by R21 and R25 include the compounds R21 and R25 represented by the formula (2-1). The substituents represented by R21 and R25 are particularly preferably a cyclohexyl group. The substituent represented by R26 is particularly preferably a diphenylamine group, a dimethylamino group or a methoxy group. η is particularly preferably 0 to 3. Among the compounds represented by 2-ΙΙ), a compound obtained by combining the preferred aspects of R21, R25, R26, and η is a particularly preferable one. Among the compounds represented by the formula (2-II), the most preferable. In the examples, the compound synthesized by the following Synthesis Examples 2-1 to 2-4 and Synthesis Example 2-6 is a special-38-

200811483 佳態樣。 敘述通式(2-1)所不之化合物的合成方法 通式(2-1)所不之化合物通常能夠藉由亘有活 酸性原料、與取代或非取代芳香族環或雜環進行 到’此等可參照特公昭59-28329號公報來合成。可 述反應式(2 -1)所示,利用酸性原料化合物、與在雜 基或羰基之、鹼性原料進行縮合反應之合成方法。縮 必要在鹼(base)存在下進行。鹼係沒有限制地能夠 用之物,例如胺、吡陡類(三烷胺、二甲胺卩比聢、 十一烯DBU等)、胺基金屬類(二異丙基胺基鋰等) 類(甲醇鈉、第三丁醇鉀等)、氫化金屬類(氫化鈉、200811483 Good condition. A method for synthesizing a compound of the formula (2-1): a compound of the formula (2-1) can usually be carried out by a living acidic starting material, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring. These can be synthesized by referring to Japanese Patent Publication No. 59-28329. A synthesis method in which an acidic starting material compound and a basic raw material in a hetero group or a carbonyl group are subjected to a condensation reaction can be used as shown in the reaction formula (2-1). The shrinkage is carried out in the presence of a base. The alkali system can be used without limitation, for example, an amine, a pyridoxine (trialkylamine, dimethylamine oxime, undecene DBU, etc.), an amine metal (diisopropylamine lithium, etc.) (sodium methoxide, potassium butoxide, etc.), hydrogenated metals (sodium hydride,

又,反應式(2-1)中,R21、R22、R23、R24、R25、及 a 係 所示之化合物中的R21、R22、R23、R24、r25、及A 性亞甲基之 縮合應而得 舉出例如下 環上具有醛 合反應按照 利用通常泛 二氮雜雙環 、烷醇金屬 氫化鉀等)。 與通式(2-1) Ή同。 反應式(2-1)Further, in the reaction formula (2-1), the condensation of R21, R22, R23, R24, r25, and the A-methylene group in the compounds represented by R21, R22, R23, R24, R25, and a is For example, it is possible to have an aldehyde reaction on the lower ring in accordance with the usual diazabibicyclo, potassium alkoxide hydride, and the like. Same as the general formula (2-1). Reaction formula (2-1)

又’較佳之其他合成方法,可舉出藉由下述 之方法。亦即,藉由使用在前述反應式(2-1)之酸 物’ N-R5係硫原子之酸性原料化合物作爲起始物質 上具有醛基或羰基之鹼性原料進行縮合反應來色 驟爲止’係與前述反應式(2-1)同樣地進行後,使該 進而與能夠與硫原子互相進行化學作用來形成金 金屬鹽及水或1級胺化合物(R-NH2 :在此R係表示 屬原子團)進行作用之反應。R所示之一價的非金屬 反應式(2-2) 性原料化合 、與在雜環 料先質之步 :色料先質, 屬硫化物之 一價的非金 I原子團,以 -39- 200811483 與前述R21、R22、R23、R24、及R25同樣的取代基爲佳。反應式 (2-2)中,R21、R22、R23、R24、R25、及 A 係與通式(2-1)所示之 化合物中的r21、R22、r23、R24、R25、及A相同。 此等之中,反應式(2-2)所不反應之各反應的產率筒,在合 成效率上特佳,其中,合成通式(2-1)所示之新穎化合物時,反 應式(2-2)所示之反應係有用的。 反應式(2-2)Further, other preferred synthesis methods include the following methods. That is, the condensation reaction is carried out by using an acidic starting material compound of the acid compound 'N-R5-based sulfur atom of the above reaction formula (2-1) as a starting material having an aldehyde group or a carbonyl group as a starting material. After the reaction is carried out in the same manner as in the above reaction formula (2-1), the further formation of a gold metal salt and water or a primary amine compound (R-NH2: represented by R system) can be carried out by chemical interaction with a sulfur atom. It is a reaction of a group of atoms. The non-metal reaction formula (2-2) which is represented by R is a compound of the formula (2-2), and is a precursor of the heterocyclic material: a precursor of a coloring material, a non-gold I radical which is one of the sulfides, and -39 - 200811483 The same substituents as the above R21, R22, R23, R24, and R25 are preferred. In the reaction formula (2-2), R21, R22, R23, R24, R25 and A are the same as those of the compounds represented by the formula (2-1): r21, R22, r23, R24, R25 and A. Among these, the yield tube of each reaction which is not reacted by the reaction formula (2-2) is particularly excellent in the synthesis efficiency, and in the case of synthesizing the novel compound represented by the general formula (2-1), the reaction formula ( The reaction shown in 2-2) is useful. Reaction formula (2-2)

又,前述反應式(2-2)中,Mn + Xn係表示能夠與硫羰基的硫 原子互相進行化學作用來形成金屬硫化物之金屬鹽。具體上的 化合物可舉出例如Μ爲Al、Au、Ag、Hg、Cu、Zn、Fe、Cd、 Cr、Co、Ce、Bi、Mn、Mo、Ga、Ni、Pd、Pt、Ru、Rh、Sc、Further, in the above reaction formula (2-2), Mn + Xn means a metal salt capable of chemically reacting with a sulfur atom of a thiocarbonyl group to form a metal sulfide. Specific examples of the compound include, for example, Al, Au, Ag, Hg, Cu, Zn, Fe, Cd, Cr, Co, Ce, Bi, Mn, Mo, Ga, Ni, Pd, Pt, Ru, Rh, Sc,

Sb、Sr、Mg、Ti 等,X 爲 F、Cl、Br、I、N〇3、S〇4、N〇2、P〇4、 CH3C〇2 等之 AgBr、Agl、AgF、Ag〇、AgCl、Ag2〇、Ag(NO〇、 AgS〇4、AgN〇2、Ag2Cr〇4、Ag3P〇4、Hg2(N〇3)2、HgBr2、Hg2Br2、 Hg〇、HgL· 、 Hg(N〇3)2 、 Hg(N〇2)2 、 HgSCU 、 Hg2L· 、 Hg2S〇4 、Sb, Sr, Mg, Ti, etc., X is AgBr, Agl, AgF, Ag〇, AgCl such as F, Cl, Br, I, N〇3, S〇4, N〇2, P〇4, CH3C〇2 , Ag2〇, Ag(NO〇, AgS〇4, AgN〇2, Ag2Cr〇4, Ag3P〇4, Hg2(N〇3)2, HgBr2, Hg2Br2, Hg〇, HgL·, Hg(N〇3)2 , Hg(N〇2)2, HgSCU, Hg2L·, Hg2S〇4,

Hg(CH3C〇2)2、AuBr、AuBrs、Aul、AuL·、AuF、、A112O3、AuCl、Hg(CH3C〇2)2, AuBr, AuBrs, Aul, AuL·, AuF, A112O3, AuCl,

AuCh、CuCl、Cul、Cul2、C11F2、Cu〇、Cu〇2、Cu(NCh)2、CuS〇4、 Cu3(P〇4)2之化合物。其中,從容易與硫原子互相進行化學作用 而言,以使用銀鹽作爲金屬.鹽爲最佳。 以下,在本發明的新穎化合物,舉出化合物合成的特佳例 子及記載所得到化合物的鑑定數據。 在本發明之通式(2-1)所示之化合物,舉出作爲特佳例子之 -40- 200811483 化合物2-1〜化合物2-6合成例,係如下所示。 (合成例2-1)Compounds of AuCh, CuCl, Cul, Cul2, C11F2, Cu〇, Cu〇2, Cu(NCh)2, CuS〇4, Cu3(P〇4)2. Among them, from the viewpoint of easy chemical interaction with a sulfur atom, it is preferred to use a silver salt as a metal salt. Hereinafter, in the novel compound of the present invention, a particularly preferred example of the synthesis of the compound and the identification data of the obtained compound are described. In the compound represented by the formula (2-1) of the present invention, a synthesis example of the compound 2-1 to the compound 2-6, which is a particularly preferred example, is shown below. (Synthesis Example 2-1)

將對二苯胺基肉桂醛(5.0克、0.0175莫耳)、亞胺基噚唑啉 酮化合物(4.63克、0.0189莫耳)、及第三丁氧基鉀(0.983克、 0.0088莫耳),溶解在20毫升THF中,在50°C反應2小時。反 應係藉由TLC每1小時追蹤。反應結束後使用lN-HClaq(l當 量之氯化氫水溶液)(11毫升)調整爲pH = 5後,使用乙酸乙酯萃 取有機層,並進行減壓餾去。藉由甲醇再分散精製所得到的結 晶,得到化合物1(產量3·94克、產率49%)。 又,莫耳吸光係數(ε )爲1 377 3。 在此,莫耳吸光係數ε係將在1 -甲氧基-2-丙醇溶液中以 0.01克/升的濃度調整而成的色料溶液作爲試料,測定在365 奈米之試料透射光譜,藉由從試料的紫外-可見(UV-visible)吸 收光譜求得吸光度而得到。測定裝置係使用 Varian公司製 UV-Vis-MR Spectrophotometer Cary5G 型分光光度計。 合成例2-1所示之化合物2-1係藉由NMR鑑定。化合物1 之1 H-NMR圖係如第1圖所示。又,測定條件及尖峰的鑑定係 藉由1H-NMR(CDCL3) ·· a7.38-7.01(m,14H),6.90(dd,1H,J=15.6, 10·8Ηζ),6.78(d,1H,J=15.6Hz),6.32(d,1H,J = 10.8Hz),4、06-3.98(m,m), 3.78-3.71(m,lH),2.32-2.22(m,2H),1.86-1.19(m,18H)進行。Dissolving p-diphenylamino cinnamaldehyde (5.0 g, 0.0175 mol), imino oxazolinone compound (4.63 g, 0.0189 mol), and potassium third potassium hydride (0.983 g, 0.0088 mol), The reaction was carried out at 20 ° C for 2 hours in 20 ml of THF. The response is tracked every hour by TLC. After the completion of the reaction, the mixture was adjusted to pH = 5 using 1N-HClaq (1% aqueous hydrogen chloride) (11 ml), and the organic layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained crystals were re-dispersed by methanol to obtain Compound 1 (yield: 3.94 g, yield: 49%). Further, the Mohr absorption coefficient (?) is 1377. Here, the molar absorption coefficient ε is a sample solution in which a concentration of 0.01 g/liter is adjusted in a 1-methoxy-2-propanol solution, and a sample transmission spectrum of 365 nm is measured. It is obtained by obtaining the absorbance from the UV-visible absorption spectrum of the sample. The measuring apparatus was a UV-Vis-MR Spectrophotometer Cary 5G spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian. Compound 2-1 shown in Synthesis Example 2-1 was identified by NMR. The 1 H-NMR chart of Compound 1 is shown in Fig. 1. Further, the measurement conditions and the identification of the peaks were by 1H-NMR (CDCL3) ·· a 7.38-7.01 (m, 14H), 6.90 (dd, 1H, J = 15.6, 10.8 Ηζ), 6.78 (d, 1H). , J = 15.6 Hz), 6.32 (d, 1H, J = 10.8 Hz), 4, 06-3.98 (m, m), 3.78-3.71 (m, lH), 2.32-2.22 (m, 2H), 1.86- 1.19 (m, 18H).

化合物2-1Compound 2-1

-41· 200811483 (合成例2-2) 將對二甲胺基肉桂醛(3.30克、0.0189莫耳)、亞胺基曙唑 啉酮化合物(5.00克、0.0189莫耳)、及第三丁氧基鉀(1.〇6克、 0.00945莫耳),溶解在20毫升Thf中,在5(TC反應2小時。 反應係藉由TLC每1小時追蹤。反應結束後使用iN-HCiaQ(i 1 毫升)調整爲pH = 5後,使用乙酸乙酯萃取有機層,並進行減壓 餾去。藉由甲醇再分散精製所得到的結晶,得到化合物2 - 2 (產 量3.94克、產率49%)。 又,莫耳吸光係數(ε )爲17004。 合成例2-2所示之化合物2-2係藉由NMR鑑定◊化合物 2-2之1 H-NMR圖係如第2圖所示。又,測定條件及尖峰的鑑 定係藉由1H-NMR(CDCL3): a7.40(d,2Η,J = 9.2Hz),6.86-6·68(ιη, 2Η), 6.6 9 (d ? 2Η, J = 9.2Hz)? 6.3 3 (d, 1H, J = 9.6Hz), 4.05-3.99(m51H), 3.80-3.7 3 (m, 1H), 3.01 (s, 6H), 2.3 3-2.2 3 (m, 2H)、1.85-1.17(m,18H)進行。-41· 200811483 (Synthesis Example 2-2) p-Dimethylaminocinnamaldehyde (3.30 g, 0.019 mol), imidooxazolinone compound (5.00 g, 0.0189 mol), and third butoxide Potassium (1. 6 g, 0.00945 mol), dissolved in 20 ml of Thf, reacted at 5 (TC for 2 hours. The reaction was followed by TLC every hour. After the reaction, iN-HCiaQ (i 1 ml) was used. After adjusting to pH = 5, the organic layer was extracted with ethyl acetate and evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained crystals were re-dispoiled by methanol to give Compound 2 - 2 (yield: 3.94 g, yield 49%). Further, the molar absorption coefficient (ε) was 17004. The compound 2-2 shown in Synthesis Example 2-2 was identified by NMR as the 1 H-NMR chart of the ruthenium compound 2-2 as shown in Fig. 2. The measurement conditions and the identification of the peaks were determined by 1H-NMR (CDCL3): a7.40 (d, 2Η, J = 9.2 Hz), 6.86-6·68 (ιη, 2Η), 6.6 9 (d 2 2, J = 9.2Hz)? 6.3 3 (d, 1H, J = 9.6Hz), 4.05-3.99(m51H), 3.80-3.7 3 (m, 1H), 3.01 (s, 6H), 2.3 3-2.2 3 (m, 2H ), 1.85-1.17 (m, 18H).

(合成例2-3) 將4_甲氧基肉桂醛(3.07克、0.0189莫耳)、亞胺基曙唑啉 酮化合物(5.00克、0.0189莫耳)、及第三丁氧基鉀(1.06克、 0.0 0945莫耳),溶解在THF中,在50°C反應2小時。反應係藉 由TLC每1小時追蹤。反應結束後,藉由TLC每1小時追蹤。 反應結束後使用lN-HClaq(ll毫升)調整爲pH = 5後,使用乙酸 42- 200811483 乙酯萃取有機層,並進行減壓餾去。藉由甲醇再分散精製所得 到的結晶,得到化合物2-3 (產量4.27克、產率55%)。 又,莫耳吸光係數(ε )爲40814。 合成例2-3所示之化合物2-3係藉由NMR鑑定。化合物3 之1 H-NMR圖係如第3圖所不。又,測定條件及尖峰的鑑定係 藉由 1H-NMR(CDCL3) : a7.45(d, 2H, J = 8.8Hz)? 6.32(d, 1H, J=11.2Hz), 4.05(m,lH), 3.87(s, 3H), 2.25(m, 2H), 2.25 -2.30(m, 2H)、1.81-1.67(m, 9H)、1 · 4 3 -1 · 3 8 (m,9 H)進行。(Synthesis Example 2-3) 4-methoxy cinnamaldehyde (3.07 g, 0.019 mol), imidooxazolinone compound (5.00 g, 0.0189 mol), and potassium third potassium hydride (1.06)克, 0.0 0945 mol), dissolved in THF, and reacted at 50 ° C for 2 hours. The reaction was followed by TLC every hour. After the reaction was completed, it was followed by TLC every hour. After the completion of the reaction, the mixture was adjusted to pH = 5 using 1N-HClaq (1 mL). The obtained crystals were re-dispersed by methanol to obtain Compound 2-3 (yield: 4.27 g, yield: 55%). Further, the Mohr absorption coefficient (?) was 40814. Compound 2-3 shown in Synthesis Example 2-3 was identified by NMR. The 1 H-NMR chart of Compound 3 is as shown in Figure 3. Further, the measurement conditions and the identification of the spikes were by 1H-NMR (CDCL3): a7.45 (d, 2H, J = 8.8 Hz)? 6.32 (d, 1H, J = 11.2 Hz), 4.05 (m, lH) , 3.87 (s, 3H), 2.25 (m, 2H), 2.25 - 2.30 (m, 2H), 1.81-1.67 (m, 9H), 1 · 4 3 -1 · 3 8 (m, 9 H).

(合成例2-4) 將肉桂醛(2.49 克、0.0189 莫耳)、AM-6572B(5.00 克、0.0189 莫耳)、及第三丁氧基鉀(1.06克、0.00945莫耳),溶解在20毫 Φ升THF中,在50°C反應2小時。反應係藉由TLC每1小時追 蹤。反應結束後使用lN-HClaq (11毫升)調整爲pH = 5後,使用 乙酸乙酯萃取有機層,並進行減壓餾去。藉由甲醇再分散精製 所得到的結晶,得到化合物2-4(產量3.96克、產率55%)。 又,莫耳吸光係數(ε)爲20363。 合成例2-4所示之化合物2-4係藉由NMR鑑定。化合物 2-4之1 H-NMR圖係如第4圖所示。又,測定條件及尖峰的鑑 定係藉由1H-NMR(CDCL3): a7.50(d,2Η,J = 7.6Hz),7.37(t,2Η), 7.3l(d, 1H, J = 7.2Hz), 7.04(dd, 1H, J=11.6, 15.6Hz)? 6.85(d, 1H, 200811483 J=15.6Hz),6.33(d,1H,J=11.6Hz),4.03(m,lH), 3.75(m,1H), 2.25-2.29(m,2H),1·64-1·85(ιη,9H)、1·29-1·64(ιη,9H)進行。(Synthesis Example 2-4) Cinnamaldehyde (2.49 g, 0.019 mol), AM-6572B (5.00 g, 0.019 mol), and potassium third butoxide (1.06 g, 0.00945 mol) were dissolved in 20 The reaction was carried out at 50 ° C for 2 hours in milli liters of THF. The reaction was followed by TLC every hour. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was adjusted to pH 5 with 1N-HClaq (11 ml). The obtained crystal was re-dispersed by methanol to obtain Compound 2-4 (yield: 3.96 g, yield: 55%). Further, the molar absorption coefficient (ε) was 20,363. Compounds 2-4 shown in Synthesis Examples 2-4 were identified by NMR. The 1 H-NMR chart of the compound 2-4 is shown in Fig. 4. Further, the measurement conditions and the identification of the spikes were by 1H-NMR (CDCL3): a7.50 (d, 2 Η, J = 7.6 Hz), 7.37 (t, 2 Η), 7.3 l (d, 1H, J = 7.2 Hz) ), 7.04(dd, 1H, J=11.6, 15.6Hz)? 6.85(d, 1H, 200811483 J=15.6Hz), 6.33(d,1H,J=11.6Hz), 4.03(m,lH), 3.75( m, 1H), 2.25-2.29 (m, 2H), 1·64-1·85 (ιη, 9H), 1·29-1·64 (ιη, 9H) were carried out.

(合成例2-5) 將α -甲基肉桂醛(2.76克、0.0189莫耳)、亞胺基噚唑啉酮 化合物(5.00克、0.0189莫耳)、及第三丁氧基鉀(1.06克、0.00945 莫耳),溶解在THF中,在50°C反應2小時。反應係藉由TLC 每1小時追蹤。反應結束後,藉由TLC每1小時追蹤。反應結 束後使用lN-HClaq(ll毫升)調整爲PH = 5後,使用乙酸乙酯萃 取有機層,並進行減壓餾去。藉由甲醇再分散精製所得到的結 晶,得到化合物2 - 5 (產量3.9 6克、產率5 1 %)。 又,莫耳吸光係數(ε )爲8045。 合成例2-5所示之化合物2-5係藉由NMR鑑定。化合物 2-5之1Η-ΝMR圖係如第5圖所示。又,測定條件及尖峰的鑑 定係藉由1H-NMR(CDCL3): a7.37(m,5H),6.84(s,1H),6.23(s, 1H), 4.03(m, 1H), 3.75(m, 1H), 2.27(s, 3H), 2.2 5 - 2.2 9 (m, 2H), 1·67-1·85(ιη,9H),1.42-1.31(m,9H)進行。 -44- 200811483 化合物2-5(Synthesis Example 2-5) α-methylcinnamaldehyde (2.76 g, 0.019 mol), imidooxazolinone compound (5.00 g, 0.0189 mol), and potassium third potassium hydroxide (1.06 g) , 0.00945 mol), dissolved in THF, and reacted at 50 ° C for 2 hours. The reaction was followed by TLC every hour. After the reaction was completed, it was followed by TLC every hour. After completion of the reaction, the mixture was adjusted to pH = 5 using 1N-HClaq (1 mL), and the organic layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained crystals were re-dispersed by methanol to obtain Compound 2 - 5 (yield: 3.9 g, yield: 51%). Further, the Mohr absorption coefficient (?) was 8045. The compound 2-5 shown in Synthesis Example 2-5 was identified by NMR. The 1Η-ΝMR pattern of Compound 2-5 is shown in Figure 5. Further, the measurement conditions and the identification of the spikes were by 1H-NMR (CDCL3): a7.37 (m, 5H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 6.23 (s, 1H), 4.03 (m, 1H), 3.75 ( m, 1H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.2 5 - 2.2 9 (m, 2H), 1·67-1·85 (ιη, 9H), 1.42-1.31 (m, 9H). -44- 200811483 Compound 2-5

(合成例2 - 6)(Synthesis Example 2 - 6)

將2,3,4-三甲氧基肉桂醛(2.40克、0.0189莫耳)、亞胺基 噚唑啉酮化合物(2.85克、0.0108莫耳)、及第三丁氧基鉀(0.61 克、0.0054莫耳),溶解在THF中,在50°C反應2小時。反應 係藉由TLC每1小時追蹤。反應結束後,藉由TLC每1小時 追蹤。反應結束後使用ΙΝ-HClaq (1 1毫升)調整爲pH = 5後,使 用乙酸乙酯萃取有機層,並進行減壓餾去。藉由甲醇再分散精 製所得到的結晶,得到化合物2 - 6 (產量2.6 3克、產率5 2 %)。 又’吴耳吸光係數(ε )爲35366。2,3,4-trimethoxycinnamaldehyde (2.40 g, 0.0189 mol), imidooxazolinone compound (2.85 g, 0.0108 mol), and potassium third potassium bromide (0.61 g, 0.0054) Mohr), dissolved in THF, and reacted at 50 ° C for 2 hours. The reaction was followed by TLC every hour. After the reaction was completed, it was followed by TLC every hour. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was adjusted to pH = 5 using EtOAc-EtOAc (1 1 mL). The obtained crystals were re-dispersed by methanol to obtain Compound 2-6 (yield: 2.6 g, yield: 52%). Also, the Wuer Absorption Coefficient (ε) was 35,366.

合成例2-6所示之化合物2-6係藉由NMR鑑定。化合物 2-6之1 H-NMR圖係如第6圖所示。又,測定條件及尖峰的鑑 定係藉由 1H-NMR(CDCL3) : a6.91(dd, 1H, J=15.6, 11.2Hz), 6.77(d, 1H, J=15.6Hz), 6.7 l(s, 2H), 6.32(d, 1H, J=12.0Hz), 4.09-3.98(m, 1H), 3.92(s, 6H), 3.88(s, 3H), 3.81-3.74(m, 1H), 2.34-2·23(ιη,2H),1.87- 1.22(m,18H)進行。 -45- 200811483The compound 2-6 shown in Synthesis Example 2-6 was identified by NMR. The 1 H-NMR chart of the compound 2-6 is shown in Fig. 6. Further, the measurement conditions and the identification of the peaks were determined by 1H-NMR (CDCL3): a6.91 (dd, 1H, J = 15.6, 11.2 Hz), 6.77 (d, 1H, J = 15.6 Hz), 6.7 l (s) , 2H), 6.32(d, 1H, J=12.0Hz), 4.09-3.98(m, 1H), 3.92(s, 6H), 3.88(s, 3H), 3.81-3.74(m, 1H), 2.34- 2·23(ιη, 2H), 1.87- 1.22 (m, 18H). -45- 200811483

化合物2-6Compound 2-6

舉出以下所示之化合物(1〜46)。此等化合物能夠藉由與前述相 同的流程來合成。 通式(2-1)The compounds (1 to 46) shown below are shown. These compounds can be synthesized by the same procedure as described above. General formula (2-1)

-46- 200811483-46- 200811483

A R2t R22 R23 R24 =N-R25 1 ο b 一Me -Me —H —H =N— 2 _ ο ~0~νχΙ ο —H —Me 一 H 3 OMe ~0~Nv b OMe —Ph —H ~We —Me 4 -m: ——t—Bu 一 H —H 5 —Et —H —H —H —N 6 —CH2CH2OMe —H —H ~H ,&quot;-o 7 GH2〇H2^==:0 —H —H —H 8 —COOH 一H 一 H —H 47- 200811483A R2t R22 R23 R24 =N-R25 1 ο b A Me -Me —H —H =N— 2 _ ο ~0~νχΙ ο —H —Me —H 3 OMe ~0~Nv b OMe —Ph —H ~ We —Me 4 —m: —t—Bu —H —H 5 —Et —H —H —H —N 6 —CH 2CH 2OMe —H —H —H ,&quot;-o 7 GH2〇H2^==:0 —H —H —H 8 —COOH —H —H —H 47— 200811483

A R2i R22 R23 R24 :N-R25 9 ^ V-〇Me Med&gt;~7 —Bn —H —H —H 10 -p-c MeO —CH2CH2Ph —H —H —H =-N飞 1! OMe —、~~~OMe —CH2G=C 一H —H 一 H 12 〇 -o-t b —Et —H 一 H H =N〜OAc 13 r ^ Q o ~o 一 H —H —H =N - OPh 14 C)Me (5 Q OMe 一Me —H —H —H =N~OMe 15 -o-c —t一Bu —H —H ~H =N-〇Bn 16 &lt;y\^ b ^Et —H —H 一 H 0 =N~0~G^Me 200811483A R2i R22 R23 R24 : N-R25 9 ^ V-〇Me Med>~7 —Bn —H —H —H 10 —pc MeO —CH2CH2Ph —H —H —H =-NFly 1! OMe —,~~ ~OMe -CH2G=C -H -H -H 12 〇-ot b -Et -H -HH =N~OAc 13 r ^ Q o ~o One H -H -H =N - OPh 14 C)Me (5 Q OMe - Me - H - H - H = N ~ OMe 15 - oc - t - Bu - H - H ~ H = N - 〇 Bn 16 &lt; y \ ^ b ^Et - H - H - H 0 = N ~0~G^Me 200811483

A RZi R22 R23 R24 =N-R25 17 —CH2〇H2OMe —H —H —H 0 =ΗΝΙ--Ο-0~Μθ 18 —ch2ch2g-c —H —H —H ==N-〇Me 19 —COOH —H —H —Me =N-〇Me 20 ~C3/^〇Me Me〇A —Bn —H —H —H =N-〇Me 21 MeO; —CH2CH2Ph 一 H —H —H :=Hsi~NPh 22 OMe —^ OMe &lt;DMe ~CHzG^G 一 H —H —H =N-NPh 23 —Et —H —H —H 24 o —H —H —H 25 —Me —H —H —Me =N—^ -49- 200811483A RZi R22 R23 R24 =N-R25 17 —CH2〇H2OMe —H —H —H 0=ΗΝΙ--Ο-0~Μθ 18 —ch2ch2g-c —H —H —H ==N-〇Me 19 —COOH —H —H —Me =N—〇Me 20~C3/^〇Me Me〇A —Bn —H —H —H =N-〇Me 21 MeO; —CH2CH2Ph —H —H —H :=Hsi~NPh 22 OMe —^ OMe &lt;DMe ~CHzG^G - H - H - H = N - NPh 23 - Et - H - H - H 24 o - H - H - H 25 - Me - H - H - Me = N —^ -49- 200811483

A R2t R22 R23 R24 =N-R25 26 —t—Bu _h —H —H 27 —Et —Me —Me —Me 28 —CH2CH2OMe —H —H —H &lt;D 29 ^ p ~0~v b —CH2CH2G=C —H —H —H =N^) 30 b —COOH —H —H 一 H 31 -p-c MeO7 一Bn —H —H 一 H o 32 pMe —yOMe OMe 一 CH2CH2Ph —H —H —H =N-~ 33 心P 5 —ch2o=c —H —H 一 H -K3 -50- 200811483A R2t R22 R23 R24 =N-R25 26 —t—Bu _h —H —H 27 —Et —Me —Me —Me 28 —CH2CH2OMe —H —H —H &lt;D 29 ^ p ~0~vb —CH2CH2G= C - H - H - H = N ^) 30 b - COOH - H - H - H 31 - pc MeO7 - Bn - H - H - H o 32 pMe - yOMe OMe - CH2CH2Ph - H - H - H = N - ~ 33 heart P 5 —ch2o=c —H —H —H —K3 —50- 200811483

A R21 r22 R23 R24 =N~R25 34 ο -ο-π ο 一Me —H ~H —H o 35 OMe 0 b OMe ——t—Bu 一 H —H —H 36 —Et 一 H 一H —H i 一Et 37 分b —CH2CH2〇Me —H 一H —H 38 ~〇Λ —ch2ch2g=c 一 H 一 H —H =N飞 \=SKS5 39 令ο 一 COOH H —H —H =HM-Ph 40 -~Bn —H —H —H 41 —CH2CH2Ph 一 H —H —H =ν&quot;-〇 NC 42 -〇^NC —CHgG^C 一 H —H —H -51- 200811483 A R21 R22 R23 R24 =N-R25 43 b 一Me 一 H —H —H =N~C) 44 —t-Bu 一 H —H —H 45 _ p b —Et —H —H —H 46 Me。/ —GH2CH2OMe 一 H —H —H =n-cT〇A R21 r22 R23 R24 =N~R25 34 ο -ο-π ο 一 Me —H ~H —H o 35 OMe 0 b OMe ——t—Bu —H —H —H 36 —Et —H —H —H i - Et 37 points b - CH2CH2 〇 Me - H - H - H 38 ~ 〇Λ - ch2ch2g = c - H - H - H = N fly \ = SKS5 39 Let ο a COOH H - H - H = HM - Ph 40 -~Bn -H -H -H 41 -CH2CH2Ph -H -H -H =ν&quot;-〇NC 42 -〇^NC -CHgG^C -H -H -H -51- 200811483 A R21 R22 R23 R24 = N-R25 43 b - Me - H - H - H = N - C) 44 - t - Bu - H - H - H 45 _ pb - Et - H - H - H 46 Me. / —GH2CH2OMe a H —H —H =n-cT〇

而且,通式(2-I)所示之化合物的例子,可舉出以下所示之 化合物(47〜73)。 'Further, examples of the compound represented by the formula (2-I) include the following compounds (47 to 73). '

-52- 200811483-52- 200811483

-53- 200811483-53- 200811483

從內部硬化性的觀點,通式(2-1)所示之化合物之莫耳吸光 係數以5000〜100000爲佳,以10000〜80000爲更佳。 本發明之通式(2-1)所示之化合物在300奈米〜450奈米的波 長區域具有吸收波長。以在330奈米~450奈米的波長區域具有The molar light absorption coefficient of the compound represented by the formula (2-1) is preferably from 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably from 10,000 to 80,000, from the viewpoint of internal hardenability. The compound of the formula (2-1) of the present invention has an absorption wavelength in a wavelength region of from 300 nm to 450 nm. With a wavelength range of 330 nm to 450 nm

吸收波長爲更佳。 本發明之通式(2-1)所示之化合物亦可使用作爲感光材料 用的敏化劑、光學性增白劑及場致發光主要成分的聚合物狀發 光材料。 又,感光材料除了彩色濾光片以外,亦可利用於成形樹 脂、澆鑄樹脂、光造形用樹脂、密封劑、齒科用聚合材料、印 刷印墨、塗料、印刷版用感光性樹脂、印刷用標準顏色、黑色 矩陣用光阻、印刷基板用光阻、半導體製造用光阻、微電子用 光阻、微機械用零件製造用光阻、絕緣材、全息照像材料、波 -54- 200811483 導路用材料、保護塗劑、接著劑、黏著劑、黏接著劑、剝離塗 劑、UV硬化印墨、2光子吸收材料、藍色雷射用感光性組成物 等0 而且,本發明之通式(2-1)所示之化合物,特別是使用於後The absorption wavelength is better. The compound represented by the formula (2-1) of the present invention can also be used as a polymer light-emitting material which is a sensitizer, an optical brightener and a main component of electroluminescence for a photosensitive material. In addition to the color filter, the photosensitive material can also be used for molding resins, casting resins, photo-forming resins, sealants, dental polymer materials, printing inks, paints, photosensitive resins for printing plates, and printing. Standard color, photoresist for black matrix, photoresist for printed circuit board, photoresist for semiconductor manufacturing, photoresist for microelectronics, photoresist for manufacturing parts for micromachines, insulating material, holographic material, wave -54- 200811483 Road material, protective coating agent, adhesive, adhesive, adhesive, release coating agent, UV-curable ink, 2-photon absorption material, photosensitive composition for blue laser, etc. Moreover, the general formula of the present invention a compound shown in (2-1), especially after use

述之硬化性組成物等的情況,藉由上述波長區域的光線曝光, 能夠與在該硬化性組成物可以含有的光聚合引發劑產生電子 移動、能量移動,能夠有效率地分解該光聚合引發劑,使其產 生引發種。因此,本發明之通式(2-1)所示之化合物能得到高敏 感度的硬化性組成物,即便增加著色劑的含量亦能夠得到與基 材的黏附性等優良、對比、色純度優良的彩色濾光片。 本發明之通式(2-1)所示之化合物、及後述之本發明之通式 (3-1)所示之化合物(特定敏化劑),使用作爲硬化性組成物,亦 能夠進行各種化學改性用以改良該硬化性組成物敏感度、黏附 性等特性。 例如,使特定敏感劑、及加成聚合性化合物結構(例如, 丙烯醯基或甲基丙烯醯基)藉由共價鍵、離子鍵、氫鍵等方法 使其鍵結,能夠使曝光膜高強度化、或進行抑制特定敏化劑從 曝光後的膜之不必要的析出。 又,藉由特定敏化劑與後述光聚合引發劑之具有產生自由 基性的部分結構(例如,烷基鹵化物、鑰鹽、過氧化物、咪唑、 二咪唑等的還原分解部位、或硼酸鹽、胺、三甲基矽烷基甲基、 羧甲基、羰基、亞胺等的氧化解裂性部位)的鍵結,特別是能 夠在低引發系濃度的狀態’顯著地提高感光性。 本發明之硬化性組成物在彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物,通 式(2-1)所示之化合物可使用單獨1種亦可並用2種以上。 -55- 200811483 接著’詳細地說明(3-I}所示之化合物。 通式(3-1)In the case of the sclerosing composition or the like, light exposure in the wavelength region can cause electron movement and energy movement with the photopolymerization initiator which can be contained in the curable composition, and the photopolymerization can be efficiently decomposed. The agent causes it to produce an inducing species. Therefore, the compound represented by the formula (2-1) of the present invention can obtain a highly sensitive curable composition, and can have excellent adhesion to a substrate, and excellent contrast and color purity even if the content of the colorant is increased. Color filter. The compound represented by the formula (2-1) of the present invention and the compound (specific sensitizer) represented by the formula (3-1) of the present invention to be described later can be used as a curable composition. Chemical modification is used to improve the properties of the curable composition such as sensitivity and adhesion. For example, a specific sensitizer and an addition polymerizable compound structure (for example, an acrylonitrile group or a methacryl oxime group) can be bonded by a covalent bond, an ionic bond, a hydrogen bond or the like to make the exposed film high. The strength is increased, or the unnecessary precipitation of the specific sensitizer from the exposed film is suppressed. Further, a specific sensitizer and a photopolymerization initiator described later have a partial structure which generates radicals (for example, a reductive decomposition site of an alkyl halide, a key salt, a peroxide, an imidazole, a diimidazole, or the like, or a boric acid). The bonding of a salt, an amine, a trimethyldecylmethyl group, a carboxymethyl group, a carbonyl group, an imide, or the like of an oxidatively decomposable site, in particular, can significantly improve the photosensitivity in a state of a low initiator concentration. The curable composition of the present invention may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds of the compounds of the formula (2-1). -55- 200811483 Next, the compound represented by (3-I} is explained in detail. Formula (3-1)

通式(3-1)中,A係表示亦可具有取代基之芳香族環或雜In the formula (3-1), A represents an aromatic ring or a hetero group which may have a substituent.

環,X係表示氧原子、硫原子、或_N(R33)_ ’ γ係表示氧原子、 硫原子、或- N(R33)-。R31、R32、及R33係各自獨立地表示氫原 子或一價的非金屬原子團,A、R31、R32、及R33亦可各自互相 鍵結而形成脂肪族性或芳香族性的環。 詳細說明通述(3-1)所示之化合物。 在通式(3_1),R,31、R32、及R33係各自獨立地表示氫原子或 一價的非金屬原子團。R31、R32、及R33係表示一價的非金屬原 子團時’以取代或未取代烷基、取代或未取代芳基、取代或未 艰代烯基、取代或未取芳香族雜環殘基、取代或未取代院氧 基、取代或未取代烷硫基、羥基、鹵素原子爲佳。 具體地敘述在通式(3-1)之R31、R32、及R33的較佳例子。 R31、R32、及R33所示非取代烷基的較佳例子,係與在通式 (2-1)之R21、R22、R23、R24、或R25所示取代基的烷基之較佳例 子同樣。 在R31、R32、及R33所示取代烷基之伸烷基(烷基部分)的例 子,係與在通式(2-1)之R21、R22、R23、R24、或R25所示取代烷 基之伸烷基(烷基部分)的例子同樣。 在R31、R32、及R33所示取代烷基所具有取代基的例子, 係與在通式(2-1)之R21、R22、R23、R24、或R25所示取代烷基所 -56- 200811483 具有取代基的例子同樣。 在此等取代基,烷基的具體例可舉出在通式(2-1)之R21、 R22、R23、R24、或R25所示未取代烷基之前述烷基。 在此等取代基,芳基的具體例可舉出在通式(2-1)之R21、 R22、R23、R24、或R25所示具有取代烷基之取代基之芳基的具 體例同樣。 在此等取代基,雜芳基的例子可舉出在通式(2-1)之R21、 R22、R23、R24、或R25所示具有取代烷基之取代基之雜芳基的 Φ例子同樣。 在此等取代基之烯基的例子可舉出乙烯基、1-丙烯基、1-丁烯基、肉桂基、2-氯-1-乙烯基等。 在此等取代基之炔基的例子可舉出乙炔基、1 ·丙炔基、;[_ 丁炔基、三甲基矽烷基乙炔基等。 在醯基(GiCO-)之Gi,可舉出氫原子、及上述的院基、芳 基。 此等取代基之中,更佳例子係與在通式(2-1)之R21、R22、 ® R23、R24、或R25所示具有取代烷基之取代基的例子所舉出的更 佳例子同樣。 R31、R32、及R33之較佳取代烷基的例子,係與在通式(2-1) 之R21、R22、R23、R24、或R25所示較佳取代烷基的例子同樣。 R31、R32、及R33之較佳未取代芳基的例子,係與在通式(2d) 之R21、R22、R23、R24、或1125所示較佳未取代芳基的例子同樣。 R31、R32、及R33之較佳取代芳基的例子,係與在通式(2d) 之R21、R22、R23、R24、或R25所示較佳取代芳基的例子同樣。 R31、R32、及R33之較佳未取代烯基的具體例,可舉出乙烯 -57- 200811483 基、1-丙烯基等。 R31、R32、及R33之較佳取代烯基的具體例,可舉出在上述 的未取代烯基上具有脫除氫原子之一價的非金屬原子團作爲 取代基之物。 R31、R32、及R33之較佳未取代芳香族雜環殘基的具體例, 可舉出噻吩、呋喃、吡咯、毗哩、噻哩、噚哩、_ η定、塔畊、 咪唑、喹啉、三唑、吲哚、咔唑等。 R31、R32、及R33之較佳取代芳香族雜環殘基的具體例,可 φ舉出在上述的未取代芳香族雜環殘基上具有脫除氫原子之一 價的非金屬原子團作爲取代基之物。 R31、R32、及R33之較佳取代或未取代烷氧基的例子,係各 自與在通式(2-1)之R21、R22、R23、R24、或R25所示較佳取代或 未取代烷氧基的例子同樣。 R31、R32、及R33之較佳取代或未取代烷硫基的具體例,係 各自與在通式(2-1)之R21、R22、R23、R24、或R25所示較佳取代 或未取代烷硫基的具體例同樣。The ring, X means an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or _N(R33)_' γ means an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or -N(R33)-. R31, R32, and R33 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent non-metal atomic group, and A, R31, R32, and R33 may each bond to each other to form an aliphatic or aromatic ring. The compound represented by the general formula (3-1) will be described in detail. The general formulae (3_1), R, 31, R32, and R33 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent non-metal atomic group. R31, R32, and R33 represent a monovalent non-metal atomic group, 'substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unhardened alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic residue, The substituted or unsubstituted anthracene group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group, a hydroxyl group, or a halogen atom is preferred. Specific examples of R31, R32, and R33 of the formula (3-1) are specifically described. Preferred examples of the non-substituted alkyl group represented by R31, R32, and R33 are the same as those of the preferred examples of the alkyl group represented by the substituent represented by R21, R22, R23, R24 or R25 in the formula (2-1). . Examples of the alkylene group (alkyl moiety) of the substituted alkyl group represented by R31, R32, and R33 are substituted alkyl groups represented by R21, R22, R23, R24, or R25 in the formula (2-1). The examples of the alkylene group (alkyl moiety) are the same. Examples of the substituent which the substituted alkyl group represented by R31, R32, and R33 has, and the substituted alkyl group represented by R21, R22, R23, R24, or R25 of the formula (2-1)-56-200811483 The examples with the substituents are the same. Specific examples of the alkyl group in the above substituents include the above-mentioned alkyl group represented by an unsubstituted alkyl group represented by R21, R22, R23, R24 or R25 of the formula (2-1). Specific examples of the aryl group in the above-mentioned substituents include the specific examples of the aryl group having a substituent of the substituted alkyl group represented by R21, R22, R23, R24 or R25 in the formula (2-1). Examples of the substituents and the heteroaryl group include the same examples of the Φ of the heteroaryl group having a substituent of the substituted alkyl group represented by R21, R22, R23, R24 or R25 in the formula (2-1). . Examples of the alkenyl group of these substituents include a vinyl group, a 1-propenyl group, a 1-butenyl group, a cinnamyl group, and a 2-chloro-1-vinyl group. Examples of the alkynyl group of these substituents include an ethynyl group, a propynyl group, a [-butynyl group, a trimethyldecyl ethynyl group, and the like. The Gi in the thiol group (GiCO-) includes a hydrogen atom and the above-mentioned hospital base and aryl group. Among these substituents, a more preferable example is a more preferable example of the substituent having a substituted alkyl group represented by R21, R22, ® R23, R24 or R25 of the formula (2-1). same. Examples of the preferred substituted alkyl group for R31, R32 and R33 are the same as those of the preferred substituted alkyl group represented by R21, R22, R23, R24 or R25 of the formula (2-1). Examples of the preferred unsubstituted aryl group of R31, R32, and R33 are the same as those of the preferred unsubstituted aryl group represented by R21, R22, R23, R24, or 1125 of the formula (2d). Examples of the preferred substituted aryl group for R31, R32 and R33 are the same as those of the preferred substituted aryl group represented by R21, R22, R23, R24 or R25 of the formula (2d). Specific examples of the preferred unsubstituted alkenyl group of R31, R32 and R33 include an ethylene-57-200811483 group and a 1-propenyl group. Specific examples of the preferred substituted alkenyl group of R31, R32 and R33 include a non-metal atomic group having a valence of one hydrogen atom removed from the above unsubstituted alkenyl group as a substituent. Specific examples of the preferred unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic residue of R31, R32, and R33 include thiophene, furan, pyrrole, pyridinium, thiazide, anthracene, ytidine, argon, imidazole, and quinoline. , triazole, hydrazine, carbazole and the like. Specific examples of the preferred substituted aromatic heterocyclic residue of R31, R32, and R33 may be exemplified by a non-metal atomic group having a valence of one hydrogen atom removed from the above unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic residue. Base thing. Examples of the preferred substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group of R31, R32, and R33 are each preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkane represented by R21, R22, R23, R24, or R25 of the formula (2-1). The examples of the oxy group are the same. Specific examples of the preferred substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group of R31, R32, and R33 are each preferably substituted or unsubstituted as shown by R21, R22, R23, R24, or R25 of the formula (2-1). Specific examples of the alkylthio group are the same.

接著,說明在通式(3-1)之A。Α係表示亦可具有取代基之 芳香族環或雜環,亦可具有取代基之芳香族環或雜環的具體例 可舉出例如與在通式(3-1)之R31、R32、及R33所記載之物同樣 之物。 A之較佳芳香族環具體上可舉出苯、甲氧基苯、二甲 苯、三甲氧基苯、二乙胺苯、二苯胺基苯、甲硫基苯、蒽、苯 硫基苯、噻蒽、啡噻阱、喹畊、二苯并噻吩、二苯幷呋喃、昨 唑、二甲氧基苯基苯等。 又,A之較佳雜環,具體上可舉出吡啶、苯并噻唑、苯并 -58- 200811483 噚唑、苯并噻唑等。 在通式(3-1)之X係表示氧原子、硫原子、或_n(R3)-’以氧 原子爲佳。 在通式(3-1)之Y係表示氧原子、硫原子、或-N(R3)-,以 -N(R3)-爲佳。 從提高光聚合引發劑分解效率而言,通式(3-1)所示之化合 物的較佳態樣之一係下述通式(3-2)所示之化合物。 通式(3 - 2)Next, A in the general formula (3-1) will be described. The oxime system is an aromatic ring or a hetero ring which may have a substituent, and specific examples of the aromatic ring or the hetero ring which may have a substituent include R31 and R32 in the formula (3-1), and The same thing as described in R33. Specific preferred aromatic rings of A include benzene, methoxybenzene, xylene, trimethoxybenzene, diethylamine benzene, diphenylaminobenzene, methylthiobenzene, anthracene, phenylthiobenzene, and thiophene. Anthraquinone, a thiophene, a quinoline, a dibenzothiophene, a dibenzofuran, a azole, a dimethoxyphenylbenzene, and the like. Further, preferred examples of the hetero ring of A include pyridine, benzothiazole, benzo-58-200811483 carbazole, benzothiazole and the like. The X system of the formula (3-1) represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or _n(R3)-', preferably an oxygen atom. Y in the general formula (3-1) represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or -N(R3)-, preferably -N(R3)-. One of the preferable aspects of the compound represented by the formula (3-1) is a compound represented by the following formula (3-2), from the viewpoint of improving the decomposition efficiency of the photopolymerization initiator. General formula (3 - 2)

R31 通式(3-2)中,A係表示亦可具有取代基之芳香族環或雜 環,Y係表示氧原子、硫原子、或-N(R33)-,R31、R32、及R33 係各自獨立地表示氫原子或一價的非金屬原子團,A、R31、R32、 及R33亦可各自互相鍵結而形成脂肪族性或芳香族性的環。R31 In the formula (3-2), A represents an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring which may have a substituent, and Y represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a -N(R33)-, R31, R32, and R33 system. Each of them independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent non-metal atomic group, and A, R31, R32, and R33 may each bond to each other to form an aliphatic or aromatic ring.

在通式(3-2)之A、R3i、R32、及R33的詳細係與前述通式(3-1) 之 A、R31、R32、及 同樣。 通式(3 - 2)所示之化合物,例如以下面所示之化合物 (3-2-1)〜(3-2-35)爲佳。 -59· 200811483The details of A, R3i, R32, and R33 in the formula (3-2) are the same as those in the above formula (3-1), A, R31, and R32. The compound represented by the formula (3-2) is preferably, for example, the compound (3-2-1) to (3-2-35) shown below. -59· 200811483

No. A R3t R3^ Y 3-2-1 b 一 H —Et =〇 3-2-2 _rS{ -\&gt;v 〇 一 H -o =〇 3-2-3 OMe 0 OMe 一 H 一 Me =〇 3-24 令[ 一 H —t 一 Bu =〇 3-2-5 b 一H —Et =〇 3-2-6 —CH2CH2〇Me =〇 3-2-7 ~O^C° 一 H —CH2CH2C=C =〇 -60- 200811483No. A R3t R3^ Y 3-2-1 b A H —Et =〇3-2-2 _rS{ -\&gt;v 〇一H -o =〇3-2-3 OMe 0 OMe 一H一Me =〇3-24 Let [一H—t aBu=〇3-2-5 b A H —Et =〇3-2-6 —CH2CH2〇Me =〇3-2-7 ~O^C° One H —CH2CH2C=C =〇-60- 200811483

No, A r31 R32 Y 3-2-8 -^0 一 H 一 COOH =〇 3-2-9 MeO’ —H 一 Bn =〇 3-2-10 令c :UeO —H —CH2CH2Ph ==〇 3-2-11 OMe —《j~OMe OMe 一 H —CH2OC =〇 3-2-12 八 -H 一 Et 3-2-13 一 H -&lt; ) 3-2-14 一 H 一 Me =nKI) -61- 200811483No, A r31 R32 Y 3-2-8 -^0 a H a COOH =〇3-2-9 MeO' —H a Bn =〇3-2-10 Let c :UeO —H —CH2CH2Ph ==〇3 -2-11 OMe — "j~OMe OMe - H - CH2OC = 〇 3-2-12 八 - H - Et 3-2-13 - H - &lt; ) 3-2-14 - H - Me = nKI) -61- 200811483

No. A R31 r32 Y 3-2-15 一 H 一 t 一 Bu =n{) 3-2-16 一 Me —Et 3-2-17 一 H —CH2CH2OMe =rKD 3-2-18 _^Ρ ~°&quot;b 一H —ch2ch2c=c =N—^ 3-2-19 一 H , 一 COOH =N—^ ^ 3-2.20 -p-c MeO’ 一 H -Bn 3-2-21 OMe OMe 一 H —CH2CH2Ph =N— -62- 200811483No. A R31 r32 Y 3-2-15 -H - t -Bu =n{) 3-2-16 A Me -Et 3-2-17 A H -CH2CH2OMe =rKD 3-2-18 _^Ρ ~ °&quot;b a H —ch2ch2c=c =N—^ 3-2-19 A H , a COOH =N—^ ^ 3-2.20 -pc MeO′ A H -Bn 3-2-21 OMe OMe A H — CH2CH2Ph =N— -62- 200811483

No. A R31 R32 Y 3-2-22 ^ p o 一 H —ch2c=c 3-2-23 一 H 一Me 3-2-24 OMe /=.0 Q OMe 一 H 一 t一 Bu 3-2-25 K: —H 一 Et =N — Et 3-2-26 〇 一 H —CH2CH2〇Me 3-2-27 ~Όλ 一 H —ch2ch2c=c 3-2-28 OO -H 一 COOH = N-Ph -63- 200811483No. A R31 R32 Y 3-2-22 ^ po a H —ch2c=c 3-2-23 —H—Me 3-2-24 OMe /=.0 Q OMe —H—t-Bu 3-2- 25 K: —H —Et =N — Et 3-2-26 〇H—CH2CH2〇Me 3-2-27 ~Όλ−H —ch2ch2c=c 3-2-28 OO —H —COOH = N-Ph -63- 200811483

No· A R31 r32 Y 3-2-29 一 H — Bn =nO 3-2-30 一 H —CH2CH2Ph NO 3-2-31 -oc 一 H —CH2OC =N—— 3-2-32 b 一 H 一 Me 3-2*33 一 H —t一 Bu 3-2-34 ^ p 5 一 H 一 Et V =N - 0 3-2-35 MeO —H —CH2CH2OMe =N_〇^QNo· A R31 r32 Y 3-2-29 A H — Bn =nO 3-2-30 —H —CH 2 CH 2 Ph NO 3-2-31 —oc —H —CH 2 OC —N — 3-2-32 b —H a Me 3-2*33 -H - t -Bu 3-2-34 ^ p 5 -H -Et V =N - 0 3-2-35 MeO -H -CH2CH2OMe =N_〇^Q

從提高光聚合引發劑分解效率而言’通式(3-1)所示之化合 物的較佳態樣之一係下述通式(3 -3)所示之化合物。From the viewpoint of improving the decomposition efficiency of the photopolymerization initiator, one of the preferred embodiments of the compound represented by the formula (3-1) is a compound represented by the following formula (3 - 3).

-64- 200811483 通式(3-3)中,A係表示亦可具有取代基之芳香族環或雜 環,X係表示氧原子、硫原子、或-N(R33)-,R33、R34、及 係各自獨立地表示氫原子或一價的非金屬原子團,A、R33、R34、 及R35亦可各自互相鍵結而形成脂肪族性或芳香族性的環。Ar 係表示具有取代基之芳香族環或雜環。其中,在Ar骨架上具 有哈曼特(Hammett’s)値的總和大於0之取代基。 在通式(3-3),A、R33、R34、及R35係與在前述通式(3-1)之 A、R33、R32、及R31各自同義。-64- 200811483 In the formula (3-3), A represents an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring which may have a substituent, and X represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or -N(R33)-, R33, R34, And each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent non-metal atomic group, and A, R33, R34, and R35 may each bond to each other to form an aliphatic or aromatic ring. Ar represents an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring having a substituent. Among them, there are substituents in which the sum of Hammett's 値 is greater than 0 on the Ar skeleton. In the formula (3-3), A, R33, R34, and R35 are each synonymous with A, R33, R32, and R31 in the above formula (3-1).

Ar係表示具有取代基之芳香族環或雜環,其具體例能夠同 樣地舉出在前述通式(3 -1)之A的說明所記載之物中,具有取代 基之芳香族環或雜環之具體例。 但是,在通式(3-3),能夠在Ar導入之取代基的哈曼特値 總和必須爲0以上,此種取代基的可舉出例如三氟甲基、羰基、 酯基、鹵素原子、硝基、氰基、亞颯基、胺基、羧基等。此等 取代基的哈曼特値係如下所示。可舉出三氟甲基(-CF3、 πι··0·43、pi54)、羧基(例如-C〇Hm:0.36、p:0.43)、酯基 (-COOCHs、m:0.37、p:0.45)、鹵素原子(例如 C卜 m:0.37、ρ:0·23)、 氰基(-CN、m:0.56、ρ:0·66)、亞礪基(例如-S〇CH3、πκ0·52、 ρ:0·45)、醯胺基(例如-NHCOCH” m:0.2 卜 ρ:0·00)、羧基(-COOH、 πκθ.37、ρ:0·45)等。在括弧內,係表示在該取代基芳基骨架之 導入位置及其哈曼特値,(m:0.50)係指該取代基在間位導入時 顯示之哈曼特値爲0.50。 其中,Ar之較佳例子,可舉出具有取代基之苯基,Ar骨 架上之較佳取代基係酯基、氰基。取代基的位置以位於Ar骨 架上的鄰位爲特佳。 通式(3-3)所示化合物的較佳例子,可舉出以下所示之化合 -65- 200811483 物(3-3-1)〜(3-3-32)。The Ar system is an aromatic ring or a hetero ring which has a substituent, and a specific example thereof can be similarly described in the description of A of the above formula (3 -1), and an aromatic ring or a hetero group having a substituent. Specific examples of the ring. However, in the general formula (3-3), the sum of the hamann's oxime which can be introduced into Ar must be 0 or more, and examples of such a substituent include a trifluoromethyl group, a carbonyl group, an ester group, and a halogen atom. , nitro, cyano, fluorenylene, amine, carboxyl, and the like. The Hammant lines of these substituents are shown below. Examples thereof include a trifluoromethyl group (-CF3, πι··0·43, pi54), a carboxyl group (for example, -C〇Hm: 0.36, p: 0.43), and an ester group (-COOCHs, m: 0.37, p: 0.45). , a halogen atom (for example, C Bu m: 0.37, ρ: 0·23), a cyano group (-CN, m: 0.56, ρ: 0·66), an anthracene group (for example, -S〇CH3, πκ0·52, ρ :0·45), amidino group (for example, -NHCOCH) m: 0.2 ρ: 0·00), carboxyl group (-COOH, πκθ.37, ρ: 0·45), etc. The introduction position of the substituted aryl skeleton and its Harman characteristics, (m: 0.50) means that the substituent has a Hamman's 0.5 of 0.50 when introduced at the meta position. Among them, a preferred example of Ar may be mentioned. a phenyl group having a substituent, a preferred substituent group on the Ar skeleton, an ester group, and a cyano group. The position of the substituent is particularly preferably in the ortho position on the Ar skeleton. As a preferred example, the combination of -65-200811483 (3-3-1) to (3-3-32) shown below can be mentioned.

No. A X R34 Ar R35 3-3-1 -〇Ν b o -Et -o 一 H 3-3-2 —c ) ) 〇 -Et -p Me(/ 一 H 3-3-3 DMe o _Et b —H } om 3-3-4 AC 〇 一 Et ~0&quot;n3° 一 H 3-3-6 o -Et —^ ^^OMe -H OMe 3-3-6 ~〇^s\ o -o -4) 一 H 3-3-7 :&gt; o 一 Me -Qr\ 一 H -66- 200811483No. AX R34 Ar R35 3-3-1 -〇Ν bo -Et -o -H 3-3-2 -c ) ) 〇-Et -p Me(/ A H 3-3-3 DMe o _Et b — H } om 3-3-4 AC E一Et ~0&quot;n3° 一H 3-3-6 o -Et —^ ^^OMe -H OMe 3-3-6 ~〇^s\ o -o -4 ) H 3-3-7 :&gt; o a Me -Qr\ an H -66- 200811483

No. A X R34 Ar R35 3-3-8 〇 t一Bu 一 H 3-3-9 MeO’ o 一 Et 一 H 3-3-10 MeO o —CH2CH2OMe ~Q 一 H 3-3-11 OMe ^OMe o —CH2CH2C=C *^D^〇Me mo 一 H 3-3-12 NEt 一 COOH o ~H 3^3-13 NEt —Bn MbO 一 H 3_3·14 NEt o &quot;~0^SX b 一 H -67- 200811483No. AX R34 Ar R35 3-3-8 〇t-Bu-H 3-3-9 MeO' o-Et-H 3-3-10 MeO o —CH2CH2OMe ~Q-H 3-3-11 OMe ^OMe o —CH2CH2C=C *^D^〇Me mo A H 3-3-12 NEt A COOH o ~H 3^3-13 NEt —Bn MbO A H 3_3·14 NEt o &quot;~0^SX b A H -67- 200811483

No, A X R34 Ar R35 3-3-15 ~^b NEt 一 Me _H 3-3-16 NEt 一 t一 Bu OMe —^ ^—OMe OMe 一 H 3-3^7 O-P b NEt -Et 一 H 3-3-18 O NEt —CH2CH2OMe ~0~S\ 一 H 3-3-19 OMe Μ 0 b OMe NEt —ch2ch2c=c / 一 H :3猶 -o-c NEt 一 COOH 〇 一 H 3-3-21 b S 一 Bn -Q 一 H -68- 200811483No, AX R34 Ar R35 3-3-15 ~^b NEt A Me _H 3-3-16 NEt A t-Bu OMe —^ ^—OMe OMe A H 3-3^7 OP b NEt -Et A H 3 -3-18 O NEt —CH2CH2OMe ~0~S\-H 3-3-19 OMe Μ 0 b OMe NEt —ch2ch2c=c / one H:3 ue-oc NEt-COOH 〇一H 3-3-21 b S-Bn-Q-H-68- 200811483

No. A X R34 Ar R35 3-3-22 O' s 一 Et Met/ 一 H 3-3-23 &lt;y\y s —Et 〇 一 H 3-3*24 s —Et 一 H 3-3-25 MeO s —Et OMe OMe 一h 3-3-26 MeO s 一 Et ~^Q 一 H 3-3-27 OMe 論 OMe s -o 一 H 3-3-28 p s 一 Me ~0^N[ 一 H -69- 200811483No. AX R34 Ar R35 3-3-22 O' s an Et Met / a H 3-3-23 &lt;y\ys —Et 〇一H 3-3*24 s —Et a H 3-3-25 MeO s —Et OMe OMe a h 3-3-26 MeO s an Et ~^Q a H 3-3-27 OMe On OMe s -o a H 3-3-28 ps a Me ~0^N[ A H -69- 200811483

No· A X R34 Ar -----1 Ra5 3-3-29 s 一t 一 Bu -------- 3-3-30 s —Et ———- — —-〜H 3-3-31 -^b s —CH2CH2OMe MeO 〜H 3-3-32 s —ch2ch2c=o ------ —H 而且,從提升光聚合引發劑的分解效率之觀點,通式(3 所示之化合物的較佳態樣之一係下述通式(3-4)所示之化合 物。本發明之特定敏化劑以下述通式(3-4)所示之化合物爲Η 春佳。 通式(3-4)No· AX R34 Ar -----1 Ra5 3-3-29 s One t a Bu -------- 3-3-30 s —Et ———- — —-~H 3-3 -31 -^bs -CH2CH2OMe MeO ~H 3-3-32 s -ch2ch2c=o ------ -H Moreover, from the viewpoint of enhancing the decomposition efficiency of the photopolymerization initiator, the compound of the formula (3) One of the preferred embodiments is a compound represented by the following formula (3-4). The specific sensitizer of the present invention is a compound represented by the following formula (3-4). 3-4)

通式(3-4)中,Α係表示亦可具有取代基之芳香族環或雜 環,X係表示氧原子、硫原子或。R61、R62、R63、及R“ 係各自獨立地表示氫原子或一價的非金屬原子團,R64、及&amp;65 -70- 200811483 係各自獨立地表示一價的非金屬原子團;A、R63、R64、R65、 及R66亦可各自互相鍵結而形成脂肪族性或芳香族性的環。 在此,R61、R62、R63、R64、R65、及R66係表示一價的非金 屬原子團時,以表示取代或未取代的烷基或取代或未取代的芳 基爲佳。 接著,敘述在通式(3-4)之 R61、R62、R63、R64、R65、及 R66 之較佳例子。In the formula (3-4), the fluorene system represents an aromatic ring or a hetero ring which may have a substituent, and the X system represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. R61, R62, R63, and R" each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent non-metal atomic group, and R64, and &amp; 65-70-200811483 each independently represent a monovalent non-metal atomic group; A, R63, R64, R65, and R66 may each bond to each other to form an aliphatic or aromatic ring. Here, when R61, R62, R63, R64, R65, and R66 represent a monovalent non-metal atomic group, The substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or the substituted or unsubstituted aryl group is preferred. Next, preferred examples of R61, R62, R63, R64, R65, and R66 in the formula (3-4) are described.

R61、R62、R63、R64、R65、及R66所示未取代烷基之較佳例 子,係與在通式(2_1)之R21、R22、R23、R24、或R25所示之未取 代烷基的較佳例子同樣。 r61、r62、r63、r64、r65、及r66所示取代烷基(烷基部分) 的例子,係與在通式(2-1)之R21、R22、R23、R24、或R25所示取 代烷基之伸烷基(烷基部分)的例子同樣。 R61、R62、R63、R64、R65、及R66所示取代烷基之取代基的 例子,係與在通式(2-1)之R21、R22、R23、R24、或R25所示具有 取代烷基之取代基的例子同樣。 在此等取代基之烷基的具體例,可舉出在R61、R62、R63、 R64、R65、及R66所示未取代烷基之前述烷基,此時亦可更具有 取代基。 在此等取代基,芳基的具體例係與在通式(2-1)之R21、R22、 R23、R24、或R25所示具有取代烷基之取代基之芳基的具體例同 樣。 在此等取代基,雜芳基的例子係與在通式(2-1)之R21、R22、 R23、R24、或R25所示具有取代烷基之取代基之雜芳基的具體例 同樣。 烯基的例子可舉出乙烯基、1-丙烯基、1-丁烯基、肉桂基、 -71- 200811483 2-氯-1-乙烯基等。 炔基的例子可舉出乙炔基 '卜丙炔基' 1-丁炔基、三甲基 矽烷基乙炔基等。 在醯基(GiCOdi Gi可舉出氫、及上述的烷基、及芳基。 該等取代基之中,更佳之例子,可舉出在通式(2-1)之R21、 R22、R23、R24、或R25所示具有取代烷基之取代基的例子之更 佳例子同樣。 R61、R62、R63、R64、R65、及R66所示取代烷基的例子,係 φ與在通式(2-1)之R21、R22、R23、R24、或R25所示具有取代烷基 之較佳例子同樣。 R61、R62、R63、R64、R65、及R66所示取代或未取代芳基的 較佳例子,係各自與在通式(2-1)之R21、R22、R23、R24、或R25 所示取代或未取代芳基之較佳例子同樣。 又,R61之更佳例子,可舉出取代或未取代的芳基,R62及 R66之更佳例子可舉出取代或未取代的烷基。R22之特佳例子可 舉出脂環族烷基,具體上可舉出環己基、環丁基、及環辛基。 φ又,R63、R64、R65之較佳例子可舉出取代或未取代的芳基、或 取代或未取代的烷基,特佳例子,R63及R64、或R64及R65、或 R63及R65以2價的連結基鍵結時,具體上,以在R63、R64、R65 之間形成環烷基結構爲佳。較佳的環烷基結構可舉出環己基結. 構、環丁基結構、環辛基結構、金剛烷基結構。 此等取代基之適當要因仍未明確,可認爲係藉由具有此種 取代基,光吸收所產生的電子激發狀態及與引發劑化合物的相 互作用變爲特別大,藉由提高引發劑化合物產生自由基、酸或 鹼之效率(提高敏感度效果)、在亞胺結構導入鄰接且高體積結 構,能夠抑制因加水分解、氧化分解等的亞胺結構分解而從感 -72- 200811483 光膜消失(提高保存安定性效果)° 接著,說明通式(3-4)之A。A係表示亦可具有取代基之芳 香族環或雜環,亦可具有取代基之芳香族環或雜環的具體例可 舉出與在R61、R62、R63、R64、R65、及R66的說明所示之物同樣 之物。Preferred examples of the unsubstituted alkyl group represented by R61, R62, R63, R64, R65 and R66 are the unsubstituted alkyl group represented by R21, R22, R23, R24 or R25 of the formula (2_1). The preferred examples are the same. Examples of the substituted alkyl group (alkyl moiety) represented by r61, r62, r63, r64, r65, and r66 are substituted alkyl groups represented by R21, R22, R23, R24, or R25 in the formula (2-1). Examples of the alkylene group (alkyl moiety) are the same. Examples of the substituent of the substituted alkyl group represented by R61, R62, R63, R64, R65, and R66, and a substituted alkyl group represented by R21, R22, R23, R24, or R25 in the formula (2-1) The examples of the substituents are the same. Specific examples of the alkyl group of these substituents include the above-mentioned alkyl group represented by an unsubstituted alkyl group represented by R61, R62, R63, R64, R65 and R66, and may have a more substituent at this time. Specific examples of the aryl group in the above substituents are the same as those of the aryl group having a substituent of the substituted alkyl group represented by R21, R22, R23, R24 or R25 of the formula (2-1). In the above substituents, examples of the heteroaryl group are the same as those of the heteroaryl group having a substituent of the substituted alkyl group represented by R21, R22, R23, R24 or R25 of the formula (2-1). Examples of the alkenyl group include a vinyl group, a 1-propenyl group, a 1-butenyl group, a cinnamyl group, and -71-200811483 2-chloro-1-vinyl group. Examples of the alkynyl group include an ethynyl 'p-propynyl' 1-butynyl group, a trimethyldecyl ethynyl group and the like. Examples of the mercapto group (GiCOdi Gi include hydrogen, and the above-mentioned alkyl group and aryl group. Among these substituents, R21, R22, and R23 of the formula (2-1) are more preferable. Further examples of the substituent having a substituted alkyl group represented by R24 or R25 are the same. Examples of the substituted alkyl group represented by R61, R62, R63, R64, R65, and R66 are φ and in the formula (2- 1) The preferred examples of the substituted alkyl group represented by R21, R22, R23, R24, or R25 are the same. Preferred examples of the substituted or unsubstituted aryl group represented by R61, R62, R63, R64, R65, and R66, Each of them is the same as a preferred example of the substituted or unsubstituted aryl group represented by R21, R22, R23, R24 or R25 of the formula (2-1). Further, a more preferable example of R61 is a substitution or not The substituted aryl group, and a more preferable example of R62 and R66, may be a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group. A particularly preferred example of R22 is an alicyclic alkyl group, and specifically, a cyclohexyl group, a cyclobutyl group, and Cyclondyl. φ Further, preferred examples of R63, R64 and R65 include a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, particularly preferred examples, R63 and R64, or R64 and R. 65, or R63 and R65 are bonded by a divalent linking group, specifically, a cycloalkyl structure is formed between R63, R64 and R65. A preferred cycloalkyl structure is a cyclohexyl group. Structure, cyclobutyl structure, cyclooctyl structure, adamantyl structure. The appropriate cause of these substituents is still unclear, it can be considered that by having such a substituent, the electron excitation state generated by light absorption and The interaction of the initiator compound becomes particularly large, and by increasing the efficiency of the initiator compound to generate a radical, an acid or a base (improving the sensitivity effect), and introducing an adjacent and high-volume structure in the imine structure, it is possible to suppress the decomposition by hydrolysis. The imine structure such as oxidative decomposition is decomposed and disappears from the sensation-72-200811483 light film (improving the storage stability effect). Next, the general formula (3-4) A will be described. The A system indicates an aromatic group which may have a substituent. Specific examples of the aromatic ring or the hetero ring which may have a substituent or a hetero ring may be the same as those shown in the description of R61, R62, R63, R64, R65 and R66.

其中,較佳之A可舉出具有烷氧基、烷硫基、及胺基之芳 基,更佳之A可舉出具有胺基之芳基。特佳之具有胺基之芳基 可舉出二烷胺基芳基、二芳胺基芳基,具體上可舉出二甲胺苯 基、二乙胺苯基、哌啶基苯基、味啉苯基、喹阱基、及二苯胺 苯基。 以下,顯示通式(3-1)所示之化合物(特定敏化劑)的較佳具 體例(3-D1)〜(3-D121),但是本發明未限定於此等。又,對藉由 雙鍵連結酸性原料與鹼性原料之異構物並未清楚明白,本發明 未限定於任一種異構物。Among them, preferred A is an aryl group having an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, and an amine group, and more preferably A is an aryl group having an amine group. Particularly preferred examples of the aryl group having an amine group include a dialkylamino aryl group and a diarylamino aryl group, and specific examples thereof include dimethylaminophenyl group, diethylaminophenyl group, piperidinylphenyl group, and porphyrin. Phenyl, quinolinyl, and diphenylamine phenyl. In the following, preferred examples (3-D1) to (3-D121) of the compound (specific sensitizer) represented by the formula (3-1) are shown, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Further, it is not clear that the isomers of the acidic raw material and the basic raw material are bonded by a double bond, and the present invention is not limited to any one of the isomers.

(3_(3_

-73- 200811483 (3-D5)-73- 200811483 (3-D5)

(3-D7)(3-D7)

(3-D8) t)(3-D8) t)

(3-D9)(3-D9)

αΝΝ

(3-D10)(3-D10)

(3-D12)(3-D12)

-74- 200811483 (3-D13)-74- 200811483 (3-D13)

(3-D14)(3-D14)

(3-D16)(3-D16)

(3-D17) (3-D18)(3-D17) (3-D18)

(3-D21) (3-D20)(3-D21) (3-D20)

(3-D22) /N MeQ(3-D22) /N MeQ

COOHCOOH

-75. &gt;0 200811483 (3-D23)-75. &gt;0 200811483 (3-D23)

㈣25)(4) 25)

(3-D26)(3-D26)

(3-027)(3-027)

MeOMeO

NN

(3-D29) (3-D30)(3-D29) (3-D30)

OO

MeSMeS

αχοί- -76- 200811483 (3-035)Χχοί- -76- 200811483 (3-035)

(3-D37) (3-D38)(3-D37) (3-D38)

ΟΟ

(3-D40) (3侧) (3-D42) (3-D43)(3-D40) (3 side) (3-D42) (3-D43)

ΜΜ

(3-D44)(3-D44)

(3-D45) ΟΜθ(3-D45) ΟΜθ

卜 Μβ£^Ν〇Χ^&lt; -77- 200811483卜 Μβ£^Ν〇Χ^&lt; -77- 200811483

Γy=s ΝΓy=s Ν

Ν - 0户、 (3-D51)Ν - 0 households, (3-D51)

(3-D56) OMe(3-D56) OMe

-78- 200811483-78- 200811483

(3-D62)(3-D62)

(3-061)(3-061)

(3-067} (3-D68)(3-067} (3-D68)

-79- 200811483 (3-D69) OMe-79- 200811483 (3-D69) OMe

(3-DT2)(3-DT2)

(3-D73)(3-D73)

(3-D74)(3-D74)

-80- 200811483-80- 200811483

(3-D75)(3-D75)

(3-D76)(3-D76)

(3-D78)(3-D78)

-81- 200811483-81- 200811483

(3-D80)(3-D80)

(3-D82J(3-D82J

-82- 200811483 (3侧-82- 200811483 (3 side

(3-086} (3-D87)(3-086} (3-D87)

OnOn

(3姻0)P、 PU (3-D91)(3 marriages 0) P, PU (3-D91)

(3-D92)(3-D92)

(3-D93)(3-D93)

oo

83- 200811483 (3-D94) (3-D95)83- 200811483 (3-D94) (3-D95)

(3-D96)(3-D96)

(3-D98)(3-D98)

(3-D97) On(3-D97) On

(3-D99)(3-D99)

(3-D103)(3-D103)

-84- 200811483 (3-D104)-84- 200811483 (3-D104)

85- 20081148385- 200811483

(3-D115) OMe(3-D115) OMe

-86- 200811483-86- 200811483

(3-D117)(3-D117)

(3-D120)(3-D120)

(3-D121)(3-D121)

87- 200811483 (3-D123) (3-0124)87-200811483 (3-D123) (3-0124)

敘述通式(3-1)所示之化合物的合成方法。 欽述通式(3-1)所不之化合物通常能夠藉由具有活性亞甲 基之酸性原料、與取代或非取代芳香族或雜環進行縮合應而得 0到,此等可參照特公昭5 9 · 2 8 3 2 9號公報來合成。 可舉出例如下述反應式(3 -1)所示,利用酸性原料化合物、 與在雜環上具有醛基或羰基之鹼性原料進行縮合反應之合成 方法。縮合反應按照必要在鹼(b a s e)存在下進行。鹼可利用通 常泛用之物’例如胺、吡啶類(三烷胺、二甲胺吡啶、二氮雜 雙環十一烯DBU等)、胺基金屬類(二異丙基胺基鋰等)、烷醇 .金屬類(甲醇鈉、第三丁醇鉀等)、氫化金屬類(氫化鈉、氫化鉀 等),但是沒有特別限制。 A 反應式(3-1)A method for synthesizing the compound represented by the formula (3-1) will be described. The compound which is not described in the formula (3-1) can be usually obtained by condensing an acidic raw material having an active methylene group with a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic or heterocyclic ring, and can be referred to as a special public. 5 9 · 2 8 3 2 9 to synthesize. For example, a synthesis method in which an acidic starting material compound and a basic raw material having an aldehyde group or a carbonyl group on a hetero ring are subjected to a condensation reaction, as shown in the following reaction formula (3-1), may be mentioned. The condensation reaction is carried out as necessary in the presence of a base (b a s e). The base can be generally used, such as an amine, a pyridine (trialkylamine, dimethylamine pyridine, diazabicycloundecene DBU, etc.), an amine metal (diisopropylamino lithium, etc.), An alkanol, a metal (sodium methoxide, potassium t-butoxide, etc.), a hydrogenated metal (sodium hydride, potassium hydride, etc.), but is not particularly limited. A reaction formula (3-1)

又,通式(3 -1)所示之化合物之較佳其他合成方法,可舉 出藉由下述反應式(3-2)之方法。亦即,藉由使用在前述反應式 (3-1)之酸性原料化合物,Y係使用硫原子之酸性原料化合物作 爲起始物質,與在雜環上具有醛基或羰基之鹼性原料進行縮合 反應來色料先質之步驟爲止,係與前述反應式(3-1)同樣地進行 -88- 200811483 後,使該色料先質,進而與能夠與硫原子互相進行化學作用來 形成金屬硫化物之金屬鹽及水或1級胺化合物(R-nh2 :在此r 係表示一價的非金屬原子團)進行作用之反應。 此等之中,反應式(3-2)所示反應之各反應的產率高,在合 成效率上特佳,其中,合成通式(3-4)所示之化合物時,該反應 式(3-2)所示之反應係有用的。 、反應式(3-2)Further, a preferred other synthesis method of the compound represented by the formula (3-1) is exemplified by the following reaction formula (3-2). That is, by using the acidic starting material compound of the above reaction formula (3-1), Y is an acidic starting material compound using a sulfur atom as a starting material, and is condensed with an alkaline raw material having an aldehyde group or a carbonyl group on the hetero ring. In the same manner as in the above reaction formula (3-1), after the step of reacting the coloring material, the coloring material is advanced, and further chemically reacts with the sulfur atom to form a metal sulfide. The reaction of the metal salt of the substance with water or a primary amine compound (R-nh2: wherein the r system represents a monovalent non-metal atomic group). Among these, the yield of each reaction of the reaction represented by the reaction formula (3-2) is high, and it is particularly preferable in terms of synthesis efficiency, wherein when the compound represented by the formula (3-4) is synthesized, the reaction formula ( The reaction shown in 3-2) is useful. Reaction formula (3-2)

反應式(3-2)中,Mn + Xn係表示與前述反應式(2-2)中的Μη + Χη 同樣的金屬鹽。 又,合成前述通式(3-4)所示之化合物時,在反應式(3-1) 及(3-2)之R31、R32、及Y係各自對應通式(3-4)之R66、R62、及 N-C(R63)(R64)(R65)。 *In the reaction formula (3-2), Mn + Xn represents the same metal salt as Μη + Χη in the above reaction formula (2-2). Further, when the compound represented by the above formula (3-4) is synthesized, each of R31, R32, and Y in the reaction formulae (3-1) and (3-2) corresponds to R66 of the formula (3-4). , R62, and NC (R63) (R64) (R65). *

在本發明的硬化性組成物,通式(3 · 1)所示之化合物(特定 .敏化劑)可使用單獨1種,亦可並用2種以上。 在本發明的硬化性組成物、及彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物 之特定敏化劑的含量,以佔硬化性組成物的總固體成分中之 0.1質量%〜20質量%爲佳,以0.2質量%〜20質量%爲更佳。 特別是通式(2-1)所示化合物、及後述的本發明之通式(3-1) 所示化合物,係在硬化性組成物之著色劑的濃度非常高、且所 形成的著色圖案(感光層)的光透射率係極低時,具體上,係在 未添加通式(2-1)所示化合物、或後述的本發明之通式(3-1)所示 -89- 200811483 化合物而形成時之感光層在365奈米的光線透射率、及/或在 405奈米的光線透射率爲1 〇 %以下時添加,其效果能夠顯著地 發揮。 &lt;(B)光聚合引發劑&gt; 本發明的硬化性組成物係藉由光線分解,來引發、促進後 述聚合物化合物的聚合之化合物,以在波長3 00〜5 00奈米的區 域具有吸收之物爲佳。又,光聚合引發劑可單獨或並用2種以 上。In the curable composition of the present invention, the compound (specific sensitizer) represented by the formula (3, 1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the specific sensitizer of the curable composition of the present invention and the curable composition for a color filter is preferably 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable composition. 0.2% by mass to 20% by mass is more preferable. In particular, the compound represented by the formula (2-1) and the compound of the formula (3-1) of the present invention described later are very high in the concentration of the coloring agent in the curable composition, and the colored pattern formed is formed. When the light transmittance of the (photosensitive layer) is extremely low, specifically, the compound represented by the formula (2-1) or the formula (3-1) of the present invention described later is -89-200811483 When the photosensitive layer formed by the compound is added at a light transmittance of 365 nm and/or when the light transmittance of 405 nm is 1% or less, the effect can be remarkably exhibited. &lt;(B) Photopolymerization Initiator&gt; The curable composition of the present invention is a compound which initiates and accelerates polymerization of a polymer compound described later by light decomposition, and has a region having a wavelength of from 30,000 to 500 nm. Absorbed matter is better. Further, the photopolymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

光聚合引發劑可舉出例如有機鹵化化合物、噚二唑化合 物、羰基化合物、縮酮化合物、苯偶姻化合物、吖啶化合物、 有機過氧化化合物、偶氮化合物、香豆素化合物、疊氮化合物、 二茂金屬化合物、二咪唑系化合物、有機硼酸化合物、二磺酸 化合物、肟酯化合物、鑰鹽化合物、醯基膦(氧化物)化合物。 有機鹵化化合物具體上可舉出在若林等「Bull Chem. Soc Japan」42、29 24(1969年)、美國專利第3,905,815號說明書、 特公昭46-4605號、特開昭48-3628 1號、特開昭5 5 -3 2070號、 特開昭60-239736號、特開昭6 1 - 1 69835號、特開昭6 1 - 1 69837 號、特開昭62-5 824 1號、特開昭62-212401號、特開昭63-70243 號、特開昭63-29 8 3 3 9號、Μ· P. Hutt “雜環化學期刊(Journal of Heterocyclic Chemistry” 1(第 3 期),(1970 年)」之文章所記載 之化合物,特別是可舉出三鹵甲基取代之噚二唑化合物、及s-三畊化合物。 s-三畊化合物更佳是至少1個單、雙、或三鹵素取代甲基 鍵結於s-三畊環而成之s-三哄衍生物,具體上可舉出例如 2,4,6-參(一氯甲基)-8-三畊、2,4,6-參(二氯甲基)-8-三阱、2,4,6-參(三氯甲基)-s-三哄、2-甲基-4,6-雙(三氯)-s-三阱、2-正丙基 -90- 200811483 -4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三阱、2-( α,α,0 -三氯乙基)-4,6-雙(三 氯甲基)-s-三阱、2-苯基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)_s-三哄、2·(對甲氧 基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-8-三阱、2-(3,4-乙氧基苯基)-4,6-雙 (三氯甲基)-s-三畊、2-(對氯苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三畊、 2-[1-(對甲氧基苯基)-2,4-丁二烯]-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-3-三畊、2_ 苯乙烯基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三畊、2-(對甲氧基苯乙烯 基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)_s-三阱、2-(對異丙氧基苯乙烯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三阱、2-(對甲苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三 φ阱、2-(4-甲氧基丁基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s·三肼、2-苯硫基- 4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三哄、2-苄硫基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三畊、 2,4,6-參(二溴甲基)-5-三畊、2,4,6-參(三溴甲基)-3-三阱、2-甲 基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-8-三阱、2-甲氧基-4,6-雙(三溴甲基)-8-三 畊等。The photopolymerization initiator may, for example, be an organic halogenated compound, an oxadiazole compound, a carbonyl compound, a ketal compound, a benzoin compound, an acridine compound, an organic peroxidation compound, an azo compound, a coumarin compound or an azide compound. , a metallocene compound, a diimidazole compound, an organoboric acid compound, a disulfonic acid compound, an oxime ester compound, a key salt compound, a mercaptophosphine (oxide) compound. Specific examples of the organic halogenated compound include "Bull Chem. Soc Japan" 42 and 29 24 (1969), and the specification of U.S. Patent No. 3,905,815, Japanese Patent Publication No. 46-4605, and JP-A-48-3628 No. Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5 5 -3 2070, Special Open No. 60-239736, Special Open No. 6 1 - 1 69835, Special Open No. 6 1 - 1 69837, Special Open No. 62-5 824 No. 1, Special Opening Sho 62-212401, JP-A-63-70243, JP-A-63-29 8 3 3 9 , Μ· P. Hutt “Journal of Heterocyclic Chemistry 1 (No. 3), ( The compound described in the article 1970), in particular, may be a trihalomethyl-substituted oxadiazole compound and an s-three-till compound. The s-three-till compound is preferably at least one single, double, or The trihalogen-substituted methyl group is a s-triterpene derivative formed by the s-three-plowing ring, and specifically, for example, 2,4,6-para (monochloromethyl)-8-three tillage, 2, 4,6-gin(dichloromethyl)-8-tripper, 2,4,6-parade(trichloromethyl)-s-tritium, 2-methyl-4,6-bis(trichloro) -s-Triple well, 2-n-propyl-90- 200811483 -4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-tripper, 2-(α, α,0-trichloroethyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-tripper, 2-phenyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)_s-tritium, 2· (p-methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-8-tripper, 2-(3,4-ethoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) )-s-three tillage, 2-(p-chlorophenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-three tillage, 2-[1-(p-methoxyphenyl)-2,4 -butadiene]-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-3-trid, 2_styryl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-three tillage, 2-(pair Oxystyryl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)_s-tripper, 2-(p-isopropoxystyryl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s- Tri-trap, 2-(p-tolyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-tri-ruthenium, 2-(4-methoxybutyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethane) Base)-s·tris, 2-phenylthio- 4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triterpene, 2-benzylthio-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s - three tillage, 2,4,6-parade (dibromomethyl)-5-three tillage, 2,4,6-parade (tribromomethyl)-3-trimole, 2-methyl-4,6 - bis(trichloromethyl)-8-tripper, 2-methoxy-4,6-bis(tribromomethyl)-8-three tillage.

噚二唑化合物可舉出 2-三氯甲基-5-苯乙烯-1,3,4-噚二 唑、2-三氯甲基-5-(氰基苯乙烯)-1,3,4-噚二唑、2-三氯甲基 -5-(氰基苯乙烯)-1,3,4-噚二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-(萘-1-基)·1,3,4-噚二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-(4-苯乙烯)苯乙烯-1,3,4·噚二唑等。 羰基化合物可舉出二苯基酮、米其勒酮、2-甲基二苯基 酮、3-甲基二苯基酮、4_甲基二苯基酮、2_氯二苯基酮、4-溴 二苯基酮、2-羧基二苯基酮等二苯基酮衍生物、2,2-二甲氧基 -2-苯基乙醯苯、2,2-二乙氧基乙醯苯、1-羥基環己基苯基酮、 α-羥基-2-甲基苯基丙酮、1-羥基-1-甲基乙基-(對異丙基苯基) 酮、1-羥基-1-(對十二烷基苯基)酮、2-甲基-(4’ -(甲硫基)苯 基)-2-味啉-1-丙酮、1,1,1-三氯甲基-(對丁基苯基)酮、2-苄基-2-二甲胺‘_4-味啉丁醯苯等乙醯苯衍生物、噻噸酮、2-乙基噻噸 酮、2-異丙基噻噸酮、2-氯噻噸酮、2,4-二甲基噻噸酮、2,4- -91- 200811483 二乙基噻噸酮、2,4 -二異丙基噻噸酮等噻噸酮衍生物、對二甲 胺苯甲酸酯、對二乙胺苯甲酸酯等苯甲酸酯衍生物等。 縮酮化合物可舉出苄基甲基縮酮、苄基- /5 -甲氧基乙基縮 醛等。 / 苯偶姻化合物可舉出間苯偶姻丙基醚、苯偶姻異丁基醚、 苯偶姻乙基醚、甲基鄰苯甲醯基苯甲酸酯等。 口丫 n定化合物可舉出9 -苯基π丫 D定、1,7 -雙(9 - π丫陡基)庚院等。The oxadiazole compound may be exemplified by 2-trichloromethyl-5-styrene-1,3,4-oxadiazole or 2-trichloromethyl-5-(cyanostyrene)-1,3,4. -oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-(cyanostyrene)-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-(naphthalen-1-yl)·1, 3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-(4-styrene)styrene-1,3,4·oxadiazole, and the like. Examples of the carbonyl compound include diphenyl ketone, rice ketone, 2-methyl diphenyl ketone, 3-methyl diphenyl ketone, 4-methyl diphenyl ketone, and 2-chlorodiphenyl ketone. Diphenyl ketone derivatives such as 4-bromodiphenyl ketone and 2-carboxydiphenyl ketone, 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylethyl benzene, 2,2-diethoxy acetamidine Benzene, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, α-hydroxy-2-methylphenylacetone, 1-hydroxy-1-methylethyl-(p-isopropylphenyl) ketone, 1-hydroxy-1- (p-dodecylphenyl) ketone, 2-methyl-(4'-(methylthio)phenyl)-2-sodium phthalate-1-propanone, 1,1,1-trichloromethyl-( Ethyl benzene derivative such as p-butylphenyl) ketone, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamine '_4- benzophenanthene benzene, thioxanthone, 2-ethyl thioxanthone, 2-isopropyl Thiophenone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, 2,4- -91- 200811483 diethylthioxanthone, 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone and the like A benzoate derivative such as a ketone derivative, a p-dimethylamine benzoate or a p-diethylamine benzoate. The ketal compound may, for example, be a benzylmethyl ketal or a benzyl-/5-methoxyethyl acetal. The benzoin compound may, for example, be m-benzoin propyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether or methyl phthalyl benzoate. The n-type compound can be exemplified by 9-phenyl π 丫 D, 1, 7, bis (9 - π 丫 steep) Geng.

有機過氧化化合物可舉出例如過氧化三甲基環己院、過氧 化醯基丙酮、1,卜雙(第三丁基過氧)-3,3,5 -三甲基環己院、1,1 -雙(第三丁基過氧)環己烷、2,2-雙(第三丁基過氧)丁烷、第三丁 基過氧化氫、氫過氧化枯嫌、二異丙基過氧化氫、2,5 -二甲基 己烷-2,5-二過氧化氫、1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基過氧化氫、過氧化 第三丁基異丙苯、過氧化二異丙苯、2,5 =二甲基-2,5-二(第三丁 基過氧)己烷、2,5 ·過氧化噚烷醯(2,5 - ο X a η 〇 y 1 p e r ο X i d e)、過氧 化琥珀酸、過氧化苯偶姻、過氧化2,4-二氯苯甲醯、二異丙基 過氧化二碳酸酯、二-2-乙基己基過氧,化二碳酸酯、二-2-乙氧 基己基過氧化二碳酸酯、二甲氧基異丙基過氧化二碳酸酯、二 (3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁基)過氧化二碳酸酯、第三丁基過氧化乙酸 酯、第三丁基過氧化三甲基乙酸酯、第三丁基過氧化新癸酸 酯、第三丁基過氧化辛酸酯、第三丁基過氧化月桂酸酯、第三 碳酸酯、3,3’,4,4’-四-(第三丁基過氧化羰基)二苯基酮、 3,3’,4,4’-四·(第三己基過氧化羰基)二苯基酮、3,3’,4,4,-四·(對 異丙基異丙苯基過氧化羰基)二苯基酮、羰基二(第三丁基過氧 化二氫二酞酸酯)、羰基二(第三己基過氧化二氫二酞酸酯)等。 偶氮化合物可舉出例如特開平8- 1 0862 1號公報所記載之 偶氮化合物等。 -92- 200811483 香豆素化合物可舉出例如3-甲基-5-胺基- ((s-三畊-2-基)胺 基)-3-苯基香豆素、3-氯-5-二乙基胺基-((s-三阱-2-基)胺基)-3-苯基香豆素、3-丁基-5-二乙基胺基-((s-三畊-2-基)胺基)-3-苯基 香豆素等。 偶氮化合物可舉出例如美國專利第2848328號說明書、美 國專利第2852379號說明書、及美國專利第2940853號說明書 所記載之有機偶氮化合物、2,6-雙(4-疊氮亞苄基)-4-乙基環己 酮(BAC-E)等。The organic peroxidic compound may, for example, be trimethylcyclohexyl peroxide, decyl acetonide, 1, bis (t-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexan, 1 , 1-bis(t-butylperoxy)cyclohexane, 2,2-bis(t-butylperoxy)butane, tert-butyl hydroperoxide, hydrogen peroxide, diisopropyl Hydrogen peroxide, 2,5-dimethylhexane-2,5-dihydroperoxide, 1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl hydroperoxide, tributyl cumene peroxide, Dicumyl peroxide, 2,5 = dimethyl-2,5-di(t-butylperoxy)hexane, 2,5 ·peroxydecane oxime (2,5 - ο X a η 〇 y 1 per ο X ide), peroxy succinic acid, benzoin peroxide, 2,4-dichlorobenzidine peroxide, diisopropylperoxydicarbonate, di-2-ethylhexylperoxy , dicarbonate, di-2-ethoxyhexyl peroxydicarbonate, dimethoxy isopropyl peroxydicarbonate, bis(3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl) peroxidation Dicarbonate, tert-butyl peroxyacetate, tert-butylperoxytrimethyl acetate, tert-butyl peroxidation Neodecanoate, tert-butyl peroxyoctanoate, tert-butylperoxylaurate, third carbonate, 3,3',4,4'-tetra-(t-butylperoxycarbonyl) Diphenyl ketone, 3,3',4,4'-tetra-(trihexylperoxycarbonyl)diphenyl ketone, 3,3',4,4,-tetra-(p-isopropylisopropyl Phenylperoxycarbonyl)diphenyl ketone, carbonyl di(t-butylperoxydihydrodicarboxylate), carbonyl di(t-hexylperoxydihydrodicarboxylate), and the like. The azo compound, for example, an azo compound described in JP-A-8-108621, and the like. -92- 200811483 The coumarin compound may, for example, be 3-methyl-5-amino-((s-tricot-2-yl)amino)-3-phenylcoumarin, 3-chloro-5 -diethylamino-((s-trit-2-yl)amino)-3-phenylcoumarin, 3-butyl-5-diethylamino-((s-three tillage - 2-yl)amino)-3-phenylcoumarin and the like. The azo compound may, for example, be an organic azo compound or 2,6-bis(4-azidobenzylidene) described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 2,848,328, U.S. Patent No. 2,852,379, and U.S. Patent No. 2,940,853. 4-ethylcyclohexanone (BAC-E) and the like.

二茂金屬化合物可舉出特開昭59- 1 52396號公報、特開昭 61-151197號公報、特開昭63-4 1484號公報、特開平2-249號 公報、特開平2-4705號公報、特開平5 -8 3 5 8 8號公報所記載之 各種二茂鈦化合物、例如二環戊二烯-Ti-聯苯、二環戊二烯-Ti-雙-2,6 —二氟苯-1-基、二環戊二烯-Ti·雙-2,4 —二氟苯-1-基、 二·環戊二烯-Ti-雙-2,4,6-三氟苯-1-基、二-環戊二烯-Ti-雙 -2,3,5,6-四氟苯-1-基、二-環戊二烯-1^-雙-2,3,4,5,6-五氟苯-1-基、二-甲基環戊二烯-Ti-雙-2,6-二氟苯-1-基、二-甲基環戊二 烯- Ti-雙- 2,4,6-三氟苯-1-基、二-甲基環戊二烯-Ti-雙- 2,3,5,6-四氟苯-1-基、二-甲基環戊二烯-Ti-雙-2,3,4,5,6-五氟苯-1-基、 特開平1 -304453號公報、特開平1-152109號公報所記載之鐵-芳烴錯合物等。 二咪唑系化合物例如以六芳基二咪唑化合物等爲佳。 六芳基二咪唑化合物可舉出例如特公平6-29285號公報、 美國專利第3,479,185號、同第4,311,7 8 3號、同第4,622,286 號等各說明書所記載之各種化合物,具體上可舉出2,2’-雙(鄰 氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基二咪唑、2,2’-雙(鄰溴苯基))4,4’,5,5’-四苯基二咪唑、2,2’-雙(鄰,對溴二氯苯基))4,4’,5,5、四苯基二 -93- 200811483 咪唑、2,2’-雙(鄰氯苯基))4,4,,5,5,-肆(間甲氧基苯基)二咪唑、 2,2’-雙(鄰,鄰二氯苯基))4,4,,5,5,-四苯基二咪唑、2,2,-雙(鄰硝 基苯基)-4,4’,5,5、四苯基二咪唑、2,2,-.雙(鄰甲基苯 基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基二咪唑、2,2,-雙(鄰三氟苯基)-4,4,,5,5,-四苯基二咪唑等。 有機硼酸鹽化合物可舉出的具體例,例如特開昭 62- 143 044號、特開昭62-1 50242號、特開平9- 1 88685號、特 開平9-188686號、特開平9-188710號、特開2000-131837號、 φ 特開 2002- 1079 1 6 號、特許第 2764769 號、特願 2000-3 1 0808 號# 各公報、及 Kunz,Martin “Rad Tech’98. Proceeding April 19-22,1998年,Chicago ”等所記載之有機硼酸鹽、特開平 6- 1 57623號公報、特開平6-175564號公報、特開平6- 1 75 56 1 號公報所記載之有機硼鏡錯合物或有機硼氧鏡錯合物、特開平 6- 1 75 5 54號公報、特開平6- 1 75553號公報所記載之有機硼碘鑰 錯合物、特開平9- 1 8 87 1 0號公報所記載之有機硼毓錯合物、特The dimetallocene compound is disclosed in JP-A-59-151,396, JP-A-61-151197, JP-A-63-41484, JP-A-2-249, and JP-A No. 2-4705 Various titanocene compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 5-8 3 5 8 8 , for example, dicyclopentadiene-Ti-biphenyl, dicyclopentadiene-Ti-bis-2,6-difluoro Benz-1-yl, dicyclopentadiene-Ti·bis-2,4-difluorophenyl-1-yl, dicyclopentadiene-Ti-bis-2,4,6-trifluorobenzene-1 -yl,di-cyclopentadiene-Ti-bis-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl-1-yl, di-cyclopentadienyl-1^-bis-2,3,4,5, 6-pentafluorophenyl-1-yl, di-methylcyclopentadiene-Ti-bis-2,6-difluorophenyl-1-yl, di-methylcyclopentadiene-Ti-bis-2, 4,6-trifluorophenyl-1-yl, di-methylcyclopentadiene-Ti-bis- 2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl-1-yl, di-methylcyclopentadiene- An iron-aromatic hydrocarbon complex or the like described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei. The diimidazole-based compound is preferably, for example, a hexaaryldiimidazole compound or the like. Examples of the hexaaryldiimidazole compound include various compounds described in the respective specifications, such as Japanese Patent No. 3-29285, U.S. Patent No. 3,479,185, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. 2,2'-bis(o-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyldiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(o-bromophenyl))4,4', 5,5'-tetraphenyldiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(o-,p-bromodichlorophenyl))4,4',5,5,tetraphenyldi-93- 200811483 imidazole, 2,2 '-bis(o-chlorophenyl)) 4,4,5,5,-fluorenyl (m-methoxyphenyl)diimidazole, 2,2'-bis(o-o-dichlorophenyl))4, 4,5,5,-tetraphenyldiimidazole, 2,2,-bis(o-nitrophenyl)-4,4',5,5, tetraphenyldiimidazole, 2,2,-. (o-methylphenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyldiimidazole, 2,2,-bis(o-trifluorophenyl)-4,4,5,5,-tetraphenyl Diimidazole and the like. Specific examples of the organic borate compound include, for example, JP-A-62-143 044, JP-A-62-150242, JP-A-9-188685, JP-A-9-188686, JP-A-9-188710 No. 2000-131837, φ Special Open 2002- 1079 1 6 , License No. 2764769, Special Wish 2000-3 1 0808 # Various Gazettes, and Kunz, Martin "Rad Tech'98. Proceeding April 19- In the case of the organic boron mirrors described in the Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. The organic boron oxyde mirror complex, and the organic boron iodine complex according to JP-A-6-1755, and JP-A-6-17575 Organoboron yttrium complex, special

開平6·34801 1號公報、特開平7- 1 28785號公報、特開平 7- 1 405 89號公報、特開平7-306527號公報、特開平7-29201 4 號公報等之有機硼過渡金屬配位錯合物等。 —*礦酸化合物可舉出例如特開昭61-166544號公報、特開 2002-328465說明書等所記載之化合物等。 肟酯化合物可舉出例如 J.C.S. Perkin 11( 1 979) 1653-1660)、J.C.S. Perkin 11(1 9 79)156-162、光聚合物科學及技 術期干U (Journal of Photopolymer Science and Te chnol 〇 gy) (l 9 9 5 年)202_232、特開2000-66385號公報、特開2000-80068號公報、 特表2004-534797號公報所記載之化合物。An organic boron transition metal compound such as the one disclosed in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei 7- No. Hei. Position complexes, etc. For example, the compound described in the specification of JP-A-61-166544, JP-A-2002-328465, and the like can be mentioned. The oxime ester compound may, for example, be JCS Perkin 11 (1 979) 1653-1660), JCS Perkin 11 (1 9 79) 156-162, and the Journal of Photopolymer Science and Te chnol 〇gy The compound described in JP-A-2000-86385, JP-A-2000-80068, and JP-A-2004-534797.

鑰鹽化合物可舉出例如S. I. Schlesinger,Photogr. SeL -94- 200811483The key salt compound can be exemplified by, for example, S. I. Schlesinger, Photogr. SeL -94- 200811483

Eng ., 1 8,3 8 7 ( 1 974 年)、T· S · B al 等人,Poly mer,2 1,423 ( 1 9 8 0 年·)所記載之二唑鑰鹽、美國專利第4,069,055號說明書、特開 平4-365 04 9號等所記載.之銨鹽、美國專利第4,069,055號、同 4,069,056號的各說明書所記載之鑰鹽、歐洲專利第104、143 號、美國專利第3 39,049號、同第410,201號之各說明書、特 開平2- 1 50 848號公報、特開平2-2965 1 4號公報之各公報所記 載之碘鑰鹽等。Eng., 1 8,3 8 7 (1 974), T. S. B al et al., Poly mer, 2 1,423 (1890), dizole key salt, US patent U.S. Patent No. 4,069,055, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. An iodine salt or the like described in each of the publications of the Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei.

本發明之適合使用的碘鑰鹽係二芳基碘鑰鹽,從安定性的 觀點,以被2個以上烷基、烷氧基、芳氧基等電子給予性基取 代爲佳。又,其他較佳之碘鑰鹽形態,以三芳基碘鑰鹽之一個 取代基具備鎩鹽的形態,且在300奈米以上具有吸收之碘鑰鹽 等爲佳。 本發明適合使用之鏡鹽可舉出歐洲專利第370,693號、同 390,2 1 4 號、同 23 3,5 67 號、同 297,443 號、同 297,442 號、美 國專利第 4,93 3,3 77 號、同 161,81 1 號、同 410,201 號、同 3 3 9,049 號、同 4,760,013 號、同 4,734,444 號、同 2,8 3 3,827 號、德國 專利第2,904,626號、同3,604,580號、同3,604,581號之各說 明書所記載之鑰鹽,從安定性的敏感度而言,以被電子吸引性 基取代爲佳。電子吸引性基之哈曼特値大〇爲佳。較佳之電子 吸引性基可舉出鹵素原子、及羧酸等。 又,其他較佳毓鹽可舉出三芳基锍鹽之一個取代基具有香 豆素、蒽結構,在3 00奈米以上具有吸收之毓鹽。另外之較佳 毓鹽可舉出三芳基毓鹽具有烯丙氧基、芳硫基作爲取代基之在 3 00奈米以上具有吸收之毓鹽。 又,鑰鹽化合物可舉出】· V. Crivello 等人,The ioyl salt-based diaryl iodine salt which is suitably used in the present invention is preferably substituted with two or more electron-donating groups such as an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group from the viewpoint of stability. Further, other preferred iodate salt forms are those having a sulfonium salt in a substituent of a triaryl iodine salt, and preferably an iodine salt or the like having an absorption of 300 nm or more. The mirror salt suitable for use in the present invention is exemplified by European Patent No. 370,693, the same as No. 390, No. 2, No. 23, 5, 67, No. 297, 443, No. 297, 442, U.S. Patent No. 4,93 3, 3 77 No. 161, 81 1 , same as 410, 201, 3 3 9,049, 4,760,013, 4,734,444, 2,8 3 3,827, German Patent 2,904,626, 3,604,580, 3,604,581 The key salt described in the specification is preferably replaced by an electron attracting group from the sensitivity of stability. It is better to use the Hammant of the electronic attraction base. Preferred examples of the electron attracting group include a halogen atom and a carboxylic acid. Further, as another preferred onium salt, a substituent of a triarylsulfonium salt having a coumarin or an anthracene structure and having an absorption of an onium salt at 300 nm or more is exemplified. Further, as the onium salt, a sulfonium salt having an allylic oxy group and an arylthio group as a substituent having an absorption of more than 300 nm is mentioned. Further, the key salt compound can be exemplified by V. Crivello et al.

Macromolecules,10(6),1 307(1 977 年)、J. V. Crivello 等人,J. -95- 200811483Macromolecules, 10 (6), 1 307 (1 977), J. V. Crivello et al., J. -95- 200811483

Polymer Sci·,Polymer Chem Ed.,1 7,1 047(1 979 年)所記載之硒 鑰鹽、C. S. Wen 等人 ’ Teh,Proc. Conf. Rad. Curing ASIA,第 47 8頁 Tokyo,10月( 1 9 8 8年)所記載之砷鐵鹽等鎩鹽。 醯基膦(氧化物)化合物可舉出 CIBA SPECIALTY CHEMICAL 公司製之 IRGACURE819、DAROCURE 4265、 DAROCURE TPO 等。Polymer Sci·, Polymer Chem Ed., 1, 7, 047 (1 979) Selenium Salt, CS Wen et al. 'Teh, Proc. Conf. Rad. Curing ASIA, page 47 8 Tokyo, October (1 9 8 8) The strontium salt such as arsenic iron salt. Examples of the mercaptophosphine (oxide) compound include IRGACURE 819, DAROCURE 4265, DAROCURE TPO, and the like manufactured by CIBA SPECIALTY CHEMICAL CO., LTD.

從高感度化的觀點,本發明所使用的光聚合引發劑以選自 三鹵甲基三畊系化合物、二咪唑系化合物、肟系化合物所組成 群組中至少一種化合物爲佳,以二咪唑系化合物爲最佳。 相對於硬化性組成物的總固體成分,在本發明的硬化性組 成物所含有光聚合引發劑的含量爲0.1〜50質量%爲佳,以 0.1〜30質量%爲更佳,以0.3〜20質量%爲特佳。在此範圍能夠 得到良好的敏感度及圖案形成性。 又,從引發劑的分解效率觀點,在本發明之(B)光聚合引 發劑及(A)特定敏感劑的質量比[(B)/(A)]以0.1以上1〇以下爲 佳,以0 · 3以上5以下爲較佳,以0 · 5以上3以下爲更佳。 &lt;(C)聚合性化合物&gt; 本發明能夠使用之聚合性化合物係含有至少一個乙烯性 不飽和雙鍵之加成聚合性化合物,能夠選自具有至少1個、較 佳是具有2以上末端乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物。此種化合物群 在該產業領域係廣被知悉之物,在本發明,此等沒有特別限定 而可以使用。此等具有例如單體、預聚物、亦即二聚物、三聚 物及低聚物、或此等的混合物及此等的共聚物等化學形態。單 體及其共聚物的例子能夠舉出不飽羧酸(例如,丙烯酸、甲基 丙烯酸、伊康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、順丁烯二酸等)、其酯 類、醯胺類,較佳是使用不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多元醇化合物之 •96- 200811483From the viewpoint of high sensitivity, the photopolymerization initiator used in the present invention is preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a trihalomethyl tri-tillage compound, a diimidazole compound, and a lanthanoid compound, and is a diimidazole. The compound is optimal. The content of the photopolymerization initiator contained in the curable composition of the present invention is preferably from 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably from 0.1 to 30% by mass, even more preferably from 0.3 to 20, based on the total solid content of the curable composition. The mass % is particularly good. Good sensitivity and pattern formation can be obtained in this range. Further, from the viewpoint of the decomposition efficiency of the initiator, the mass ratio [(B)/(A)] of the (B) photopolymerization initiator and the (A) specific sensitizer of the present invention is preferably 0.1 or more and 1 Torr or less. 0 · 3 or more and 5 or less are preferable, and 0 · 5 or more and 3 or less are more preferable. &lt;(C) Polymerizable Compound&gt; The polymerizable compound which can be used in the present invention is an addition polymerizable compound containing at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond, and can be selected from at least one, preferably two or more ends. A compound of ethylenically unsaturated bonds. Such a compound group is widely known in the industrial field, and in the present invention, it is not particularly limited and can be used. These have chemical forms such as monomers, prepolymers, i.e., dimers, trimers, and oligomers, or mixtures thereof, and copolymers thereof. Examples of the monomer and the copolymer thereof include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.), esters thereof, and guanamines. Preferably, an unsaturated carboxylic acid and an aliphatic polyol compound are used. 96-200811483

酯、不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多元胺化合物之醯胺類。又,具有羥 基或胺基、氫硫基等親核性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與 單官能或多官能異氰酸酯類或環氧類加成反應物,及與單官能 或多官能羧酸之脫水縮合反應物等亦適合使用。又,具有異酸 酯基或環氧基等親電子性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與 單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類之加成反應物,而且具 有鹵素基、或對甲苯磺醯氧基等脫離性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯 或醯胺類與單官能或多官能醇類、胺類、硫醇類之取代反應物 亦適合。又,其他例子亦能夠使用不飽和磺酸、苯乙烯、乙烯 醚等取代上述不飽和羧酸而成的化合物群。 脂肪族多元醇化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯之單體的具體 例,丙烯酸酯有乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三甘醇二丙烯酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二丙燒酸酯、伸丁二醇二丙烯酸酯、丙二醇二丙烯酸 酯、新戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、三羧甲基三丙烯酸酯、三羧甲基丙 烷三(丙烯醯氧基丙基)醚、三羧甲基乙烷三丙烯酸酯、己二醇 二丙烯酸酯、1,4-環己二醇二丙烯酸酯、伸丁二醇二丙烯酸酯、 四甘醇二丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇二丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三丙烯酸 酯、新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇二丙烯酸酯、二新戊四 醇六丙烯酸酯、山梨糖醇三丙烯酸酯、山梨糖醇四丙烯酸酯、 山梨糖醇五丙烯酸酯、山梨糖醇六丙烯酸酯、三(丙烯醯氧基 乙基)三聚異氰酸酯、聚酯型丙烯酸酯低聚物、三聚異氰酸EO 改性三丙烯酸酯等。 甲基丙烯酸酯有伸丁二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、三甘醇二甲基 丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三甲基丙 烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三甲基丙烯酸酯、乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸 酯、1,3 -丁二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、己二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、新 -97-An amide of an ester, an unsaturated carboxylic acid and an aliphatic polyamine compound. Further, an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or a guanamine having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxyl group, an amine group or a thiol group, and a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or epoxy addition reactant, and a monofunctional or polyfunctional group A dehydration condensation reaction product of a functional carboxylic acid or the like is also suitably used. Further, an addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or an oxime amine having an electrophilic substituent such as an isoester group or an epoxy group, and a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol, A substituted carboxylic acid ester having a halogen group or a destructive substituent such as p-toluenesulfonyloxy group or a decylamine and a substituted reactant of a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol are also suitable. Further, in other examples, a compound group obtained by substituting an unsaturated carboxylic acid, styrene, vinyl ether or the like with the above unsaturated carboxylic acid can be used. Specific examples of the monomer of the aliphatic polyol compound and the ester of the unsaturated carboxylic acid include ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,3-butylene glycol dipropionate, and Butanediol diacrylate, propylene glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, tricarboxymethyl triacrylate, tricarboxymethylpropane tris(propylene methoxypropyl) ether, tricarboxymethyl ethane Triacrylate, hexanediol diacrylate, 1,4-cyclohexanediol diacrylate, butanediol diacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, neopentyl alcohol diacrylate, neopentyl alcohol Triacrylate, neopentyl alcohol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol diacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, sorbitol triacrylate, sorbitol tetraacrylate, sorbitol pentaacrylate , sorbitol hexaacrylate, tris(propylene methoxyethyl) trimeric isocyanate, polyester acrylate oligomer, trimeric isocyanate EO modified triacrylate, and the like. Methacrylates are butanediol dimethacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, trimethylol B Alkenyl trimethacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,3-butanediol dimethacrylate, hexanediol dimethacrylate, new-97-

200811483 戊四醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊 四甲基丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、二新戊四 甲基丙烯酸酯、山梨糖醇三甲基丙烯酸酯、山梨糖醇四甲 烯酸酯、雙[對-(3-甲基丙烯醯氧基-2-羥基丙氧基)苯]曱 烷、雙-[對(甲基丙烯醯氧基乙氧基)苯基]二甲基甲烷等。 伊康酸酯有乙二醇二伊康酸酯、丙二醇二伊康酸酯、 丁二醇二伊康酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二伊康酸酯、伸丁二醇二 酸酯、新戊四醇二伊康酸酯、山梨糖醇四伊康酸酯等。巴 酯有乙二醇二巴豆酸酯、伸丁二醇二巴豆酸酯、新戊四醇 豆酸酯、山梨糖醇四巴豆酸酯等。異巴豆酸酯有乙二醇二 豆酸酯、新戊四醇二異巴豆酸酯、山梨糖醇四異巴豆酸酯 順丁烯二酸酯有乙二醇二順丁烯二酸酯、三甘醇二順丁烯 酯、新戊四醇二順丁烯二酸酯、山梨糖醇四順丁烯二酸醋 其他的酯之例子,例如有特公昭 5 1 -47334、特 57- 1 9 6231所記載之脂肪族醇系酯類、或特開昭59-5240、 昭5 9-5 24 1、特開平2-226149所記載之具有芳香族系骨 物、特開平1 - 1 65 6 1 3所記載之含有胺基之物等。而且,前 單體亦能夠以混合物的形式使用。 又,脂肪族多元胺化合物與不飽和羧酸之醯胺的單體 體例有亞甲基雙丙烯醯胺、亞甲基雙甲基丙烯醯胺、1,6-基雙丙烯醯胺、1,6-伸己基雙甲基丙烯醯胺、二伸乙三胺 烯醯胺、苯二甲基雙丙烯醯胺、苯二甲基雙甲基丙烯酸® 其他的較佳醯胺系單體可舉出例如特公昭54-21726號公 記載之具有環己烯結構之物。 又,使用異氰酸酯與羥基的加成反應而製成的胺基甲 系加成聚合性化合物亦佳,此種具體例可舉出例如特 四醇 醇六 基丙 基甲 1,3- 伊康 豆酸 二巴 異巴 二酸 丨等。 開昭 特開 架之 述酯 之具 •伸己 三丙 i等。 報所 酸酯 公昭 -98- 200811483 4 8-4 1 708號公報中所記載之對在1分子具有2個以上異氰酸酯 基之聚異氰酸酯化合物,加添下述通式(A)所羊之含有羥基之 乙烯單體而成之在1分子中具有2個以上聚合物乙烯基之乙烯 基胺基甲酸酯化合物等。 CH2 = C(R4)C〇〇CH2CH(R5)〇H (A) (但是,通式(A)中,R4及R5係表示Η或CH3)200811483 Pentaerythritol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, neopentyl tetramethacrylate, dipentaerythritol dimethacrylate, dipentaerythritol, sorbose Alcohol trimethacrylate, sorbitol tetramethacrylate, bis[p-(3-methylpropenyloxy-2-hydroxypropoxy)benzene]decane, bis-[p-(methacryl)醯oxyethoxy)phenyl]dimethylmethane, and the like. Ikonic acid esters include ethylene glycol di-iconate, propylene glycol di-conconate, butanediol di-iconate, 1,4-butanediol diconconate, and butanediol diester. , pentaerythritol dicone ester, sorbitol tetraconcanate, and the like. The esters include ethylene glycol dicrotonate, butanediol dicrotonate, pentaerythritol soybean acid ester, sorbitol tetracrotonate, and the like. Isocrotonate is ethylene glycol docate, pentaerythritol diisocrotonate, sorbitol tetraisocrotonate maleate, ethylene glycol dimaleate, three Examples of other esters of diammonium glycolate, pentaerythritol dimaleate, and sorbitol tetramaleic acid vinegar, for example, include Japanese Patent Publication No. 51-47334, Special 57-119 The aliphatic alcohol-based esters described in 6231, or the aromatic bones described in JP-A-59-5240, JP-A-59-9-24, and JP-A-2-226149, JP-A No. 1 - 1 65 6 1 The amine-containing substance or the like described in 3. Moreover, the pro-monomer can also be used in the form of a mixture. Further, examples of the monomeric monomers of the aliphatic polyamine compound and the unsaturated carboxylic acid decylamine are methylene bis acrylamide, methylene bis methacrylamide, 1,6-bis bis decyl amide, 1, 6-extended dimethyl methacrylamide, diethylenetriamine decylamine, benzodimethyl bis decyl amide, benzodimethyl bis methacrylate о other preferred amide monomers can be exemplified For example, it has a cyclohexene structure as disclosed in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 54-21726. Further, an amine-based addition polymerizable compound prepared by an addition reaction of an isocyanate and a hydroxyl group is also preferred, and specific examples thereof include, for example, a tetraalcohol hexapropylpropyl 1,3-Icahn bean. Acid dibar bismuth diacetate and the like. The opening of the special opening of the product of the description of the product. In the polyisocyanate compound having two or more isocyanate groups per molecule, the hydroxyl group containing the following formula (A) is added to the polyisocyanate compound having two or more isocyanate groups per molecule, as described in the publication of the Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei-98-200811483. A vinyl urethane compound having two or more polymer vinyl groups in one molecule, which is an ethylene monomer. CH2 = C(R4)C〇〇CH2CH(R5)〇H (A) (However, in the general formula (A), R4 and R5 represent Η or CH3)

又,特開昭5 1 -37 1 93號、特公平2-32293號、及特公平 2- 1 6765號所記載之丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯類、特公昭58-49860 號、特公昭56- 1 7654號、特公昭62-3941 7號、及特公昭62-394 1 8 號所記載之具有環氧乙烷系骨架之胺基甲酸酯化合物類亦 佳。而且藉由使用特開昭63-277653號、特開昭63-260909號、 及特開平1 - 1 05 23 8號所記載之在分子內具有胺基結構或硫醚 結構之加成聚合性化合物,能夠得到感光速度非常優良之光聚 合性組成物。 其他的例子,可舉出例如特開昭48-64 1 83號、特公昭 49-43 1 9 1號、及特公昭52-30490號各公報所記載之聚酯型丙烯 酸酯類、及環氧樹脂與(甲基)丙烯酸而成之環氧丙烯酸酯類等 多官能丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯。又,亦可舉出例如特公昭 46-43946號、特公平1 -40337號、及特公平1-40336號各公報 所記載之特定不飽和化合物、或特開平2-25493號所記載之乙 烯基磺酸系化合物。又,某種情況下,特開昭6 1 -22048號所記 載之含有全氟烷基結構係適合使用的。而且,亦可使用日本黏 著協會刊物第20卷、第7期、第300〜308頁( 1 984年)介紹作爲 光硬化性單體及低聚物之物。 此等加成聚合性化合物之結構、單獨使用或並用、添加量 使用方法之詳細能夠配合硬化性組成物最後性能設計而任意 -99-In addition, the urethane urethanes described in JP-A-53-37 1 93, JP-A No. 2-32293, and JP-A-2-1-6765, JP-A-58-49860, and JP-A-56- 1 A urethane compound having an ethylene oxide-based skeleton described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 7654, No. 62-3941, and No. 62-394 No. 8 is also preferred. Further, an addition polymerizable compound having an amine structure or a thioether structure in a molecule as described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A No. Hei No. Hei. A photopolymerizable composition having a very excellent photospeed can be obtained. Other examples include polyester acrylates and epoxy resins described in JP-A-48-64 1 83, JP-A-49-43 191, and JP-A-52-30490. A multifunctional acrylate or methacrylate such as an epoxy acrylate such as a resin or (meth)acrylic acid. In addition, the specific unsaturated compound described in each of the publications of Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. A sulfonic acid compound. Further, in some cases, the perfluoroalkyl group-containing structure described in JP-A-61-22048 is suitable for use. Further, it is also possible to introduce a photocurable monomer and an oligomer by using the Journal of the Japan Adhesive Society, Vol. 20, No. 7, and pages 300 to 308 (1 984). The structure of these addition polymerizable compounds, used alone or in combination, and the amount of addition can be used in combination with the final performance design of the curable composition -99-

200811483 設定。例如,能夠從以下觀點選擇。 從敏感度而言,以每1分子之不飽和基含量多的結 佳,多半情況係以2官能基以上爲佳。又,爲了提高硬化 強度,以3官能基以上之物爲更佳,而且,藉由並用不同 基數、不同聚合性基(例如丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸酯、苯 系化合物、乙烯基醚系化合物),來調節敏感度及強度雙 方法亦是有效的。 又,對於與在硬化性組成物及感光性組成物所含有的 成分(例如,光聚合引發劑、著色劑(顏料、染料)等、黏合 合物等)之相溶性、分散性,加成聚合化合物的選擇、使 法係重要因素,例如藉由使用低純度化合物或並用2種以 能夠提升相溶性。又,爲了提高與基板等的黏附性之目的 能夠選擇特定結構。 &lt;(D)著色劑&gt; 本發明之硬化性組成物含有著色劑。 在本發明之硬化性組成物所含有的著色劑沒有特 制’能夠使用1種或混合2種以上先前眾所周知的各種染 顏料。從耐光性的觀點而言,該著色劑以顏料爲佳。 本發明的硬化性組成物能夠使用先前已知的各種無 料或有機顏料。考慮無機顏料或有機顏料以高透射率爲佳 以盡可能使用較細之物爲佳,考慮處理性時,上述顏料的 粒徑以0.01微米〜0.1微米爲佳,以0.01微米〜0.05微米 佳。又,上述無機顏料可舉出金屬氧化、金屬錯合物等所 金屬化合物。具體上可舉出鐵、鈷、鋁、鎘、鉛、銅、鈦、 銘、鋅、銻等金屬氧化物及前述金屬的複合氧化物。 有機顏料可舉出例如C.I.顏料黃1 1、24、31、53、83、 構爲 膜的 官能 乙烯 方的 其他 劑聚 用方 上, ,亦 別限 料或 機顏 :時, 平均 爲更 示之 鎂、 93 &gt; -100- 200811483 99、108、1〇9、11〇、138、13,9、147、150、151、154、155、 167 、 180 、 185 、 199 ; C.I·顏料橙 36、38、43、71; C.I.顏料紅 8 卜 105、122、149、lS〇、155、17 卜 175、176、 177 、 209 、 220 ' 224 、 242 、 254 、 255 、 264 、 270 ; C · I ·顏料紫 1 9、2 3、3 2、3 9 ; C.I·顏料藍 1、2、15、15: 1、15: 3、15: 6、16、22、60、 66 ;200811483 Settings. For example, it can be selected from the following points of view. In terms of sensitivity, the content of the unsaturated group per molecule is much higher, and most of the cases are preferably a bifunctional group or more. Further, in order to increase the curing strength, it is more preferable to use a trifunctional or higher group, and a different number of bases and different polymerizable groups (for example, an acrylate, a methacrylate, a benzene compound, or a vinyl ether compound) may be used in combination. The dual method of adjusting sensitivity and intensity is also effective. In addition, compatibility and dispersibility with components contained in the curable composition and the photosensitive composition (for example, a photopolymerization initiator, a colorant (pigment, dye), etc.), and addition polymerization The selection of the compound and the important factors of the method can be improved by, for example, using a low-purity compound or a combination of two. Further, in order to improve adhesion to a substrate or the like, a specific structure can be selected. &lt;(D) Colorant&gt; The curable composition of the present invention contains a colorant. The coloring agent contained in the curable composition of the present invention is not specifically used. One type or a mixture of two or more kinds of previously known various dyes can be used. From the viewpoint of light resistance, the colorant is preferably a pigment. The curable composition of the present invention can use various previously known various organic or organic pigments. It is preferable that the inorganic pigment or the organic pigment is preferably high in transmittance, and it is preferable to use a finer substance as much as possible. When considering the handleability, the particle diameter of the above pigment is preferably from 0.01 μm to 0.1 μm, preferably from 0.01 μm to 0.05 μm. Further, examples of the inorganic pigment include metal compounds such as metal oxidation and metal complex. Specific examples thereof include metal oxides such as iron, cobalt, aluminum, cadmium, lead, copper, titanium, indium, zinc, and antimony, and composite oxides of the above metals. Examples of the organic pigment include, for example, CI Pigment Yellow 1 1, 24, 31, 53, 83, and other agents which are functional ethylene groups of the film, and are not limited to materials or machine: when the average is more Magnesium, 93 &gt; -100- 200811483 99, 108, 1〇9, 11〇, 138, 13, 9, 147, 150, 151, 154, 155, 167, 180, 185, 199; CI·Pigment Orange 36 , 38, 43, 71; CI Pigment Red 8 Bu 105, 122, 149, lS〇, 155, 17 175, 176, 177, 209, 220 '224, 242, 254, 255, 264, 270; C · I · Pigment Violet 9 9, 2 3, 3 2, 3 9 ; CI · Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15: 1, 15: 3, 15: 6, 16, 22, 60, 66;

C · I ·顏料綠 7、3 6、3 7 ; C · I ·顏料掠 2 5、2 8 ; C.I·顏料黑i、7 ; 碳黑等。 本發明特別在顏料的結構式中以使用具有鹼性的N原子 之物爲佳。具有此時鹼性的N原子之顏料在本發明的組成物中 顯示良好的分散性。其原因雖未充分地解釋明白,可推定係感 光性聚合成分與顏料的親和性良好之影響。 在本發明之能夠使用的較佳顏料,能夠舉出以下之。但是 本發明未限定於此等。 有機顏料可舉出例如C.I.顏料黃1 1、24、108、109、1 10、 138 、 139 、 150 、 151 、 154 、 167 、 180 、 185 ; C . I ·顔料橙 3 6、7 1 ; C.I.顏料紅 122、150、171、175、177、209、224、242、 254 、 255 、 264 ; C. I ·顏料紫 1 9、2 3、3 2 ; C.I·顏料藍 15:1、15: 3、15: 6、16、22、60、66; C.I.顏料黑1 ; 101-C · I · Pigment Green 7, 3 6 , 3 7 ; C · I · Pigment Sweep 2 5, 2 8 ; C.I·Pigment Black i, 7; Carbon Black, etc. The present invention particularly preferably uses a basic N atom in the structural formula of the pigment. The pigment having an N atom which is basic at this time exhibits good dispersibility in the composition of the present invention. The reason for this is not fully explained, and the influence of the affinity between the photosensitive polymerizable component and the pigment can be estimated. Preferred pigments which can be used in the present invention include the following. However, the present invention is not limited to this. The organic pigment may, for example, be CI Pigment Yellow 1 1 , 24, 108, 109, 1 10, 138, 139, 150, 151, 154, 167, 180, 185; C. I · Pigment Orange 3 6 , 7 1 ; CI Pigment Red 122, 150, 171, 175, 177, 209, 224, 242, 254, 255, 264; C. I · Pigment Violet 9 9, 2 3, 3 2 ; CI·Pigment Blue 15:1, 15: 3 , 15: 6, 16, 22, 60, 66; CI Pigment Black 1; 101-

200811483 此等有機顏料可單獨或是組合各種使用抹 述組合的具體例如以下所示。例如,例如紅顏 顏料、茈系顏料、二氧代吡咯系顏料單獨或其 與二重氮系黃色顏料、異吲哚滞系黃色顏料、 料或茈系紅色顏料的混合等。例如蒽醌系顏狗 紅177,茈系顏料可舉出C.I.顏料紅155、C.】 代吡咯系顏料可舉出C.I·顏料紅254,從色再 C.I·顏料黃139混合爲佳。又,紅色顏料及黃 以100 : 5〜100 : 50爲佳。100 : 4以下時會有 米至500奈米的光透射率困難,而難以提高色 100 : 51以上時,因主波長變爲短波長,會有 相偏移大的情形。特別是上述質量比以1 〇〇 : 圍爲最佳。又,組合紅色顏料之間時,能夠藤 又’綠色顏料能夠單獨使用鹵化酞青系顏 其與二重氮系黃色顏料、奎酞酮系黃色顏料、 滿系黃色顏料。例如,此種例子以混合C. I.虜 與C.I·顏料黃83、C.I.顏料黃138、C.I.顏料黃 150、C.I·顏料黃180、或C.I.顏料黃185爲佳 顏料的質量比以100: 5〜100: 150爲佳。上述】 5時,會有因抑制從400奈米至450奈米的光 難以提高色純度的情形。又,大於1 〇〇 : 1 5〇 長變爲長波長,會有從NTSC目標色相偏移大 上述質量比以100: 30〜100: 120的範圍爲最1 藍色顏料能夠單獨使用酞青系顏料、或是 曙哄系紫色顏料。例如混合C. I.顏料藍1 5 : 6 爲佳。藍色顏料與紫色顏料的質量比以1〇〇 : S提高色純度。上 料可舉出蒽醌系 等之中至少一種 喹啉黃系黃色顏 [可舉出C.I.顏料 [.顏料紅224,氧 現性而言,以與 色顏料的質量比 因抑制從400奈 純度的情形。又, 從NTSC目標色 10~ 1 00 : 30 的範 3向色度來調整。 料或是混合使用 甲亞胺或異吲哚 !料綠 7、3 6、3 7 139、C.I.顏料黃 。綠顏料與黃色 雪量比小於1 〇 〇 : 透射率困難,而 以上時,因主波 的情形。特別是 圭。 混合使用其與二 與C · I ·顏料紫2 3 0〜: 30爲佳, -102- 200811483 以100 : 10以下爲更佳。 又,黑色矩陣用顏料能夠單獨或混合使用碳黑、鈦黑、氧 化鐵、氧化鈦,以組合碳黑及鈦黑爲佳。又,碳黑與鈦黑的質 量比以100 : 0〜1 00 : 60的範圍爲佳。100 : 61以上時,會有分 散安定性下降的情形。 在本發明,著色劑係染料時,能夠在組成物中均勻地溶解 而得到硬化性組成物。 在本發明的硬化性組成物中能夠含有而使用作爲著色劑 φ之染料沒有特別限制,能夠使用先前作爲彩色濾光片用而眾所 周知的染料。能夠使用例如特開昭64-90403號公報、特開昭 64-9 1 1 02號公報、特開平1-94301號公報、特開平6-11614號 公報、特登2592207號公報、美國專利第4,808,501明書、美 國專利第5,667920號說明書、美國專利第5,059,500號說明書、 特開平5-333207號公報、特開平6-35 1 83號公報、特開平 6-5 1115號公報、特開平6- 1 94828號公報、特開平8-2 1 1 599號 公報、特開平4-24 9 549號公報、特開平^^23316號公報、特200811483 These organic pigments can be used singly or in combination with various combinations of smears, for example, as shown below. For example, a red pigment, an anthraquinone pigment, a dioxopyrrole pigment alone or a mixture thereof with a diazo yellow pigment, an isoindole yellow pigment, a phthalocyanine pigment, or the like. For example, 蒽醌 颜 红 177 177, 茈 颜料 颜料 C C C C C C 155 155 155 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C Also, the red pigment and yellow are preferably 100:5 to 100:50. When the wavelength is below 100:4, the light transmittance of the meter to 500 nm is difficult, and it is difficult to increase the color 100: 51 or more. Since the dominant wavelength becomes a short wavelength, the phase shift may be large. In particular, the above mass ratio is preferably 1 〇〇 : circumference. Further, when the red pigments are combined, the halogenated green pigment can be used alone, and the diazo yellow pigment, the quinophthalone yellow pigment, and the full yellow pigment can be used alone. For example, such an example is to mix CI虏 with CI·Pigment Yellow 83, CI Pigment Yellow 138, CI Pigment Yellow 150, CI·Pig Yellow 180, or CI Pigment Yellow 185 as a good pigment mass ratio of 100: 5 to 100: 150 is better. In the above case, it is difficult to increase the color purity by suppressing light from 400 nm to 450 nm. Also, greater than 1 〇〇: 1 5 〇 long becomes a long wavelength, there will be a large hue shift from the NTSC target. The above mass ratio is 100: 30~100: 120 is the most 1 blue pigment can be used alone. Pigment, or bismuth purple pigment. For example, mixing C. I. Pigment Blue 1 5 : 6 is preferred. The mass ratio of blue pigment to purple pigment is increased by 1 〇〇 : S. For the feeding, at least one of the quinoline yellow yellow pigments may be mentioned, and the CI pigment [. Pigment Red 224, in terms of oxygen availability, the mass ratio of the color pigment to the purity of 400 nm is suppressed. The situation. Also, adjust from the NTSC target color of 10~1 00:30 to the chromaticity. Material or mixed use of imine or isophthalocene! Green 7, 3 6, 3 7 139, C.I. Pigment yellow. The ratio of green pigment to yellow snow is less than 1 〇 〇 : Transmittance is difficult, and above, due to the main wave. Especially Gui. Mix it with two with C · I · Pigment Violet 2 3 0 ~: 30 is better, -102- 200811483 to 100: 10 or less is better. Further, as the pigment for the black matrix, carbon black, titanium black, iron oxide, or titanium oxide can be used singly or in combination, and carbon black and titanium black are preferably combined. Further, the mass ratio of carbon black to titanium black is preferably in the range of 100:0 to 10,000:60. When 100 : 61 or more, there is a case where the dispersion stability is lowered. In the case of the coloring agent-based dye of the present invention, the composition can be uniformly dissolved to obtain a curable composition. The dye which can be contained in the curable composition of the present invention and used as the colorant φ is not particularly limited, and a dye which has been conventionally used as a color filter can be used. For example, JP-A-64-90403, JP-A-64-9 1 1 02, JP-A-1-94301, JP-A-6-11614, JP-A-H2592207, and U.S. Patent No. 4,808 , 501, U.S. Patent No. 5,667,920, U.S. Patent No. 5,059,500, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 5-333207, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei 6-35 No. Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei.

開平1 1 -302283號公報、特開平7-286 1 07號公報、特開 200 1 -4823號公報、特開平8- 1 5 5 22號公報、特開平8-2977 1號 公報、特開平8-146215號公報、特開平π-343437號公報、特 開平8-624 1 6號公報、特開2002- 14220號公報、特開2002- 14221 號公報、特開2002-14222號公報、特開2002-14223號公報、 特開平8_302224號公報、特開平8-7375 8號公報、特開平 8- 179 1 20號公報、及特開平8-151531號公報所揭示之色料。 化學結構能夠使用吡唑偶氮系、苯胺基偶氮系、三苯基甲 烷系、蒽醌系、蒽吡啶酮系、亞苄基系、噚桑醇系、啦唑三哩 偶氮系、吡啶酮偶氮系、花青苷系、啡噻阱系、吡咯吡咯偶氮 -103- 200811483 甲川系、卩ill噃系、酞青系、苯并吡喃系、及靛藍系等染料。 又’進行水或鹼顯像之光阻系時,從藉由顯像來完全地除 去光未照射部分的黏合劑及/或染料之觀點,會有酸性染料及/ 或其衍生物係適合使用之情形。 此外,使用直接染料、鹼性染料、媒染染料、酸性媒染染 料、偶氮染料、分散染料、油溶染料、食品染料、及/或此等 的衍生物等亦是有用的。 酸性染料未特別限定於具有磺酸或羧酸等酸性基之物,可 Φ考慮在有機溶劑或顯像液中的溶解性、與鹼性化合物之鹽形成 性、吸光度、與組成物中之其他成分的互相作用、耐光性及耐 熱性等全部必要的性能來選擇。 以下舉出酸性染料的具體例,但是未限定於此等。例如可 舉出酸性茜素紫 N(acid alizarin violet NV;酸性黑(acid black) 1、2、24、48;酸性藍 1、7、9、15、18、23、25、27、29、 40、45、62、70、74、80、83、86、87、90、92、103、112、 113、 120、 129、 138、 147、 158、 171、 182、 192、 243、 324 :Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. The color materials disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei 8- No. Hei. As the chemical structure, a pyrazole azo type, an anilino azo type, a triphenylmethane type, an anthraquinone type, an anthrapyridone type, a benzylidene type, a valenyl alcohol type, a oxazolyl azo type, and a pyridine can be used. Ketone azo, anthocyanin, morphine, pyrrolidazole-103-200811483 Amethine, 卩ill, indigo, benzopyran, and indigo. In addition, when performing a photo-resistance system for water or alkali development, an acid dye and/or a derivative thereof may be suitably used from the viewpoint of completely removing the adhesive and/or dye of the unirradiated portion by development. The situation. Further, it is also useful to use direct dyes, basic dyes, mordant dyes, acid mord dyes, azo dyes, disperse dyes, oil-soluble dyes, food dyes, and/or derivatives thereof. The acid dye is not particularly limited to a substance having an acidic group such as a sulfonic acid or a carboxylic acid, and can be considered to have solubility in an organic solvent or a developing solution, salt formability with a basic compound, absorbance, and other components in the composition. Choose from all the necessary properties such as the interaction of components, light resistance and heat resistance. Specific examples of the acid dye are listed below, but are not limited thereto. For example, acid alizarin violet NV; acid black 1, 2, 24, 48; acid blue 1, 7, 9, 15, 18, 23, 25, 27, 29, 40 45, 62, 70, 74, 80, 83, 86, 87, 90, 92, 103, 112, 113, 120, 129, 138, 147, 158, 171, 182, 192, 243, 324:

1 ;酸性鉻紫K ; 酸性品紅;酸性綠1、3、 5、9、16、25、 11、5 0;酸性橙 6、Ί、8、1 〇、12、5 0、5 1、5 2、5 6、6 3、7 4、 95 ;酸性紅 1、4、8、14、17、18、26、27、29、31、34、35、 37 、 42 、 44 、 50 、 51 、 52 、 57 、 66 、 73 、 80 、 87 、 88、 91 、 92 、 94、97、103、m、114、129、133、134、138、143、145、150、 151、158、176、183、198、211、215、216、217、249、252、 2 5 7、2 6 0、2 6 6、2 7 4 ;酸性紫 6 B、7、9、1 7、1 9 ;酸性黃 1、3、 7 、 9 、 11' 17 、 23 、 25 ' 29 、 34 、 36 、 42 、 54 、 72 、 73 、 76 、 79、98、99、111、112、114、116、184、243;食品黃 3 及此 等染料的衍生物。 -104- 200811483 此等之中,酸性染料以酸性黑24 ;酸性藍23、25、29、 62、80、86、87、92、138、158、182、243、324: 1;酸性橙 8、 51、5 6、63、74;酸性紅 1、4、8、34、37、42、52、57、80、 97、1 14、143、145、15 1、183、217 ;酸性紫7;酸性黃17、 25、29、34、42、72、76、99、111、112、114、116、184、243 ; 酸性綠25等染料及此等染料的衍生物爲佳。1; acid chrome violet K; acid fuchsin; acid green 1, 3, 5, 9, 16, 25, 11, 5 0; acid orange 6, Ί, 8, 1 〇, 12, 5 0, 5 1 , 5 2, 5 6, 6 3, 7 4, 95; acid red 1, 4, 8, 14, 17, 18, 26, 27, 29, 31, 34, 35, 37, 42, 44, 50, 51, 52 , 57, 66, 73, 80, 87, 88, 91, 92, 94, 97, 103, m, 114, 129, 133, 134, 138, 143, 145, 150, 151, 158, 176, 183, 198 , 211, 215, 216, 217, 249, 252, 2 5 7 , 2 6 0, 2 6 6 , 2 7 4 ; Acid Violet 6 B, 7, 9, 17, 7; Acid Yellow 1, 3, 7 , 9 , 11 ' 17 , 23 , 25 ' 29 , 34 , 36 , 42 , 54 , 72 , 73 , 76 , 79 , 98 , 99 , 111 , 112 , 114 , 116 , 184 , 243 ; Food Yellow 3 and Derivatives of such dyes. -104- 200811483 Among these, the acid dye is acid black 24; acid blue 23, 25, 29, 62, 80, 86, 87, 92, 138, 158, 182, 243, 324: 1; acid orange 8, 51, 5 6, 63, 74; acid red 1, 4, 8, 34, 37, 42, 52, 57, 80, 97, 1 14, 143, 145, 15 1, 183, 217; acid purple 7; Yellow 17, 25, 29, 34, 42, 72, 76, 99, 111, 112, 114, 116, 184, 243; dyes such as acid green 25 and derivatives of such dyes are preferred.

又,上述以外之偶氮系、卩[II喔系、酞青系的酸性染料亦佳, C.I.溶劑藍44、38 ; C.I.溶劑橙 45 ;使用若丹明 B、若丹明 1 1 0等酸性染料及此等染料的衍生物亦佳。 其中,(D)著色劑以選自三烯丙基甲烷系、蒽醌系、次甲 基偶氮系、亞苄基系、噚桑醇系、花青苷系、啡噻阱系、吡咯 吡唑甲亞胺系、Dili喔系、酞青系、苯并吡喃系、靛藍系、吡唑 偶氮系、苯胺基偶氮系、吡唑三唑偶氮系、吡啶酮偶氮系、蒽 吡啶酮系之著色劑爲佳。 在本發明能夠使用的著色劑以染料、或是以平均粒徑以單 位奈米,)爲20SrS 300、較佳是125SrS 250、特佳是30€rS 200之顏料爲佳。藉由使用此種平均粒徑r的顏料,能夠得到 高對比、且高光透射率的紅色或綠色的像素。在此「平均粒徑_ 係意指顏料的一次粒徑(單微結晶)聚集而成的二次粒子之平均 粒徑。 又,在本發明能夠使用之顏料的二次粒子的粒徑分布(以 下簡稱「粒徑分布」),在(平均粒徑±100)奈米之二次粒子以佔 整體70質量%以上、較佳是80質量%以上爲佳。 具有前述的平均粒徑及粒徑分布之顏料能夠藉由將市售 的顏料、與依情況而使用之其他顏料(平均粒徑通常大於300 奈米)一同,較佳是與分散液及溶劑混合成爲顏料混合液的方 -105- 200811483 式,使用例如球磨機、輥磨機等粉碎機,邊粉碎邊混合、分散 來進行調製。如此進行所得到的顏料通常具有顏料分散液的形 態。 相對於硬化性組成物的總固體成分,在本發明的硬化性組 成物所含有的(D)著色劑的含量以25〜95質量%爲佳,以30〜90 質量%爲較佳,以40〜80質量%爲更佳。 著色劑太少時,藉由本發明的硬化性組成物製造彩色濾光 片時會有無法得到適當色度之傾向。另一方面,太多時會有因 φ光硬化無法充分進行而使膜強度降低、又,會有在鹼顯像時顯 像範圍變窄的傾向,但是因爲本發明之特定敏化劑之光吸收率 高,即便在硬化性組成物中高濃度地含有,亦能夠發揮顯著地 提高敏感度之效果。 本發明之硬化性組成物按照必要亦能夠與上述說明之(A) 特定敏化劑、(B)光聚合引發劑、(C)聚合性化合物、及(D)著色 劑一同,更含有以下所詳述的任意成分。以下,說明在本發明 之硬化性組成物能夠含有之任意成分。Further, the above-mentioned azo-based, bismuth-[II-based, indigo-based acid dyes are also preferred, CI solvent blue 44, 38; CI solvent orange 45; use of rhodamine B, rhodamine 1 10, etc. Dyes and derivatives of such dyes are also preferred. Wherein (D) the colorant is selected from the group consisting of triallyl methane, lanthanide, methine azo, benzylidene, valantan, anthocyanin, thiophene, pyrrolidine Azoleimide, Dili, indigo, benzopyran, indigo, pyrazole azo, anilino azo, pyrazole triazole azo, pyridone azo, hydrazine A pyridone-based coloring agent is preferred. The coloring agent which can be used in the present invention is preferably a dye, or a pigment having an average particle diameter in units of nanometers, of 20 SrS 300, preferably 125 SrS 250, particularly preferably 30 € rS 200. By using such a pigment having an average particle diameter r, a red or green pixel having high contrast and high light transmittance can be obtained. Here, the "average particle diameter" means the average particle diameter of the secondary particles in which the primary particle diameter (single microcrystal) of the pigment is aggregated. Further, the particle size distribution of the secondary particles of the pigment which can be used in the present invention ( Hereinafter, the "particle size distribution" is abbreviated, and the secondary particles of (average particle diameter ± 100) nm are preferably 70% by mass or more, preferably 80% by mass or more. The pigment having the above average particle diameter and particle size distribution can be mixed with a dispersion and a solvent by using a commercially available pigment together with other pigments (having an average particle diameter of usually more than 300 nm) as the case may be. In the formula of the pigment mixture, a pulverizer such as a ball mill or a roll mill is used, and the mixture is mixed and dispersed while being pulverized to prepare. The pigment thus obtained usually has a form of a pigment dispersion. The content of the (D) coloring agent contained in the curable composition of the present invention is preferably 25 to 95% by mass, more preferably 30 to 90% by mass, based on the total solid content of the curable composition. ~80% by mass is better. When the coloring agent is too small, a color filter is produced by the curable composition of the present invention, and a suitable chromaticity tends not to be obtained. On the other hand, when there is too much, the film strength may not be sufficiently lowered by φ photocuring, and the development range may be narrowed during alkali development. However, the light of the specific sensitizer of the present invention is light. The absorption rate is high, and even if it is contained in a high concentration in the curable composition, the effect of remarkably improving the sensitivity can be exhibited. The curable composition of the present invention may further contain the following (A) specific sensitizer, (B) photopolymerization initiator, (C) polymerizable compound, and (D) colorant, as described above, Any ingredients detailed. Hereinafter, any component which can be contained in the curable composition of the present invention will be described.

&lt;(E)分散劑&gt; 從提 本發明的硬化性組成物含有顏料作爲(D)著色劑時 高該顏料的分散性之觀點,以添加(E)分散劑爲佳。 本發明能夠使用的分散劑(顏料分散劑)可舉出高分子分散 劑[例如聚醯胺胺(polyamide amine)及其鹽、聚錢酸及其鹽、高 分子量不飽和酸酯、改性聚胺基甲酸酯、改性聚酯、改性聚(甲 基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物、萘磺酸福馬林縮合物]、 及聚氧乙烯烷基磷酸酯、聚氧乙烯烷基胺、烷醇胺、顏料衍生 物等。 高分子分散劑能夠分類成直鏈狀高分子、末端改性高分 406- 200811483 子、接枝型高分子、及嵌段型高分子。 高分子分散劑係吸著於顏料表面,其作用能夠防止再凝 聚。爲了此目的可舉出之較佳結構有對顏料表面具有固定部位 之末端改性型高分子、接枝型高分子、及嵌段型高分子。另一 方面,顏料衍生物藉由改質而具有促進高分子分散劑的吸附之 效果。&lt;(E) Dispersant&gt; From the viewpoint of containing the pigment as the (D) colorant in the curable composition of the present invention, it is preferred to add the (E) dispersant from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment. The dispersing agent (pigment dispersing agent) which can be used in the present invention may be a polymer dispersing agent [for example, polyamide amine and a salt thereof, polyglycolic acid and a salt thereof, a high molecular weight unsaturated acid ester, and a modified poly Urethane, modified polyester, modified poly(meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic copolymer, naphthalenesulfonic acid formalin condensate], and polyoxyethylene alkyl phosphate, polyoxygen A vinyl alkylamine, an alkanolamine, a pigment derivative or the like. The polymer dispersant can be classified into a linear polymer, a terminal modified high score 406-200811483, a graft polymer, and a block polymer. The polymer dispersant is adsorbed on the surface of the pigment to prevent re-agglomeration. A preferred structure for this purpose is a terminal-modified polymer having a fixed portion on the surface of the pigment, a graft-type polymer, and a block-type polymer. On the other hand, the pigment derivative has an effect of promoting adsorption of the polymer dispersant by upgrading.

本發明能夠使用之顏料分散劑的具體例可舉出 BYK Chemie公司製「Dispe:rbyk-101(聚醯胺胺磷酸鹽)、107(羧酸 酯)、110(含酸基之共聚物)、130(聚醯胺)、161、162、163、164、 165、166、170(高分子共聚物)」、「BYK-P104、P105(高分子量 不飽和聚羧酸)、EFKA 公司製 r EFKA4047、4050、4010、4165(聚 胺基甲酸酯系)、EFKA4330、4340(嵌段共聚物)、4400、4402(改 性聚丙烯酸酯)、5010(聚酯型醯胺)、5765 (高分子量聚羧酸鹽)、 6220(脂肪酸聚酯)、6745(酞青衍生物)、6750(偶氮顏料衍生 物)」、AJINOMOTO FINETECHNO 公司製「AJISPAR PB821、 PB8 22」、共榮社化學公司製「FROLEN TG-710 (胺基甲酸酯低聚 物)」、「POLYFR〇No.50E、No·3 0 0(丙嫌酸系共聚物)」、楠本化 成公司製「DISPARON KS-860、8 7 3 SN、874、#2150(脂肪族多 元羧酸)、#7004(聚醚酯)、DA-703-50、DA-705、DA-725」、花 王公司製「DEMOL RN、N(萘磺酸福馬林縮聚物)、MS、C、SN-B (芳 香族磺酸福馬林縮聚物)」、「HOMOGENOL L-18(高分子多元羧 酸)」、「EMAGEN920、930、935、9 85 (聚氧乙嫌壬基苯基醚)」、 「ACETAMINE 86 (硬脂醯胺乙酸酯)」、LUBRIZOL公司製 「SOLUSPARS 5000(酞青衍生物)、22000(偶氮顏料衍生物)、Specific examples of the pigment dispersant which can be used in the present invention include "Dispe: rbyk-101 (polyamide amine phosphate), 107 (carboxylate), 110 (acid group-containing copolymer) manufactured by BYK Chemie Co., Ltd., 130 (polyamide), 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 170 (polymer copolymer), "BYK-P104, P105 (high molecular weight unsaturated polycarboxylic acid), EFKA 4047, manufactured by EFKA Corporation, 4050, 4010, 4165 (polyurethane type), EFKA 4330, 4340 (block copolymer), 4400, 4402 (modified polyacrylate), 5010 (polyester decylamine), 5765 (high molecular weight poly "Carboxylate", 6220 (fatty acid polyester), 6745 (indigo derivative), 6750 (azo pigment derivative), "AJISPAR PB821, PB8 22" manufactured by AJINOMOTO FINETECHNO Co., Ltd., "FROLEN", Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd. TG-710 (urethane oligomer), "POLYFR〇No.50E, No.300 (acrylic acid copolymer)", "Nanmoto Kasei Co., Ltd." "DISPARON KS-860, 8 7 3" SN, 874, #2150 (aliphatic polycarboxylic acid), #7004 (polyether ester), DA-703-50, DA-705, DA-725", Kao Corporation "DEMOL RN, N" (formalin polycondensate of naphthalenesulfonate), MS, C, SN-B (familin polycondensate), "HOMOGENOL L-18 (polymer polycarboxylic acid)", "EMAGEN920, 930, 935, 9 85 (polyoxyethylene decyl phenyl ether), "ACETAMINE 86 (stearylamine acetate)", "SOLUSPARS 5000 (indigo derivative), 22000 (azo pigment derivative) manufactured by LUBRIZOL) ,

1 3240(聚酯型胺)、3000、17000、27000(在末端具有功能部之高 分子)、24000、28000、32000、38500(接枝型高分子)」、NIKKO -107- 200811483 CHEMICAL公司製「NIKKOL T1 〇6(聚氧乙烯山梨糖醇酐一油酸 酯)、MYS-IEX(聚氧乙烯一硬脂酸酯)」等。 該等分散劑可單獨使用,亦可組合使用2種以上。 在本發明,以組合使用顏料衍生物及高分子分散劑爲特 佳0 相對於顏料,在本發明之分散劑的含量以1〜8〇質量%爲 佳,以5〜7 0質量%爲較佳,以1 〇〜6 〇質量%爲更佳。 具體上,使用高分子分散劑時,相對於顏料其使用量以1 3240 (polyester type amine), 3000, 17000, 27000 (polymer having a functional part at the end), 24000, 28000, 32000, 38500 (graft type polymer)", NIKKO-107-200811483 CHEMICAL CORPORATION" NIKKOL T1 〇6 (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate), MYS-IEX (polyoxyethylene monostearate), and the like. These dispersing agents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. In the present invention, the pigment derivative and the polymer dispersant are preferably used in combination with respect to the pigment. The content of the dispersant in the present invention is preferably from 1 to 8 % by mass, and from 5 to 70% by mass. Good, with 1 〇 ~ 6 〇 mass% is better. Specifically, when a polymer dispersant is used, the amount of the pigment is used relative to the pigment.

5〜1 0 0質量%的範圍爲佳,以1 〇〜8 〇質量%的範圍爲更佳。 使用顏料衍生物時,相對於顏料其使用量以1〜3 〇質量% 的範圍爲佳,以3~20質量%的範圍爲更佳,以5〜15質量%的範 圍爲特佳。 在本發明,使用顏料及分散劑作爲著色劑時,從硬化敏感 度、色濃度的觀點,相對於構成硬化性組成物之總固體成分, 顏料及分散劑之含量的總和,以30質量%以上90質量%以下 的範圍爲佳,以40質量%以上85質量%以下的範圍爲較佳, 以50質量%以上80質量%以下的範圍爲更佳。 &lt;(F)黏合劑聚合物&gt; 本發明之硬化性組成物爲了提升皮膜特性等目的,亦可按 照必要更使用黏合劑聚合物。黏合劑以使用線形有機聚合物爲 佳。此種「線形有機聚合物」,能夠任意地使用眾所周知之物。 爲了能夠進行水顯像或弱鹼水顯像,以選自在水或弱鹼水中具 有可溶性或潤脹性之線形有機聚合物爲佳。線形有機聚合物不 僅是作爲皮膜形成劑,亦能夠按照用途選擇使用水、弱鹼水或 有機溶劑顯像劑。例如使用水可溶性有機聚合物時能夠進行水 顯像。此種線形有機聚合物可舉出在側鏈具有羧酸基之自由基 -108- 200811483 聚合體,例如特開昭59-446 15號、特公昭54-34327號、特公 昭58-12577號、特公昭54-25957號、特開昭54-92723號、特 開昭59-5 3 836號、特開昭59-7 1 048號所記載之物,亦即單獨 或共聚合具有羧基之單體而成之樹脂、將單獨或共聚合具有酸 酐之單體而成之酸酐單元加水分解或半酯化或半醯胺化而成 之樹脂、使用不飽和單羧酸及酸酐將環氧樹脂改性而成之環氧 丙烯酸酯等。具有羧基之單體可舉出丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、伊 康酸、巴豆酸、順丁烯二酸、酞酸、及4-殘基苯乙烯等,具有The range of 5 to 1 0% by mass is preferably, and the range of 1 〇 to 8 〇% by mass is more preferable. When a pigment derivative is used, it is preferably used in an amount of from 1 to 3 % by mass based on the amount of the pigment, more preferably from 3 to 20% by mass, even more preferably from 5 to 15% by mass. In the present invention, when a pigment or a dispersing agent is used as the coloring agent, the total content of the pigment and the dispersing agent is 30% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the curable composition from the viewpoint of the curing sensitivity and the color density. The range of 90% by mass or less is preferably 40% by mass or more and 85% by mass or less, and more preferably 50% by mass or more and 80% by mass or less. &lt;(F) Adhesive Polymer&gt; The curable polymer of the present invention may further use a binder polymer as necessary in order to enhance the properties of the film or the like. The binder is preferably a linear organic polymer. Such a "linear organic polymer" can be arbitrarily used as a well-known thing. In order to enable water development or weak alkaline water development, it is preferred to select a linear organic polymer which is soluble or swellable in water or weakly alkaline water. The linear organic polymer is not only used as a film forming agent, but also water, weak alkaline water or an organic solvent developing agent can be selected depending on the application. For example, water development can be performed when a water-soluble organic polymer is used. Examples of such a linear organic polymer include a radical-108-200811483 polymer having a carboxylic acid group in a side chain, for example, JP-A-59-44615, JP-A-54-34327, and JP-A-58-12577. JP-A-54-25957, JP-A-54-92723, JP-A-59-5 3 836, JP-A-59-7 1 048, which is a monomer which has a carboxyl group alone or in a copolymer. a resin obtained by adding or hydrolyzing or semi-esterifying or semi-esterifying an acid anhydride unit obtained by separately or copolymerizing a monomer having an acid anhydride, and modifying the epoxy resin using an unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and an acid anhydride Made of epoxy acrylate and so on. Examples of the monomer having a carboxyl group include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid, citric acid, and 4-resin styrene.

酸酐之單體可舉出順丁烯二酸酐等。 又,同樣地有在側鏈具有羧酸基之酸性纖維素衍生物。此 外,在具有羥基之聚合物加添環狀酸酐而成之物等係有用的。 使用鹼可溶性樹脂作爲共聚物時,共聚合化合物亦能夠使 用前述所舉出單體之外的單體。其他單體可舉出例如下述The monomer of the acid anhydride may, for example, be maleic anhydride or the like. Further, similarly, there is an acidic cellulose derivative having a carboxylic acid group in a side chain. Further, it is useful to add a cyclic acid anhydride to a polymer having a hydroxyl group. When an alkali-soluble resin is used as the copolymer, the copolymerizable compound can also use a monomer other than the above-mentioned monomers. Other monomers may, for example, be as follows

(1)〜(12)之化合物。I (1) 丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、丙烯酸3-羥 基丙酯、丙烯酸4-羥基丙酯、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、甲基丙 烯酸2-羥基丙酯、甲基丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、甲基丙烯酸4-羥 基丁酯等具有脂肪族羥基之丙烯酸酯類、及甲基丙烯酸酯類。 (2) 丙烯酸甲酯、丙烯酸乙酯、丙烯酸丙酯、丙烯酸丁酯、 丙烯酸異丁酯、丙烯酸戊酯、丙烯酸己酯、丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、 丙烯酸辛酯、丙烯酸苄酯、丙烯酸-2-氯乙酯、丙烯酸甘油酯、 丙烯酸3,4-環氧環己基甲酯、丙烯酸乙烯酯、丙烯酸2-苯基乙 烯酯、丙烯酸1-丙烯酯、丙烯酸烯丙酯、丙烯酸2-丙烯醯氧基 乙酯、及丙烯酸炔丙酯等丙烯酸烷酯。 (3) 甲基丙烯酸甲酯、甲基丙烯酸乙酯、甲基丙烯酸丙酯、 甲基丙烯酸丁酯、甲基丙烯酸異丁酯、甲基丙烯酸戊酯、甲基 -109- 200811483 丙烯酸己酯、甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、甲基丙烯酸環己酯、甲 基丙烯酸苄酯、甲基丙烯酸2-氯乙酯、甲基丙烯酸環氧丙酯、 甲基丙烯酸3,4-環氧環己基甲酯、甲基丙烯酸乙烯酯、甲基丙 烯酸2-苯基乙烯酯、甲基丙烯酸1-丙烯酯、甲基丙烯酸烯丙 酯、甲基丙烯酸2-烯丙氧基乙酯、及甲基丙烯酸炔丙酯等甲基 丙烯酸烷酯。 (4)丙烯醯胺、甲基丙烯醯胺、NN羥甲基丙烯醯胺、N-乙基 丙烯醯胺、N-己基甲基丙烯醯胺、N-環己基丙烯醯胺、N_羥基 φ乙基丙烯醯胺、N-苯基丙烯醯胺、N-硝基苯基丙烯醯胺、N-乙基苯基丙烯醯胺、乙烯基丙烯醯胺、乙烯基甲基丙烯醯 胺、N,N-二烯丙基丙烯醯胺、N,N-二烯丙基甲基丙烯醯胺、烯 丙基丙烯醯胺、及烯丙基甲基丙烯醯胺等丙烯醯胺或甲基丙烯 醯胺。 (5)乙基乙烯基醚、2-氯乙基乙烯基醚、羥基乙基乙烯基 醚、丙基乙烯基醚、丁基乙烯基醚、辛基乙烯基醚、及苯基乙 烯基醚等乙烯基醚類。(1) The compound of (12). I (1) 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 4-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, An acrylate having an aliphatic hydroxy group such as 3-hydroxypropyl methacrylate or 4-hydroxybutyl methacrylate, and a methacrylate. (2) Methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate, butyl acrylate, isobutyl acrylate, amyl acrylate, hexyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, octyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, acrylic acid - 2-chloroethyl ester, glyceryl acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl acrylate, vinyl acrylate, 2-phenylvinyl acrylate, 1-propenyl acrylate, allyl acrylate, 2-propene acrylate An alkyl acrylate such as oxyethyl ester or propargyl acrylate. (3) Methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, propyl methacrylate, butyl methacrylate, isobutyl methacrylate, amyl methacrylate, methyl-109- 200811483 hexyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, 2-chloroethyl methacrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, 3,4-epoxy ring methacrylate Hexylmethyl ester, vinyl methacrylate, 2-phenylvinyl methacrylate, 1-propenyl methacrylate, allyl methacrylate, 2-allyloxyethyl methacrylate, and methyl An alkyl methacrylate such as propargyl acrylate. (4) acrylamide, methacrylamide, NN methylol decylamine, N-ethyl acrylamide, N-hexyl methacrylamide, N-cyclohexyl acrylamide, N_hydroxy φ Ethyl acrylamide, N-phenyl acrylamide, N-nitrophenyl acrylamide, N-ethyl phenyl decylamine, vinyl acrylamide, vinyl methacrylamide, N, Acrylamide or methacrylamide such as N-diallyl acrylamide, N,N-diallyl methacrylamide, allyl acrylamide, and allyl methacrylamide . (5) ethyl vinyl ether, 2-chloroethyl vinyl ether, hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, propyl vinyl ether, butyl vinyl ether, octyl vinyl ether, and phenyl vinyl ether, etc. Vinyl ethers.

(6) 乙酸乙烯酯、氯乙酸乙烯酯、丁酸乙烯酯、及苯甲酸乙 烯酯等乙烯酯類。 (7) 苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、甲基苯乙烯、氯甲基苯乙烯、 及對乙醯氧苯乙烯等苯乙烯類。 (8) 甲基乙烯基酮、乙基乙烯基酮、丙基乙烯基酮、及苯基 乙烯基酮等乙烯基酮。 (9) 乙烯、丙烯、異丁烯、丁二烯、,及異戊二烯等烯烴類。 (10) Ν-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、丙烯腈、及甲基丙烯腈等。 (11) 順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-丙烯醯基丙烯醯J安、N-乙醯基甲 基丙烯醯胺、N-丙醯甲基丙烯醯胺、N-(對氯苯甲醯基)甲基丙 -110- 200811483 烯醯等不飽和醯亞胺。 (12)在α位有雜原子鍵結之甲基丙烯酸系單體。可舉出例 如特願200 1 - 1 1 5595號說明書、及特願200 1 - 1 1 5598號說明書 所記載之化合物。(6) Vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate, vinyl chloroacetate, vinyl butyrate, and vinyl benzoate. (7) Styrene such as styrene, α-methylstyrene, methylstyrene, chloromethylstyrene, and p-ethoxyphenol. (8) Vinyl ketones such as methyl vinyl ketone, ethyl vinyl ketone, propyl vinyl ketone, and phenyl vinyl ketone. (9) Olefins such as ethylene, propylene, isobutylene, butadiene, and isoprene. (10) Ν-vinylpyrrolidone, acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile, and the like. (11) Maleimide, N-propylene propylene propylene, J-, N-ethylmercaptomethyl decylamine, N-propionyl methacrylamide, N-(p-chlorobenzodiazepine Methyl propyl-110- 200811483 Unsaturated quinone imine such as olefin. (12) A methacrylic monomer having a hetero atom bond at the α position. For example, the compounds described in the specification of Japanese Patent Application No. 200 1 - 1 1 5595 and the specification of Japanese Patent Application No. 200 1 - 1 1 5598 can be cited.

此等之中,在側鏈具有烯丙基或乙烯酯基及羧基之(甲基) 丙烯酸樹脂及在特開2000- 1 87322號公報、特開2002-62698號 公報所記載之在側鏈具有雙鍵之鹼可溶性樹脂、或特開 2001 -24 2612號公報所記載之在側鏈具有醯胺基之鹼可溶性樹 脂,因爲膜強度、敏感度、顯像性之平衡性優良,乃是合適的。 又,特公平7-1 2004號公報、特公平7- 1 20041號公報、特 公平 7- 1 20042號公報、特公平 8- 1 2424號公報、特開昭 63-287 944號公報、特開昭63-287947號公報、特開平1 -27 1 741 號公報、特願平1 0- 1 1 6232號公報所記載之在側鏈含有酸基之 胺基甲酸酯系黏合劑聚合物、或 &lt;特開2002- 1079 1 8公報所記載 之在側鏈具有酸基及雙鍵之胺基甲酸酯系黏合劑聚合物,因爲 強度非常優良,就耐刷性、低曝光適合性而言乃是有利的。 又,歐洲專利993966、歐洲專利1 204000、特開200 1 -3 1 8463 號等所記載之具有酸基之縮醛改性聚乙烯醇黏合劑聚合物,因 爲膜強度、顯像性之平衡性優良,乃是合適的。 而且,其他的水溶性線形有機聚合物例如聚乙烯基吡咯啶 酮或聚環氧乙烯等係有用的。又,爲了提升硬化皮膜的強度, 醇可溶性耐綸或2,2-雙- (4-羥基苯基)-丙烷與表氯醇之聚酯等 亦是有用的。 本發明能夠使用的黏合劑聚合物之重量平均分子量以 5,000以上爲佳,以1萬〜30萬的範圍爲更佳,數量平均分子量 以1,000以上爲佳,以2,000〜25萬的範圍爲更佳。多分散度(重 -111- 200811483 量平均分子量/數量平均分子量)以1以上爲佳,以1.1〜10的範 圍爲更佳。 此等黏合劑聚合物,可以是無規聚合物、嵌段聚合物、及 接枝聚合物等中任一者。Among these, (meth)acrylic resin having an allyl group, a vinyl ester group, and a carboxyl group in the side chain, and having a side chain in the one disclosed in JP-A-2000-18732, JP-A-2002-62698 The alkali-soluble resin of the double bond or the alkali-soluble resin having a guanamine group in the side chain described in JP-A-2001-24-2612 is suitable because it has excellent balance between film strength, sensitivity, and development. . In addition, the special fair 7-1, 2004, the special fair 7- 1 20041, the special fair 7- 1 20042, the special fair 8 - 1 2424, and the special opening 63-287 944, special opening An urethane-based adhesive polymer containing an acid group in a side chain described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. In the case of the urethane-based adhesive polymer having an acid group and a double bond in a side chain, the strength is very excellent, and the brush resistance and the low-exposure suitability are excellent. It is beneficial. In addition, the acetal-modified polyvinyl alcohol binder polymer having an acid group described in European Patent No. 993966, European Patent No. 1,200,4000, and JP-A No. 200 1 - 3 18463, etc., because of the balance of film strength and imaging properties Excellent, it is appropriate. Further, other water-soluble linear organic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone or polyethylene oxide are useful. Further, in order to enhance the strength of the hardened film, an alcohol-soluble nylon or a polyester of 2,2-bis-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-propane and epichlorohydrin is also useful. The weight average molecular weight of the binder polymer which can be used in the present invention is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably in the range of 10,000 to 300,000, and the number average molecular weight is preferably 1,000 or more, and in the range of 2,000 to 250,000. Better. The polydispersity (weight -111 - 200811483 quantity average molecular weight / number average molecular weight) is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 1.1 to 10. These binder polymers may be any of a random polymer, a block polymer, and a graft polymer.

在本發明能夠使用的黏合劑聚合物,能夠藉由先前眾所周 知的方法來合成。合成時所使用的溶劑可舉出例如四氫呋喃、 二氯乙烷、環己酮、甲基乙基酮、丙酮、甲醇、乙醇、乙二醇 一甲基醚、乙二醇一乙基醚、乙酸2-甲氧基乙酯、二甘醇二甲 基醚、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、乙酸1-甲氧基-2-丙酯、N,N-二甲基 甲醯胺、Ν,Ν·二甲基乙醯胺、甲苯、乙酸乙酯、乳酸甲酯、乳 酸乙酯、二甲基亞颯、水等。此等溶劑可單獨或混合使用2種 以上。 合成本發明能夠使用的黏合劑聚合物時可使用的自由基 聚合引發劑可舉出偶氮系引發劑、過氧化物引發劑等眾所周知 的化合物。 &lt; (G)共敏化劑&gt; 本發明之硬化性組成物含有共敏化劑亦佳。在本發明之共 敏化劑具有更提高敏化色料或引發劑對活性放射線的敏感 度,或是抑制氧對聚合性化合物聚合之阻礙等之作用。 此種共敏化劑之例子可舉出例如M. R. Sander等人著「聚 合物協會期刊(Journal of Polymer Society」第10卷第3173頁 ( 1 972年)、特公昭44-20 1 89號公報、特開昭5 1 -820 1 2號公報、 特開昭52- 1 34692號公報、特開昭59- 1 3 8205號公報、特開昭 60-84305號公報、特開昭62- 1 85 37號公報、特開昭64-3 3 1 04 號公報所記載之化合物等、Research Disclosure 3 3 825號所記 載之化合物等,具體上,可舉出三乙醇胺、對二甲基胺基苯甲 -112- 200811483 酸乙酯、對甲醯基二甲基苯胺、對甲硫基二甲基苯胺等。 共敏化劑之另外例子可舉出硫醇及硫化物類’例如特開昭 5 3-702號公報、特公昭55-500806號公報、特開平5- 142772號 公報所記載之硫醇化合物、特開昭56-75643號公報之二硫化物 等,具體上,可舉出2-氫硫基苯并噻唑、2-氫硫基苯并Bf唑、 2-氫硫基苯并咪唑、2-氫硫基-4(3H)-喹唑啉、Θ -氫硫基萘等。 又,共敏化劑的另外例子可舉出例如胺基酸化合物(例 如,N-苯基甘胺酸等)、特公昭48-42965號公報所記載之有機The binder polymer which can be used in the present invention can be synthesized by a conventionally known method. The solvent used in the synthesis may, for example, be tetrahydrofuran, dichloroethane, cyclohexanone, methyl ethyl ketone, acetone, methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, acetic acid. 2-methoxyethyl ester, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate, N,N-dimethylformamide, Ν, Ν dimethyl acetamide, toluene, ethyl acetate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, dimethyl hydrazine, water, and the like. These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more. A known compound which can be used in the synthesis of the binder polymer which can be used in the present invention is a known compound such as an azo initiator or a peroxide initiator. &lt;(G) Co-sensitizer&gt; The curable composition of the present invention preferably contains a co-sensitizer. The co-sensitizer of the present invention has an effect of further increasing the sensitivity of the sensitizing colorant or the initiator to the active radiation, or suppressing the inhibition of the polymerization of the polymerizable compound by oxygen. Examples of such a co-sensitizer include, for example, MR Sander et al., Journal of Polymer Society, Vol. 10, p. 3173 (1 972), Japanese Patent Publication No. 44-20 1 89, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. The compound described in the publication of the Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei. No. 64-3 3 1 04, and the like, and the compound described in Research Disclosure 3 3 825, specifically, triethanolamine and p-dimethylaminobenzamide- 112- 200811483 Ethyl acetate, p-nonyldimethylaniline, p-methylthiodimethylaniline, etc. Further examples of the co-sensitizers include mercaptans and sulfides, such as the special opening 5 3- The thiol compound described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. H05-500772, and the disulfide of JP-A-56-75643, and the like, specifically, 2-hydrogen sulfur Benzothiazole, 2-hydrothiobenzo Bfazole, 2-hydrothiobenzimidazole, 2-hydrothio-4(3H)-quinazoline, hydrazine-hydrothionaphthalene, and the like. , Additional examples of co-sensitizers include amino acid organic compound (e.g., N- phenyl-glycine, etc.), Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 48-42965 is well described in the e.g.

金屬化合物(例如,乙酸三丁基錫等)、特公昭55-34414號公報 所記載之氫給予體、特開平6-308727號公報所記載之毓化合物 (例如,三聚甲硫醛等)等。 從藉由聚合成長速度與鏈轉移的平衡來提升硬化速度的 觀點,相對於硬化性組成物的總固體成分的質量,該等共敏化 劑之含量以0.1 ~ 30質量%的範圍爲佳,以1〜25質量%的範圍爲 較佳,以0.5〜20質量%的範圍爲更佳。 硫醇化合物 本發明之硬化性組成物以含有硫醇化合物作爲共敏化劑 爲佳。在本發明之硬化性組成物能夠含有的硫醇化合物以下述 通式(1-IV)所示之化合物爲佳。 通式(1-IV)A metal compound (e.g., tributyltin acetate, etc.), a hydrogen donor according to JP-A-55-34414, and a ruthenium compound (e.g., trimethylthioaldehyde) described in JP-A-6-308727. From the viewpoint of increasing the curing rate by the balance between the polymerization growth rate and the chain transfer, the content of the co-sensitizer is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 30% by mass based on the mass of the total solid content of the curable composition. It is preferably in the range of 1 to 25% by mass, more preferably in the range of 0.5 to 20% by mass. Thiol compound The curable composition of the present invention preferably contains a thiol compound as a co-sensitizer. The thiol compound which can be contained in the curable composition of the present invention is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1-IV). General formula (1-IV)

Η 通式(1-IV)中,X係表示硫原子、氧原子、或-N(R43),R43 係表示氫原子碳數1~5之烷基、或碳數6〜13的芳基。R41及R4 2 •113- 200811483 係表示氫原子、碳數1〜5的烷基、碳數1〜3的羥基烷基、亦可 被碳數1〜8的烷氧基取代之苯基、硝基、具有碳數1〜8的烷基 之烷氧基羰基、苯氧基羰基、醯基、或羰基,又,亦可合倂 R41、R42、及此等鍵結而成雙鍵來形成苯環,R41、R42鍵結而 成的雙鍵亦可加以氫化。 又,硫醇化合物的例子可舉出例如特開昭5 3 -7 02號公報、 特公昭55-500806號公報、特開平5- 142772號公報所記載之化 合物。 而且,硫醇化合物以下述通式(1-V)所示之物爲佳。共敏化 劑具有能夠更提升敏化劑或引發劑對活性放射線的敏感度、或 是抑制氧對聚合性化合物聚合之阻礙等之作用。 通式(1-V)In the formula (1-IV), X represents a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom or -N(R43), and R43 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms of a hydrogen atom or an aryl group having 6 to 13 carbon atoms. R41 and R4 2 •113- 200811483 are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group or a nitrate which may be substituted by an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. a base, an alkoxycarbonyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a phenoxycarbonyl group, a fluorenyl group, or a carbonyl group, or a combination of R41, R42, and the like to form a benzene group to form a benzene group The double bond formed by ringing R41 and R42 can also be hydrogenated. Further, examples of the thiol compound include those described in JP-A-H03-70-02, JP-A-55-500806, and JP-A-5-142772. Further, the thiol compound is preferably represented by the following formula (1-V). The co-sensitizer has an effect of further increasing the sensitivity of the sensitizer or the initiator to the actinic radiation, or suppressing the inhibition of the polymerization of the polymerizable compound by oxygen. General formula (1-V)

通式(1-V)中,R係表示烷基或表示芳基,A係表示與N = C-N φ —同形成雜環之原子團。 在通式(1-V),R係表不院基或芳基。 前述烷基可舉出碳原子數1〜20之直鏈狀、分枝狀或環狀 烷基,以碳原子數1〜12之直鏈狀、碳原子數3〜12之分枝狀、 及碳原子數5〜10之環狀烷基爲更佳。 其具體例可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、 庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、Ί--基、十二基、十三基、十六基、 十八基、二十基、異丙基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、異 戊基、新戊基、1-甲基丁基、異己基、2 -乙基己基、2 -甲基己 -114- 200811483 基、環己基、環戊基、2-降萡基等。 前述芳基係除了單環結構以外’並且1〜3個苯環亦形成稠 環而成之物,可舉出苯環與5員不飽和環形成稠環而成之物 等,具體例可舉出苯基、萘基、蒽基、菲基、茚基、苊基、苐 基等,此等之中以苯基、萘基爲更佳。 此等烷基或芳基亦可更具有取代基’能夠導入之取代基可In the formula (1-V), R represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and A represents an atomic group which forms a heterocyclic ring with N = C-N φ. In the formula (1-V), the R group represents no or a aryl group. The alkyl group may, for example, be a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a linear form having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a branch having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, and A cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferred. Specific examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a fluorenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a decyl group, a thirteen group group, and a hexadecanyl group. Base, octadecyl, icosyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, tert-butyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, 1-methylbutyl, isohexyl, 2-ethyl Hexyl, 2-methylhexyl-114-200811483, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, 2-norbornyl and the like. The aryl group is a compound in which a benzene ring forms a fused ring in addition to a monocyclic structure, and a benzene ring and a 5-membered unsaturated ring are formed into a fused ring, and specific examples thereof may be mentioned. A phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group, a phenanthryl group, an anthryl group, a fluorenyl group, a fluorenyl group or the like is exemplified, and among these, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is more preferable These alkyl or aryl groups may also have a substituent. The substituent which can be introduced may be

舉出碳原子數1〜20之直鏈狀、分枝狀或環狀的烷基、碳原子 數2〜20之直鏈狀、分枝狀或環狀烯基、碳原子數2〜20之炔基、 碳原子數6〜20之芳基、碳原子數1〜20的烷氧基、碳原子數2〜20 的烷氧基碳醯氧基、碳原子數7〜20之芳氧基碳醯氧基、碳原 子數1~20之胺基甲醯氧基、碳原子數1〜20之碳醯胺基、碳原 子數1~20之磺醯胺基、碳原子數1〜20之胺磺醯基、碳原子數 1〜20之烷氧基、碳原子數6〜20之芳氧基、碳原子數7〜20之芳 氧基羰基、碳原子數2〜20烷氧基羰基、碳原子數1〜2〇之N- 醯基胺磺醯基、碳原子數1~20之N-胺磺醯基胺基甲醯基、碳 原子數1〜20之烷基磺醯基、碳原子數6〜20之芳基磺醯基、碳 原子數2〜20之烷氧基碳醯胺基、碳原子數7〜2〇之芳氧基碳醯 胺基、胺基、碳原子數1〜20之取代胺基、碳原子數1〜20之亞 胺基、碳原子數3〜20之銨基、羧基、磺酸基、氧基、氫硫基、 碳數1〜20之烷基亞磺醯基 '碳原子數6〜20之芳基亞磺醯基、 碳原子數1〜20之烷硫基、碳原子數6〜20之芳硫基、碳原子數 1〜20之脲基、碳原子數2〜20之雜環基、碳原子數1〜20之醯、 胺擴醯基胺基、碳原子數1〜2之取代胺磺醯基胺基、碳原子數 2〜20之砂烷基、異氰酸酯基、異氰化物基、鹵素原子(例如, 氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等)、氰基、硝基、鑰基等。 又’在通式(1-V),A係表示與N = C-N —同形成雜環之原 -115- 200811483 子團。 構成該原子之原子可舉出例如碳原子、氮原子、氫原子、 硫原子、硒原子等。 又,A與N = C_N所形成的雜環,以具更有取代基爲佳,能 夠導入的取代基可舉出與能夠在上述烷基或芳基導入之取代 基同樣之物。 又,硫醇化合物以下述通式(1-VI)或通式(1-VII)所示之物 爲更佳。Examples thereof include a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a linear, branched or cyclic alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and 2 to 20 carbon atoms. An alkynyl group, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbenyloxy group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and an aryloxy carbon having 7 to 20 carbon atoms a decyloxy group, an aminomethyl methoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a carboguanamine group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a sulfonylamino group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and an amine having 1 to 20 carbon atoms Sulfonyl group, alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, aryloxy group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, carbon N-nonylsulfonylsulfonyl group having 1 to 2 atomic number, N-aminesulfonylaminomethylhydrazine group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, carbon atom An arylsulfonyl group of 6 to 20, an alkoxycarbenylamino group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryloxycarbenylamino group having 7 to 2 carbon atoms, an amine group, and 1 to 1 carbon atom; 20 substituted amine group, imine group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, ammonium group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, carboxyl group, sulfonate An arylsulfinyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a carbon atom number; 6 to 20 arylthio group, ureido group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, anthracene having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, amine amine group, and carbon number 1~ a substituted aminesulfonylamino group, a sand alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an isocyanate group, an isocyanate group, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, etc.), a cyano group, a nitro group , key base, etc. Further, in the formula (1-V), the line A represents a group of -115-200811483 which forms a heterocyclic ring together with N = C-N. Examples of the atom constituting the atom include a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, a hydrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and a selenium atom. Further, the hetero ring formed by A and N = C_N is preferably a more substituent, and the substituent which can be introduced may be the same as the substituent which can be introduced into the above alkyl group or aryl group. Further, the thiol compound is more preferably represented by the following formula (1-VI) or formula (1-VII).

&gt;~SH 通式(1·νΐΙ)&gt;~SH General formula (1·νΐΙ)

通式(1-VI)中,R51係表示芳基,X係表示氫原子、鹵素原 子、烷氧基、烷基、或芳基。In the formula (1-VI), R51 represents an aryl group, and X represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group or an aryl group.

通式(1-VII)中,R52係表示烷基、或芳基,X係表示氫原子、 鹵素原子、烷氧基、烷基、或芳基。 在通式(1-VI)及(1-VII)之鹵素原子以氟原子、氯原子、溴 原子、及碘原子爲佳。 在通式(1-VI)及(1_ VII)之烷氧基,可舉出甲氧基、乙氧基、 丙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、十二烷氧基、 苄氧基、烯丙氧基、苯乙氧基、羧基乙氧基、甲氧基羰基乙氧 基、乙氧基羰基乙氧基、甲氧基乙氧基、苯氧基乙氧基、甲氧 基乙氧基乙氧基、乙氧基乙氧基乙氧基、味啉乙氧基、味啉丙 氧基、烯丙氧基乙氧基乙氧基、苯氧基、甲苯氧基、二甲苯氧 -116- 200811483 基、莱氧基、枯烯氧基(cumenyioxy)、甲氧基苯氧棊、乙氧基 苯氧基、氯苯氧基、溴苯氧基、醯氧基、苯甲醯氧基、赛氧基 等。 在通式(1-VI)及(1-VII)之烷基,係與通式(1-V)的R所示之 烷基同義,其較佳範圍亦同樣。 又,在通式(1-VI)及(1-VII)之芳基,係與通式(卜v:^ 示之芳基同義,其較佳範圍亦同樣。 在(1-VI)及(1-VII)之各基亦可更具有取代基,該取代基係 φ與通式(1-V)的R所示之在烷基或芳基能夠導入的取代基同樣。 通式(1-VI)及(1-VII)中,從PGMEA溶解性的觀點,X以 氫原子爲更佳。 通式(1-VI)中,從敏感度及PGMEA溶解性的觀點,R51以 苯基爲最佳。 通式(1-VII)中,從敏感度及PGMEA溶解性的觀點,R52以 甲基、乙基、苯基、及苄基爲更佳。 通式(1-VI)及(1-VII)中,從PGMEA溶解性的觀點,以通式 φ (1-VII)所示之化合物爲最佳。 以下,顯示本發明所使用之硫醇化合物之較佳具體例,但 是本發明未限定於此等。 又’在本說明書,化學式係以簡略結構式記載,特別是未 標示元素或取代基之實線,係表示烴基。又,在下述具體例, Me係表示甲基。 417- 200811483In the formula (1-VII), R52 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and X represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group or an aryl group. The halogen atom of the formulae (1-VI) and (1-VII) is preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom. Examples of the alkoxy group of the formulae (1-VI) and (1_VII) include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a butoxy group, a pentyloxy group, and a hexyloxy group. Dodecyloxy, benzyloxy, allyloxy, phenethyloxy, carboxyethoxy, methoxycarbonylethoxy, ethoxycarbonylethoxy, methoxyethoxy, phenoxy Ethyloxy, methoxyethoxyethoxy, ethoxyethoxyethoxy, morpholine ethoxy, saccharin propoxy, allyloxyethoxyethoxy, phenoxy , tolyloxy, xyleneoxy-116- 200811483, lyoxy, cumenyioxy, methoxyphenoxypurine, ethoxyphenoxy, chlorophenoxy, bromophenoxy , decyloxy, benzhydryloxy, cis-oxy and the like. The alkyl groups of the formulae (1-VI) and (1-VII) are synonymous with the alkyl group represented by R in the formula (1-V), and the preferred ranges thereof are also the same. Further, the aryl groups of the formulae (1-VI) and (1-VII) are synonymous with the aryl group of the formula (vv: ^), and the preferred ranges thereof are also the same. In (1-VI) and Each of the groups of 1-VII) may further have a substituent which is the same as the substituent which can be introduced in the alkyl group or the aryl group represented by R of the formula (1-V). In VI) and (1-VII), X is more preferably a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of solubility of PGMEA. In the formula (1-VI), R51 is most preferably a phenyl group from the viewpoint of sensitivity and solubility of PGMEA. In the general formula (1-VII), R52 is more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a phenyl group or a benzyl group from the viewpoints of sensitivity and PGMEA solubility. Formula (1-VI) and (1- In VII), from the viewpoint of solubility of PGMEA, a compound represented by the formula φ (1-VII) is preferred. Hereinafter, preferred examples of the thiol compound used in the present invention are shown, but the present invention is not limited. Further, in the present specification, the chemical formula is described by a schematic structural formula, and particularly the solid line of an unlabeled element or a substituent is a hydrocarbon group. Further, in the following specific examples, Me represents a methyl group. 417- 200811483

溶解度20克/升以上 溶解度20克/升以上Solubility of 20 g / liter or more Solubility of 20 g / liter or more

F3c 溶解度20克/升以上F3c solubility above 20 g / l

溶解度20克/升以上 溶解度20克/升以上 溶解度20克/升以上 -118- 200811483Solubility 20g / liter or more Solubility 20g / liter or more Solubility 20g / liter or more -118- 200811483

SH 溶解度20克/升以上SH solubility above 20 g / l

溶解度20克/升以上 溶解度20克/升以上 9βΗΐ7Solubility 20g / liter or more Solubility 20g / liter or more 9βΗΐ7

O^VsH 溶解度20克/升以上 溶解度20克/升以上O^VsH Solubility 20g/L or more Solubility 20g/L or more

溶解度20克/升以下 溶解度小於20克/升溶解度小於20克/升Solubility below 20 g / liter Solubility less than 20 g / liter Solubility less than 20 g / liter

溶解度小於20克/升Solubility less than 20 g / liter

溶解度小於20克/升Solubility less than 20 g / liter

-119- 200811483-119- 200811483

溶解度小於20克/升溶解度小於20克/升 從塗膜均勻性的觀點,此等硫醇化合物在PGMEA溶劑中 之溶解度以20克/升以上爲佳,以20克Λ升以上〜50克/升以下 爲較佳,以20克/升以上〜40克/升以下爲更佳。The solubility is less than 20 g / liter and the solubility is less than 20 g / liter. From the viewpoint of uniformity of the coating film, the solubility of these thiol compounds in the PGMEA solvent is preferably 20 g / liter or more, and 20 g or more is more than 50 g / Preferably, the following is preferred, and it is more preferably 20 g/liter or more and 40 g/liter or less.

-溶解度測定方法· 在本說明書,硫醇化合物溶解度係如下定義。 在5毫升丙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)添加特定硫醇化 合物,以在25 °C攪拌1小時後的時候,特定硫醇即將變爲不溶 解的量作爲溶解度。 此等硫醇化合物能夠藉由 J . A p p 1. C h e m ., 3 4、 2203-2207(1 96 1年)所記載之方法合成。 硫醇化合物可單獨使用1種,亦可共用2種以上。 並用硫醇化合物時,可只有並用前述通式中任一者所示化 合物2種以上,亦可並用不同通式所示化合物(例如,並用選 自通式(1-VI)所芣化合物、及通式U-VII)所示化合物之態樣)。 本發明之硫醇化合物含有硫醇化合物時,從藉由聚合成長 速度與鏈轉移之平衡來提升硬化速度的觀點,相對於硬化性組 成物的總固體成分的質量,其含量以0.5〜30質量%的範圍爲 佳,以1〜25質量%的範圍爲較佳,以3〜20質量%的範圍爲更佳。 &lt;(H)其他敏化劑&gt; 本發明之硬化性組成物在不損害本發明效果的範圍,爲了 提高自由基引發劑的產生效率、及感光波長的長波長化之目 420- 200811483 的,亦可含有特定敏化劑以外之(Η)其他敏化劑。 本發明能夠使用之其他敏化劑以能夠藉由電子轉移機構 或能量轉移機構能使自由基引發劑敏化之物爲佳。 在本發明能夠使用之其他敏化劑可舉出屬於以下所列舉 的化合物、且在300奈米〜450奈米的波長範圍具有吸收波長之 物0 較佳之其他敏化劑的例子,能夠舉出屬於以下化合物類、 且在330奈米〜450奈米的波長範圍具有吸收波長之物^- Solubility measurement method · In the present specification, the thiol compound solubility is defined as follows. When a specific thiol compound was added to 5 ml of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) to stir at 25 ° C for 1 hour, the specific thiol was about to become insoluble as the solubility. These thiol compounds can be synthesized by the method described in J. A p p 1. C h e m ., 3 4, 2203-2207 (1961). The thiol compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When a thiol compound is used in combination, two or more compounds of the above formula may be used in combination, and a compound of a different formula may be used in combination (for example, a compound selected from the group consisting of the formula (1-VI), and The aspect of the compound of the formula U-VII). When the thiol compound of the present invention contains a thiol compound, the content of the total solid content of the curable composition is 0.5 to 30 by mass from the viewpoint of improving the curing rate by the balance between the polymerization growth rate and the chain transfer. The range of % is preferably in the range of 1 to 25% by mass, more preferably in the range of 3 to 20% by mass. &lt;(H) Other sensitizer&gt; The curable composition of the present invention is intended to improve the efficiency of the generation of the radical initiator and the long wavelength of the photosensitive wavelength in the range which does not impair the effects of the present invention, 420-200811483 It may also contain other sensitizers other than the specific sensitizer. Other sensitizers which can be used in the present invention are preferably those which can sensitize the radical initiator by an electron transfer mechanism or an energy transfer mechanism. The other sensitizer which can be used in the present invention is exemplified by other sensitizers which are preferably the compounds listed below and which have an absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 300 nm to 450 nm, and can be exemplified. It belongs to the following compounds and has an absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 330 nm to 450 nm.

其他敏化劑可舉出例如多環芳香族類(例如,菲、蒽、芘、 茈、聯三伸苯、9,10-二烷氧基蒽)、卩ill卩星類(例如,螢光素、曙 紅、紅黴素、若丹明B、玫瑰紅)、噻噸酮類(異丙基噻噸酮、 二乙基噻噸酮、氯噻噸酮)、花青苷類(例如噻喹啉藍色素、噚 喹啉藍色素)、部花青素類(如部'花青、碳部花青素)、酞青類、 噻畊類(例如噻嚀、亞甲藍、甲苯胺藍)、吖啶類(例如吖啶橙、 氯黃素、吖啶黃)、蒽醌類(例如蒽醌)、角鯊鑰類(例如角鯊鑰)、 香豆素類(例如,7-二乙胺基-4-甲基香豆素)、氧代香豆素、啡 噻哄.類、啡畊類、苯乙烯基苯類、偶氮化合物、二苯基甲烷、 三苯基甲院、二苯乙烯苯類、咔υ坐類、紫菜鹼、螺化合物、喹 吖酮、靛藍、苯乙烯、吡啶鑰化合物、甲撐吡咯化合物、吡唑 三唑化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、巴比妥酸衍生物、硫代巴比妥 酸衍生物、乙醯苯、二苯基酮、噻噸酮、米其勒酮等芳香族酮 化合物、及N-芳基-噚唑烷酮等雜環化合物等。 相對於特定敏化劑,其他敏化劑的含量以〇. 1〜20質量%爲 佳,以0 · 5〜1 0質量%爲更佳。 &lt;(1)聚合抑制劑&gt; 在本發明,爲了阻止在硬化性組成物的製造中或保存中具 -121- 200811483 有能夠聚合的乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之化合物進行不要的熱聚 合,以添加少量的熱聚合抑制劑爲佳。 在本發明,能夠使用的熱聚合抑制劑可舉出氫醌、對甲氧 基苯酚、二-第三丁基對甲酚、五倍子酚、第三丁基兒茶酚、 苯醌、4,4’ -硫代雙(3-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、2,2’ -亞甲基雙 (4-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、及N-亞硝基苯基羥胺亞鈽鹽等。Other sensitizers include, for example, polycyclic aromatics (for example, phenanthrene, anthracene, anthracene, anthracene, hydrazine, 9,10-dialkoxyfluorene), and illill stars (for example, fluorescent light). , eosin, erythromycin, rhodamine B, rose red), thioxanthone (isopropyl thioxanthone, diethyl thioxanthone, chlorothioxanthone), anthocyanins (eg thiophene) Quinoline blue pigment, quinolinol blue pigment), procyanidins (such as 'flower cyanine, carbon anthocyanin), indigo, tiofal (such as thiazide, methylene blue, toluidine blue) ), acridines (such as acridine orange, chlorsulfurin, acridine yellow), terpenoids (such as sputum), snail key (such as snail key), coumarin (for example, 7-two) Ethylamino-4-methylcoumarin), oxocoumarin, morphine, phenolic, styrylbenzene, azo compound, diphenylmethane, triphenylmethyl, Styrene benzene, squat, lycopene, spiro compound, quinophthalone, indigo, styrene, pyridyl compound, methylpyrrole compound, pyrazole triazole compound, benzothiazole compound, barbituric acid Yan An aromatic ketone compound such as a biological, thiobarbituric acid derivative, acetophenone benzene, diphenyl ketone, thioxanthone or musal ketone, and a heterocyclic compound such as N-aryl-oxazolidinone. The content of the other sensitizer is preferably from 1 to 20% by mass, more preferably from 0. 5 to 10% by mass, based on the specific sensitizer. &lt;(1) Polymerization Inhibitor&gt; In the present invention, in order to prevent unnecessary thermal polymerization of a compound having a polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated double bond in the production of a curable composition or in the storage of -121-200811483, It is preferred to add a small amount of a thermal polymerization inhibitor. In the present invention, examples of the thermal polymerization inhibitor which can be used include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, gallic phenol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4, 4 '-Thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), and N-nitroso Phenylhydroxylamine sulfonium salt and the like.

相對於全組成物的質量,熱聚合抑制劑的添加量以0.01 質量%〜5質量%爲佳。又,按照必要爲了防止氧阻礙聚合,亦 可添加如蘿酸或蘿醯胺之高級脂肪酸衍生物,並使其在塗布後 的乾燥過程偏存在於感光層表面。高級脂肪酸衍生物的添加 量,以佔全組成物的約0.5質量%~約10質量%爲佳。 &lt;(J)黏附提升劑&gt; 在本發明,爲了提高與基材之硬質表面(基板)的黏附性, 以添加黏附提升劑爲佳。黏附提升劑可舉出矽烷系偶合劑、鈦 系偶合劑、及鋁系偶合劑等。 矽烷系偶合劑可舉出例如7 -(2-胺基乙基)胺基丙基三甲 氧基矽烷、r -(2-胺基乙基)胺基丙基二甲氧基矽烷、/3 -(3,4-乙氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、r-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽 烷、r-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、r-甲基丙烯醯氧丙基三甲氧 基矽院、r -甲基丙烯醯氧丙基三乙氧基砂院、r-丙燦醯氧丙 基三甲氧基矽烷、r-丙烯醯氧丙基三乙氧基矽烷、異氰酸 酯丙基三甲氧基矽烷、r-異氰酸酯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、 Ν-/5·(Ν-乙烯苄基胺基乙基)-r -胺基丙基三氧基矽烷-鹽酸 鹽、7-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽院、r-環氧丙氧基丙基三 乙氧基矽烷、胺基矽烷、r -氫硫基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、r -氫 硫基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽 422- 200811483 院、乙嫌基二乙醯氧基砂院、7-氯丙基三甲氧基砍院、六甲 基二矽氮烷、r-苯胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基 矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基參(/3 -甲氧基乙氧基)矽 烷、氯化十八基二甲基[3-(三甲氧基矽烷基)丙基]銨、氯丙 基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、7-氫硫基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、甲The amount of the thermal polymerization inhibitor added is preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass based on the mass of the entire composition. Further, as necessary, in order to prevent oxygen from inhibiting polymerization, a higher fatty acid derivative such as rosin or lysine may be added, and the drying process after coating may be partially present on the surface of the photosensitive layer. The amount of the higher fatty acid derivative to be added is preferably from about 0.5% by mass to about 10% by mass based on the total composition. &lt;(J) Adhesion Lifting Agent&gt; In the present invention, in order to improve the adhesion to the hard surface (substrate) of the substrate, it is preferred to add an adhesion promoting agent. Examples of the adhesion-improving agent include a decane-based coupling agent, a titanium-based coupling agent, and an aluminum-based coupling agent. The decane coupling agent may, for example, be 7-(2-aminoethyl)aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, r-(2-aminoethyl)aminopropyldimethoxydecane, /3 - (3,4-ethoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, r-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, r-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, r-methylpropenyloxypropyl Trimethoxy sulfonate, r-methacryloxypropyltriethoxylate, r-propanyloxypropyltrimethoxydecane, r-propyleneoxypropyltriethoxydecane, isocyanate Trimethoxy decane, r-isocyanate propyl triethoxy decane, Ν-/5·(Ν-vinylbenzylaminoethyl)-r-aminopropyltrioxydecane-hydrochloride, 7 - glycidoxypropyltrimethoxy fluorene, r-glycidoxypropyltriethoxydecane, amino decane, r-hydrothiopropyltrimethoxynonane, r-hydrogenthio Propyl triethoxy decane, methyl trimethoxy decane, methyl triethoxy sulfonium 422- 200811483 Institute, B-diethyl decyl oxide sand, 7-chloropropyl trimethoxy chopping, six Methyl diazoxide, r-anilinopropyl trimethoxy decane, B Trimethoxy decane, vinyl triethoxy decane, vinyl ginate (/3-methoxyethoxy) decane, octadecyl dimethyl [3-(trimethoxydecyl) propyl chloride Ammonium, chloropropylmethyldimethoxydecane, 7-hydrothiopropylmethyldimethoxydecane, A

基三氯矽烷、二甲基二氯矽烷、三甲基氯矽烷、2-(3,4-乙氧基 氯己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、雙烯丙基三甲氧基矽烷、四乙氧 基矽烷、雙(三甲氧基矽烷基)己烷、苯基三甲氧基矽烷、N-(3-丙烯醯氧基-2-羥基丙基)-3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N-(3-甲基 丙烯醯氧基-2-羥基丙基)-3-胺基丙基三氧基矽烷、(甲基丙烯醯 氧基甲基)甲基二乙氧基矽烷、及(丙烯醯氧基甲基)甲基二甲氧 基矽烷等。 其中,以r-甲基丙烯醯氧丙基三甲氧基矽烷、r-甲基丙 烯醯氧丙基三乙氧基矽院、r-丙烯醯氧丙基三甲氧基矽烷、 T-丙烯醯氧丙基三乙氧基矽烷、7-氫硫基丙基三甲氧基矽 烷、r-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、及苯基三甲氧基矽爲佳,以 τ-甲基丙烯醯氧丙基三甲氧基矽烷爲最佳。 鈦系偶合劑可舉出例如四-異丙氧基鈦、四-正丁氧基鈦、 肆(2 _乙基己氧基)鈦、四硬脂醯氧基鈦、二異丙氧基-雙(乙醯 基丙酮酸酯)鈦、二-正丁氧基·雙(胺化三乙醇)鈦、二羥基-雙(丙 醇酸酯)鈦、肆(2-乙基己烷二羥聯)鈦、三-正丁氧基鈦一硬脂 酸酯、異丙基三異硬脂醯基鈦酸酯、異丙基三-十二烷基苯磺 醯基鈦酸酯、異丙基參(二辛基焦磷酸酯)鈦酸酯、四異丙基雙 (二辛基磷酸酯)鈦酸酯、四辛基雙(二-十三烷基磷酸酯)鈦酸 酯、肆(2,2-二芳氧基甲基-1-丁基)雙(二-十三烷基)磷酸酯鈦酸 酯、雙(二辛基焦磷酸酯)氧基乙酸酯鈦酸酯、雙(二辛基焦磷酸 -123- 200811483 酸酯)伸乙基酞酸酯、異丙基三辛醇鈦酸酯、異丙基二甲基丙 烯酸基異硬脂醯基鈦酸酯、異丙基異硬脂醯基二丙烯酸基鈦酸 酯、異丙基參(二辛基磷酸酯)鈦酸酯、異丙基三異丙苯基苯基 鈦酸酯、異丙基三(N-胺基乙基-胺基乙基)鈦酸酯、二異苯丙基 苯氧基乙酸酯鈦酸酯、及二異硬脂醯基伸乙基鈦酸酯等。 鋁系偶合劑之鋁偶合劑可舉出例如異丙酸鋁(aluminium isopropylate)、二異丙酸一第二丁氧基鋁、第二-丁酸鋁、乙酸 鋁、乙基乙醯乙酸二異丙酸鋁、參(乙基乙醯乙酸)鋁、烷基乙 φ醯乙酸二異丙酸鋁、一乙醯乙酸雙(乙基乙醯乙酸)鋁、參(乙醯 丙酮酸)鋁、及二異丙酸環狀氧化鋁等。 黏附提升劑的添加量以佔硬化性組成物的總固體成分中 之0.5〜30質量%爲佳,以0.7〜20質量%爲更佳。 &lt;其他添加劑&gt; 而且,在本發明,亦可添加用以改良硬化皮膜的物性之無 機塡料、或可塑劑、用以提高感光層表面之印墨著墨厚度性之 感脂化劑等眾所周知的添加劑。Trichlorodecane, dimethyldichlorodecane, trimethylchlorodecane, 2-(3,4-ethoxychlorohexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, bisallyltrimethoxydecane, tetraethoxy Basearane, bis(trimethoxydecyl)hexane, phenyltrimethoxydecane, N-(3-propenyloxy-2-hydroxypropyl)-3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, N-(3-methacryloxy-2-hydroxypropyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, (methacryloxymethyl)methyldiethoxydecane, and Acryloxymethyl)methyldimethoxydecane, and the like. Among them, r-methacryl oxime propyl trimethoxy decane, r-methyl propylene oxypropyl triethoxy fluorene, r-propylene oxypropyl trimethoxy decane, T-propylene oxime Propyltriethoxydecane, 7-hydrothiopropyltrimethoxydecane, r-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, and phenyltrimethoxysulfonium are preferred, and τ-methacrylofluorene is used. Propyltrimethoxydecane is preferred. The titanium-based coupling agent may, for example, be tetra-isopropoxytitanium, tetra-n-butoxytitanium, bis(2-ethylhexyloxy)titanium, tetrastearyloxytitanium, diisopropoxy- Bis(acetylthiopyruvate) titanium, di-n-butoxy bis(aminated triethanol) titanium, dihydroxy-bis(propanoate) titanium, bismuth (2-ethyl hexane dihydroxyl Titanium, tri-n-butoxytitanium monostearate, isopropyl triisostearate titanate, isopropyl tri-dodecylbenzenesulfonate titanate, isopropyl ginseng (dioctyl pyrophosphate) titanate, tetraisopropylbis(dioctyl phosphate) titanate, tetraoctylbis(di-tridecyl phosphate) titanate, bismuth (2, 2-Diaryloxymethyl-1-butyl)bis(di-tridecyl)phosphate titanate, bis(dioctylpyrophosphate)oxyacetate titanate, double (two Octyl pyrophosphate-123- 200811483 acid ester) ethyl phthalate, isopropyl trioctanol titanate, isopropyl dimethacrylate isostearyl phthalate, isopropyl isobutyl Lipidyl diacrylate titanate, isopropyl ginseng (dioctyl phosphate) titanate, different Triisopropylphenylphenyl titanate, isopropyl tris(N-aminoethyl-aminoethyl) titanate, diisophenylpropylphenoxyacetate titanate, and Isostearyl oxime and ethyl titanate. The aluminum coupling agent of the aluminum coupling agent may, for example, be aluminum isopropylate, diisopropyl acid-second butoxide aluminum, second-butyric acid aluminum, aluminum acetate or ethyl acetoacetate. Aluminum propionate, ginseng (ethyl acetoacetate) aluminum, alkyl ethyl φ 醯 acetic acid aluminum diisopropylate, acetoacetic acid bis(ethyl acetonitrile acetic acid) aluminum, ginseng (acetyl acetonate) aluminum, and Diisopropyl acid cyclic alumina and the like. The amount of the adhesion-improving agent to be added is preferably from 0.5 to 30% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable composition, more preferably from 0.7 to 20% by mass. &lt;Other Additives&gt; Further, in the present invention, an inorganic pigment for improving the physical properties of the hardened film, or a plasticizer, a sensory agent for improving the thickness of ink on the surface of the photosensitive layer, and the like may be added. Additives.

可塑劑有例如酞酸二辛酯、酞酸二-十二烷酯、三甘醇二 辛酸酯、酞酸二甲基乙二酯、磷酸三環氧丙酯、己二酸二辛酯、 癸二酸二丁酯、及三乙醯甘油等,使用結合劑時,相對於具有 乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之化合物及結合劑的合計質量,可添加1 0 質量%以下。 &lt;稀釋劑&gt; 本發明之硬化性組成物在製造彩色濾光片時,於塗布在支 撐體上時,亦可溶解在各種有機溶劑中而提供使用。 在此所使用的有機溶劑有丙酮、甲基乙基酮、環己烷、乙 酸乙酯、二氯乙烷、四氫呋喃、甲苯、乙二醇一甲基醚、乙二 -124- 200811483 醇一乙基醚、乙二醇二甲基醚、丙二醇一甲基醚、丙二醇一乙 基醚、乙醯丙酮、環己酮、二丙酮醇、乙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯、 乙二醇乙基醚乙酸酯、乙二醇一異丙基醚、乙二醇一丁基醚乙 酸酯、3-甲氧基丙醇、甲氧基甲氧基乙醇、二甘醇一甲基醚、 二甘醇一乙基醚、二甘油二甲基醚、二甘醇二乙基醚、丙二醇 一甲基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇一乙基醚乙酸酯、3-甲氧基丙基乙酸 酯、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基亞颯、r-丁內酯、乳酸甲酯、 乳酸乙酯等。Plasticizers are, for example, dioctyl phthalate, di-dodecyl phthalate, triethylene glycol dicaprylate, dimethylethylene citrate, triglycidyl phosphate, dioctyl adipate, When the binder is used, the amount of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond and the binder may be added in an amount of 10% by mass or less. &lt;Diluent&gt; The curable composition of the present invention can be used by being dissolved in various organic solvents when applied to a support when the color filter is produced. The organic solvents used herein are acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexane, ethyl acetate, dichloroethane, tetrahydrofuran, toluene, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, and ethylene-124-200811483 alcohol-B. Ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, acetamidine acetone, cyclohexanone, diacetone alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol Ethyl acetate, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, 3-methoxypropanol, methoxymethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diglycerin dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxypropyl acetic acid Ester, N,N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl hydrazine, r-butyrolactone, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, and the like.

此等溶劑可單獨或混合使用。有機溶劑中的固體成分的濃 度以2〜60質量%爲佳。 本發明之彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物係高敏感度硬化、且 保存安定性良好。又,顯示對應用硬化性組成物之基板等硬質 材料表面具有高黏附性。 [彩色濾光片及其製法] 接著,說明本發明的彩色濾光片及其製法。 本發明的彩色濾光片其特徵係在支撐體上具有使用本發 |明的彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物所構成的著色圖案。 以下對於本發明的彩色濾光片,通過其製法(本發明的彩 色濾光片之製法)來加以詳述。 本發明的彩色濾光片之製法其特徵係係包含以下步驟··在 支撐體上塗布本發明的彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物來形成著 色硬化性組成物層之步驟(以下簡稱「硬化性組成物層形成步 驟」);透過光罩使前述著色硬化性組成物層曝光之步驟(以下 簡稱「曝光步驟」)·,及將曝光後之前述硬化性組成物層顯像 來形成著色圖案之步驟(以下簡稱「顯像步驟」)。 具體上,係將本發明的硬化性組成物直接或使其他的層介 -125- 200811483 於中間而塗布在支撐體(基板)上,來形成光聚合性組成層(形成 著色硬化性組成物層之步驟),再透過規定的光罩圖案進行曝 光,使已光照射的塗布膜部分硬化(曝光步驟);再藉由顯像液 進行顯像(顯像步驟),來形成由各色(3色或4色)的像素所構成 的圖案狀皮膜;藉由以上步驟能夠製造本發明的彩色濾光片。 以下說明本發明的製法之各步驟。 &lt;形成著色硬化性組成物層之步驟&gt; 形成著色硬化性組成物層之步驟係在支撐體上塗布本發 φ明的硬化性組成物,來形成著色硬化性組成物層。 在本步驟可使用的支撐體,可舉出例如液晶顯示元件等所 使用之鈉鈣玻璃、派勒斯(PYREX、註冊商標)玻璃、石英玻璃 及在該等黏附透明導電膜而成之物,或攝像元件等所使用之電 變換元件基板例如矽基板等、或互補金屬氧化膜半導體(CMOS) 等。此等基板亦有形成黑色矩陣用以將各像素隔離之情形。 又,在此等支撐體上,亦可按照必要設置底塗層用以改良 與上部層之黏附、防止物質擴散或使基板表面平坦化。These solvents may be used singly or in combination. The concentration of the solid component in the organic solvent is preferably 2 to 60% by mass. The curable composition for a color filter of the present invention is highly sensitive and hard to be cured, and has good storage stability. Further, it is shown that the surface of the hard material such as the substrate to which the curable composition is applied has high adhesion. [Color Filter and Method of Producing Same] Next, a color filter of the present invention and a method of manufacturing the same will be described. The color filter of the present invention is characterized in that it has a colored pattern formed of a curable composition for a color filter of the present invention on a support. Hereinafter, the color filter of the present invention will be described in detail by the production method (the method for producing the color filter of the present invention). The method for producing a color filter according to the present invention includes the following steps: a step of forming a colored curable composition layer by applying a curable composition for a color filter of the present invention to a support (hereinafter referred to as "hardening" a step of forming a composition layer"); a step of exposing the layer of the colored curable composition through a photomask (hereinafter referred to as "exposure step"), and developing the layer of the curable composition after exposure to form a colored pattern The steps (hereinafter referred to as "development steps"). Specifically, the curable composition of the present invention is applied to a support (substrate) directly or by laminating another layer-125-200811483 to form a photopolymerizable composition layer (forming a color-curable composition layer). And performing stepwise exposure through a predetermined mask pattern to partially cure the light-irradiated coating film (exposure step); and performing development (development step) by the developing solution to form each color (3 colors) A pattern-like film composed of pixels of four colors or the like; the color filter of the present invention can be manufactured by the above steps. The respective steps of the production method of the present invention will be described below. &lt;Step of Forming Colored Curable Composition Layer&gt; The step of forming the colored curable composition layer is to apply a curable composition of the present invention to the support to form a colored curable composition layer. Examples of the support which can be used in the present step include soda lime glass, Pyrex (registered trademark) glass, quartz glass, and the like which adhere to the transparent conductive film. An electric conversion element substrate used for an imaging element or the like, for example, a germanium substrate or the like, or a complementary metal oxide film semiconductor (CMOS) or the like. These substrates also have a black matrix to isolate each pixel. Further, on these supports, an undercoat layer may be provided as necessary to improve adhesion to the upper layer, prevent diffusion of substances, or planarize the surface of the substrate.

在支撐體上塗布本發明的硬化性組成物之塗布方法,能夠 應用狹縫塗布、噴墨塗布、旋轉塗布、流延塗布、輥塗布、網 版印刷法等各種塗布方法。 硬化性組成物之塗布厚度以0.1〜10微米爲佳,以0.2〜5微 米爲較佳,以0.2〜3微米爲更佳。 在支撐體所塗布的硬化性組成物,通常係在70~ 11 0°C、乾 燥2〜4分鐘左右的條件下,來形成著色硬化性組成物層。 &lt;曝光步驟&gt; 曝光步驟係透過光罩將在前述形成著色硬化性組成物層 之步驟所形成的著色硬化性組成物層進行曝光,只有使光照射 -126- 200811483 過的塗布膜部分硬化。 曝光以藉由照射放射線來進行爲佳,曝光時所使用的放射 線以使用g射線、i射線等紫外線爲特佳,以高壓水銀燈爲更 佳。照射強度以〜1 500mJ爲佳,以i〇mj〜lOOOmJ爲更佳, 以lOmJ〜800mJ爲最佳。 &lt;顯像步驟&gt; 接著曝光步驟,進行鹼顯像處理(顯像步驟),來使在曝光 步驟之光未照射部分溶出在鹼水溶液中。藉此,只有經光硬化The coating method of applying the curable composition of the present invention to the support can be applied to various coating methods such as slit coating, inkjet coating, spin coating, cast coating, roll coating, and screen printing. The coating thickness of the curable composition is preferably 0.1 to 10 μm, more preferably 0.2 to 5 μm, still more preferably 0.2 to 3 μm. The curable composition applied to the support is usually dried at 70 to 110 ° C for 2 to 4 minutes to form a colored curable composition layer. &lt;Exposure Step&gt; The exposure step exposes the colored curable composition layer formed in the step of forming the colored curable composition layer through the photomask, and only partially cures the coating film which has been irradiated with light -126-200811483 . The exposure is preferably performed by irradiating radiation, and the radiation used for the exposure is preferably ultraviolet rays such as g-rays or i-rays, and a high-pressure mercury lamp is more preferable. The irradiation intensity is preferably 〜1 500 mJ, more preferably i〇mj~lOOmJ, and most preferably lOmJ~800 mJ. &lt;Dynamic Step&gt; Next, in the exposure step, an alkali development process (development step) is performed to elute the unexposed portion of the light in the exposure step in the aqueous alkali solution. By this, only light hardening

過的部分殘留。 顯像液以不會對下層的電路產生損傷之有機鹼顯像液爲 佳。顯像溫度通常爲20 °C〜3 0°C,顯像時間爲20〜90秒。 顯像液所使用的鹼,能夠使用例如將氨水、乙胺、二乙胺、 二甲基乙醇胺、氫氧化四甲銨、氫氧化四乙銨、膽鹼、吡咯、 哌啶、1,8-二氧雜雙環-[5 ·4·0卜7-十一烯等有機鹼性化合物,使 用純水稀釋成濃度爲〇·〇〇1〜10質量%、較佳是0.01〜1質量%而 成的鹼性水溶。又,使用由此種鹼性水溶液所構成之顯像液 時,通常係在顯像後使用純水進行洗滌(rinse)。 又,在本發明的製法,進行上述形成硬化性組成物層步 驟、曝光步驟、及顯像步驗後,亦可按照必要含有藉由對所形 成的著色圖案進行加熱及/或曝光,來進行硬化之硬化步驟。 如上述說明,藉由依照需要色相數目重複進行形成著色硬 化性組成物層之步驟、曝光步驟、及顯像步驟(進而按照必要 之硬化步驟),能夠製造由需要的色相所構成之彩色濾光片。 因爲本發明之彩色濾光片係使用前述本發明之硬化性組 成物,所形成的著色圖案顯示與支撐體基板具有高黏附性,因 爲硬化的組成物之耐顯像性優良,曝光感度優良、曝光部與基 -127· 200811483 板的黏附性良好、且能夠形成賦予需要剖面形狀之高解像 圖案。因此,能夠適合使用於液晶顯示元件或CCD等固體 元件,特別是適合於超過100萬像素之高解像度CCD元 CMOS等。本發明的彩色濾光片例如能夠使用作爲配置於 C CD之各像素的受光部與微透鏡(用以聚光)之間。 [實施例] 以下,藉由實施例更具體地說明本發明。又,若無預 度的 攝像 件或 構成 先告 知時,「%」、「份」係質量基準。The remaining part remains. The developing solution is preferably an organic alkali developing solution which does not cause damage to the underlying circuit. The development temperature is usually 20 ° C to 30 ° C, and the development time is 20 to 90 seconds. As the base to be used for the developing liquid, for example, ammonia water, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8- can be used. An organic basic compound such as dioxabicyclo-[5 ·4·0 b 7-undecene is diluted with pure water to a concentration of 〜·〇〇1 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass. Alkaline water soluble. Further, when a developing liquid composed of such an alkaline aqueous solution is used, it is usually washed with pure water after development. Further, in the production method of the present invention, after the step of forming the curable composition layer, the exposing step, and the development step, the heating and/or exposure of the formed coloring pattern may be carried out as necessary. Hardening step of hardening. As described above, by repeating the step of forming the colored curable composition layer, the exposing step, and the developing step (and further the necessary hardening step) in accordance with the required number of hue, it is possible to manufacture a color filter composed of a desired hue. sheet. Since the color filter of the present invention uses the above-described curable composition of the present invention, the colored pattern formed exhibits high adhesion to the support substrate, because the cured composition is excellent in display resistance and excellent in exposure sensitivity. The exposed portion has good adhesion to the ke-127·200811483 plate, and can form a high resolution pattern that imparts a desired cross-sectional shape. Therefore, it can be suitably used for a solid element such as a liquid crystal display element or a CCD, and is particularly suitable for a high resolution CCD element CMOS of more than 1,000,000 pixels. The color filter of the present invention can be used, for example, between a light receiving portion and a microlens (for collecting light) disposed in each pixel of the C CD. [Examples] Hereinafter, the present invention will be more specifically described by way of examples. Also, if there is no pre-recorded image or a prior notice, "%" and "part" are quality standards.

&lt;特定敏化劑的合成&gt; 藉由以下所示之合成例1 -1 ~ 1 -1 8各自合成本發明之 (1-1)所示之化合物、或是通式(1-Π)所示之化合物1-1 一 1-(合成例1-1) 在300毫升三口燒瓶添加4-甲氧基苄基氯(〇·19莫 leq)、三苯基膦(PPh3)(0.19莫耳、leq)、及Ν-甲基吡咯 (NMP)(100毫升),並在140°C加熱攪拌4小時。隨後投入4 添加KPF6(0.23莫耳、1.2eq),在室溫攪拌1小時的時候’ 有固體析出,進而以水洗條並使其乾燥,得到到鱗鹽A。 爲 94%。 通式 18。 耳、 啶酮 〔中, 因爲 產率&lt;Synthesis of Specific Sensitizer&gt; Each of the compounds represented by (1-1) of the present invention, or the formula (1-Π), is synthesized by each of Synthesis Examples 1 -1 to 1 -1 8 shown below. Compound 1-1 shown 1- 1-(Synthesis Example 1-1) 4-methoxybenzyl chloride (〇·19 moleq), triphenylphosphine (PPh3) (0.19 mol) was added to a 300 ml three-necked flask. , lq), and hydrazine-methylpyrrole (NMP) (100 ml), and stirred under heating at 140 ° C for 4 hours. Subsequently, KPF6 (0.23 mol, 1.2 eq) was added thereto, and when it was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, solids were precipitated, and the strip was washed with water and dried to obtain a scale salt A. It is 94%. Formula 18. Ear, ketone [in, because of the yield

MeQMeQ

NMP PPh,NMP PPh,

MeO*MeO*

在500毫升三口燒瓶添加鳞鹽A(3 0.8毫莫耳、leq)、 呋喃(THF)( 100毫升),並在冰浴上攪拌。慢慢地對其添加 鈉(NaH)(46.2毫莫耳、1.5eq)/THF(20毫升),添加結束後 四氫 氫化 ,在 -128- 200811483 冰浴上攪拌1 5分鐘,隨後恢復至室溫。對其添加4-甲氧基桂 皮酸醛(30.8毫莫耳、leq)、並使其加熱回流4小時。隨後,投 入冰水中時有固體析出,進行過濾,進而藉由進行甲醇洗滌而 得到化合物1 -1。產率爲40%。Scale salt A (3 0.8 mmol, leq), furan (THF) (100 ml) was added to a 500 ml three-necked flask and stirred on an ice bath. Slowly add sodium (NaH) (46.2 mmol, 1.5 eq) / THF (20 mL), add tetrahydrohydrogen after the end of the addition, stir on a -128-200811483 ice bath for 15 minutes, then return to the chamber temperature. 4-methoxycinnamic acid (30.8 mmol, leq) was added thereto and heated to reflux for 4 hours. Subsequently, solids were precipitated when poured into ice water, filtered, and then washed with methanol to obtain Compound 1-1. The yield was 40%.

(合成例1 · 2) 在5 00毫升三口燒瓶添加辚鹽A(37.8毫莫耳、leq)、四氫 呋喃(THF)( 100毫升),並在冰浴上攪拌。慢慢地對其添加氫化 鈉(NaH)(5 6.7毫莫耳、1.5eq)/THF(20毫升),添加結束後,在 冰浴上攪拌1 5分鐘,隨後恢復至室溫。對其添加反式肉桂醛 (37.8毫莫耳、leq)、並使其加熱回流4小時。隨後,投入冰水 中時有固體析出,進行過濾,進而藉由進行甲醇洗滌而得到化 φ合物1 - 2。產率爲4 5 %。(Synthesis Example 1 · 2) In a 500 ml three-necked flask, hydrazine salt A (37.8 mmol, leq) and tetrahydrofuran (THF) (100 ml) were added, and stirred on an ice bath. Sodium hydride (NaH) (5 6.7 mmol, 1.5 eq) / THF (20 mL) was slowly added, and after stirring, the mixture was stirred for 15 minutes on an ice bath and then returned to room temperature. Trans-cinnamaldehyde (37.8 mmol, leq) was added thereto and heated to reflux for 4 hours. Subsequently, when it was poured into ice water, solids were precipitated, filtered, and methanol washing was carried out to obtain a chemical compound 1-2. The yield was 45%.

鳞鹽A 化合物1-2 (合成例1-3) · 在3 00毫升三口燒瓶添加α -溴-對二甲苯(0.14莫耳、 -129- 200811483 leq)、三苯基膦(0.14莫耳、leq)、及NMP (100毫升),並在140 °C加熱攪拌2小時(在反應溶液中,目的物產生結晶析出)。隨 後投入水中,在冰浴中攪拌1小時,隨後過濾,進而以水洗條 並使其乾燥,得到到鳞鹽B。產率爲87%。Scale salt A compound 1-2 (Synthesis Example 1-3) · Add α-bromo-p-xylene (0.14 mol, -129-200811483 leq), triphenylphosphine (0.14 mol, in a 300 ml three-necked flask) Leq), and NMP (100 ml), and stirred under heating at 140 °C for 2 hours (in the reaction solution, the target crystallized). Then, it was poured into water, stirred in an ice bath for 1 hour, and then filtered, and the strip was washed with water and dried to obtain a scale salt B. The yield was 87%.

PPh3 NMPPPh3 NMP

在5 00毫升三口燒瓶添加鱗鹽B(37.8毫莫耳、leq)、THF (100毫升),並在冰浴上攪拌。慢慢地對其添加氫化鈉 (NaH)(5 6.7毫莫耳、1.5eq)/THF(20毫升),添加結束後,在冰 浴上攪拌15分鐘,隨後恢復至室溫。對其添反式肉桂醛(37.8 毫莫耳、1 eq)、並使其加熱回流3小時。隨後,投入冰水中時 有固體析出,進行過濾,進而藉由進行甲醇再分散而得到化合 物1-3。產率爲60%。Scale salt B (37.8 mmol, leq), THF (100 mL) was added to a 500 mL three-neck flask and stirred on an ice bath. Sodium hydride (NaH) (5 6.7 mmol, 1.5 eq) / THF (20 mL) was slowly added, and after the addition, the mixture was stirred for 15 minutes on an ice bath and then returned to room temperature. The cinnamaldehyde (37.8 mmol, 1 eq) was added thereto and heated to reflux for 3 hours. Subsequently, solids were precipitated when it was poured into ice water, filtered, and further, methanol was redispersed to obtain Compounds 1-3. The yield was 60%.

鳞鹽B (合成例1 - 4) 在5 00毫升三口燒瓶添加鱗鹽B (3 4.2毫莫耳、leq)、四氫 呋喃(THF)( 100毫升),並在冰浴上攪拌。慢慢地對其添加氫化 鈉(NaH)(5 1.3毫莫耳、1.5eq)/THF(40毫升),添加結束後,在 -130- 200811483 冰浴上攪拌1 5分鐘,隨後恢復至室溫。對其添加α -甲基肉桂 醛(34.2毫莫耳、ieq)、並使其加熱回流3小時。隨後,投入冰 水中時有固體析出,進行過濾,進而藉由進行甲醇再分散而得 到化合物1-4。產率爲40%。 ΟSquamous salt B (Synthesis Example 1 - 4) A scaly salt B (3 4.2 mmol, leq), tetrahydrofuran (THF) (100 ml) was added to a 500 ml three-neck flask, and stirred on an ice bath. Slowly add sodium hydride (NaH) (5 1.3 mmol, 1.5 eq) / THF (40 mL). After the end of the addition, stir on a -130-200811483 ice bath for 15 minutes, then return to room temperature. . Α-methylcinnamaldehyde (34.2 mmol, ieq) was added thereto, and it was heated under reflux for 3 hours. Subsequently, solids were precipitated when poured into ice water, filtered, and then compound 1-4 was obtained by re-dispersing methanol. The yield was 40%. Ο

(合成例1-5) 在5 00毫升三口燒瓶添加NaH(78.6毫莫耳、1.5eq)、鱗鹽 C(5 2,4毫莫耳、leq)、四氫呋喃(THF)(100毫升),並在冰浴上 攪拌。慢慢地對其添加鏟鹽(52.4毫莫耳、leq),添加結束後, 在冰浴上攪拌1 5分鐘,隨後恢復至室溫。對其添加反式肉桂 醛(5 2.4毫莫耳、leq)、並使其加熱回流3小時。隨後,投入冰 水中時有固體析出,進行過濾,進而藉由進行甲醇再分散而得 Φ到化合物1 -5。產率爲40%。(Synthesis Example 1-5) NaH (78.6 mmol, 1.5 eq), scaly salt C (5 2, 4 mmol, leq), tetrahydrofuran (THF) (100 ml) was added to a 500 ml three-neck flask, and Stir on the ice bath. Shovel salt (52.4 mmol, leq) was slowly added thereto, and after the addition was completed, it was stirred on an ice bath for 15 minutes, and then returned to room temperature. Trans-cinnamaldehyde (5 2.4 mmol, leq) was added thereto and heated to reflux for 3 hours. Subsequently, solids were precipitated when it was poured into ice water, filtered, and further Φ was obtained by re-dispersing methanol to the compound 1-5. The yield was 40%.

(合成例1 - 6) 在500毫升三口燒瓶添加NaH(78.6毫莫耳、1.5eq)、鱗鹽 D(52.4毫莫耳、leq)、四氫呋喃(THFM100毫升),並在冰浴上 攪拌。慢慢地對其添加NaH (52.4毫莫耳、leq),添加結束後, •131- 200811483 在冰浴上攪拌1 5分鐘,隨後恢復至室溫。對其%力π &amp; # %手圭 醛(52.4毫莫耳、leq)、並使其加熱回流3小時。隨後’投Α冰 水中時有固體析出,過濾固體後,將濾液濃縮’使用@ ®層 析法(己烷:乙酸乙酯=10 : 1)精製而得到化合物i·6 °產率爲 5% 〇 〇(Synthesis Example 1 - 6) NaH (78.6 mmol, 1.5 eq), squary salt D (52.4 mmol, leq), and tetrahydrofuran (THFM 100 ml) were added to a 500 ml three-neck flask, and stirred on an ice bath. NaH (52.4 mmol, leq) was slowly added thereto, and after the addition, • 131-200811483 was stirred on an ice bath for 15 minutes, and then returned to room temperature. For its % force π &amp;#% hand aldehyde (52.4 mmol, leq), and heating it under reflux for 3 hours. Subsequently, solids were precipitated when the ice water was poured, and after the solid was filtered, the filtrate was concentrated and purified by @® chromatography (hexane: ethyl acetate = 10:1) to give the compound i·6° yield 5%. 〇〇

(合成例1-7) 在化合物1 - 5之合成例,除了使用下述鱗鹽E代替鳞鹽c 以外,藉由同樣的方法得到下述化合物1 -7。(Synthesis Example 1-7) In the synthesis example of the compound 1-5, the following compound 1-7 was obtained by the same method except that the following scale salt E was used instead of the scale salt c.

(合成例1-8) ’除了使用下述鱗鹽F代替鳞鹽C T述化合物1 - 8。 在化合物1-5之合成例 以外,藉由同樣的方法得到(Synthesis Example 1-8) 'In addition to the use of the following scale salt F, the scale salt C T described compound 1 - 8 was used. In the same manner as in the synthesis of the compound 1-5, the same method was obtained.

n-BuOn-BuO

Ph Ph EPh Ph E

鳞鹽F -132- 200811483 (合成例1-9) 在化合物Squama salt F-132- 200811483 (Synthesis Examples 1-9) in compounds

之合成例,除了使用下述鳞鹽G代替鳞鹽c 以外’藉由同樣的方法得到下述化合物1-9。In the synthesis example, the following compounds 1-9 were obtained by the same method except that the following scale salt G was used instead of the scale salt c.

(合成例1-10) 在化合物 之合成例,除了使用下述鱗鹽Η代替鳞鹽c 以外,藉由同樣的方法得到下述化合物丨〇。(Synthesis Example 1-10) In the synthesis example of the compound, the following compound oxime was obtained by the same method except that the following scale salt was used instead of the scale salt c.

(合成例1-11) 在化合物丨-5之合成例,除了使用下述鳞鹽、代替鳞鹽c 以外,藉由同樣的方法得到下述化合物i-n。(Synthesis Example 1-11) In the synthesis example of the compound 丨-5, the following compound i-n was obtained by the same method except that the following scale salt was used instead of the scale salt c.

-133- 200811483 (合成例1-12) 在化合物1-5之合成例,除了使用下述鳞鹽j代替鳞鹽c 以外,藉由同樣的方法得到下述化合物1 -1 2。- 133 - 200811483 (Synthesis Example 1-12) In the synthesis example of the compound 1-5, the following compound 1-1 2 was obtained by the same method except that the following scale salt j was used instead of the scale salt c.

PhPh

Ph Br 鳞鹽J 化合物1 -1 2 ·(合成例1-13) 在化合物1-5之合成例,除了使用下述鐵鹽κ代替鳞鹽C 以外,藉由同樣的方法得到下述化合物1 _ 1 3。Ph Br scale salt J compound 1 -1 2 · (Synthesis Example 1-13) In the synthesis example of the compound 1-5, the following compound 1 was obtained by the same method except that the following iron salt κ was used instead of the scale salt C. _ 1 3.

(合成例1 -1 4) 在5 00毫升三口燒瓶添加鱗鹽L(16.9克、40.7毫莫耳)、 四氫呋喃(THF)( 100毫升),並在冰浴上攪拌。慢慢地對其添加 SM-28 (NaOMe 之 28wt%MeOH 溶液)(7.4 克、38.4 毫莫耳),添 加結束後,在冰浴上攪拌15分鐘,隨後恢復至室溫。對其添 加對二苯基胺基苯甲醛10克(36.6毫莫耳),並使其加熱回流2 小時。隨後,投入冰水中時有固體析出,過濾固體後,而且進 行甲醇洗滌而得到化合物1-14。產率爲40%。 -134- 200811483(Synthesis Example 1 - 1 4) A scaly salt L (16.9 g, 40.7 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (THF) (100 ml) was added to a 500 ml three-neck flask, and stirred on an ice bath. SM-28 (NaOMe's 28 wt% MeOH solution) (7.4 g, 38.4 mmol) was slowly added thereto, and after the addition was completed, it was stirred on an ice bath for 15 minutes, and then returned to room temperature. 10 g of p-diphenylaminobenzaldehyde (36.6 mmol) was added thereto and heated to reflux for 2 hours. Subsequently, solids were precipitated when poured into ice water, and after solid filtration, methanol washing was carried out to obtain Compounds 1-14. The yield was 40%. -134- 200811483

(合成例1-15) 在化合物1 -1 4之合成例, 代替對二苯基胺基苯甲醛以外 化合物1 -1 5。 除了使用二乙 ,藉由同樣的 基胺_笨 方法得到 申酸 卞趣 化合物M5 (合成例1-16)(Synthesis Example 1-15) In the synthesis example of the compound 1-4, the compound 1-1 was used instead of the p-diphenylaminobenzaldehyde. In addition to the use of diethylene, the same base amines are used to obtain the acid compound M5 (Synthesis Examples 1-16).

申氧基苯 方法得到 在化合物1-14之合成例,除了使用3,4,5-Ξ 甲醛代替對二苯基胺基苯甲醛以外,藉由同樣的 下述化合物1 -1 6。The oxybenzene method was obtained in the synthesis of the compound 1-14 except that p-diphenylaminobenzaldehyde was used instead of p-diphenylaminobenzaldehyde, and the same compound 1 -1 6 was obtained.

(合成例1-17) 在化合物1-14之合成例,除了使用4-二乙甚^ 避妝基、2. 甲氧基苯甲醛代替對二苯基胺基苯甲醛以外,藉 田同樣的 -135- 200811483 方法得到下述化合物丨7。(Synthesis Example 1-17) In the synthesis example of the compound 1-14, the same was used except for the use of 4-diethyl benzoate and 2. methoxybenzaldehyde instead of p-diphenylaminobenzaldehyde. -135- 200811483 The method gave the following compound 丨7.

化合物1 -17 外Compound 1 -17 outside

在化合物1 -1 4之合成例, 醛代替對二苯基胺基苯甲醛以 述化合物1· 1 8。In the synthesis example of the compound 1-4, an aldehyde is substituted for p-diphenylaminobenzaldehyde to describe the compound 1·18.

(合成例1-19) 在化合物1 · 14之合成例,除了使用下述鳞鹽M代替鱗 鹽L以外’藉由同樣的方法得到下述化合物丨9。(Synthesis Example 1-19) In the synthesis example of the compound 1-14, the following compound 丨9 was obtained by the same method except that the following scale salt M was used instead of the scale salt L.

又,合成例1-5〜1-13所使用的鳞鹽c〜K的合成,在合 成例1 -3所使用之鱗鹽B的合成,除了各自以適當的化合 物代替α ·溴-對二甲苯以外,係與合成鱗鹽B同樣。 -136- 200811483 &lt;莫耳吸光係數的測定&gt; g周製化合物1 -1〜1 -1 9及比較化合物1 -1〜1 - 4 (結構係如 下述表3所示)之0.01克/升的卜甲氧基-2-丙醇溶液,使用 Varian 製 cary-5 uv-vis-NIR SPECTROPHOTOMETERS 來沏J 定 吸光度,測定在 3 65 奈米之莫耳吸光係數 ε (mol-1 · L · cnT1) 〇 化合物1-1〜1-19的結構及在3 65奈米之莫耳吸光係數Further, in the synthesis of the scale salts c to K used in Synthesis Examples 1-5 to 1-13, the synthesis of the scale salt B used in Synthesis Example 1-3 was carried out except that each of the compounds was replaced with an appropriate compound. The same as the synthetic scale salt B except for toluene. -136- 200811483 &lt;Measurement of Molar Absorbance Coefficient&gt; 0.01 g/g of compound 1 -1 to 1 -1 9 and comparative compound 1 -1 to 1 -4 (structure shown in Table 3 below) A solution of bromo-2-propanol was prepared by using Carian-5 uv-vis-NIR SPECTROPHOTOMETERS from Varian to determine the absorbance at 355 nm (mol-1 · L · cnT1) structure of ruthenium compound 1-1~1-19 and molar absorption coefficient at 3 65 nm

ε係整理記載於下述表1〜2。又,在後述之比較例所使用 之比較用化合物1 -1〜1 -4的結構及在365奈米之莫耳吸光係 數ε係記載於表3。The ε-based finishing is described in Tables 1 to 2 below. Further, the structures of the comparative compounds 1-1 to 1-4 used in the comparative examples described later and the Mohr absorbance coefficient ε at 365 nm are shown in Table 3.

-137- 200811483 表 化合物號碼 結構 365奈米之ε 化合物14 MeO丫、 — 43760 化合物1-2 20058 化合物1-3 2063 化合物1_4 532 化合物1-5 22206 化合物1-6 8266 化合物1-7 C8H17CXy^ 25279 化合物1-8 η·Βϋ°χχ^ 26772 化合物1-9 &amp;Ηΐ3〇 丫、^ U^Xl 26809 化合物1-10 C5H1t〇Y&lt;^ 26637 -138- 200811483 表2 化合物號碼 結構 365奈米之ε 化合物1-11 3059 化合物142 3491 化合物1-13 27731 化合物1-14 39222 化合物1-15 Β2ΝΌ^ 41156 化合物1-16 OMe Μβ^χ5υ^ 23733 化合物147 B2N^r-〇 34373 化合物1·18 Me〇TX 36859 化合物1-19 ^^NPh2 41484 -139- 200811483 表3 化合物號碼 -_ 結構 365奈米之ε 比較化合物1-1 397 比較化合物1-2 〇c4H9 oio 5491 Ac4h9 比較化合物1-3 4558 比較化合物1-4 ΕγΟ^ο 23276 下’藉由實施例更具體地說明本發明的硬化性組成 物’但是只要未悖離本發明的主旨,未限定於以下的實施 _ 例。 [實施例1-1-1] [1·著色硬化性組成物1-A-1的調製] 在此,舉出調製‘含有著色劑(顏料)之著色硬化性組成 物1-A-1 (作爲形成液晶顯示元件用途的彩色濾光片用)之 例子,來進行說明。 1-1.顏料分散液(P1)的調製 將由作爲顏料之40質量份C.I.顏料綠36與C.I.顏料黃 219的3 0/70(質量比)混合物、作爲分散劑之10質量份(換 -140- 200811483 算固體成分約 4.51質量份)BYK2001 (Disper bky : BYK Chemie公司製、固體成分濃度45.1質量%)、及150質量份 3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯所構成的混合液,藉由珠磨機混合分散 15小時,來調製顏料分散液(P1)。 對所得到的顏料分散液(P1),藉由動態光散射法測定 顏料的平均粒徑時,爲200奈米。-137- 200811483 Table compound number structure 365 nm ε Compound 14 MeO丫, — 43760 Compound 1-2 20058 Compound 1-3 2063 Compound 1_4 532 Compound 1-5 22206 Compound 1-6 8266 Compound 1-7 C8H17CXy^ 25279 Compound 1-8 η·Βϋ°χχ^ 26772 Compound 1-9 &amp;Ηΐ3〇丫,^ U^Xl 26809 Compound 1-10 C5H1t〇Y&lt;^ 26637 -138- 200811483 Table 2 Compound number structure 365 nm ε Compound 1-11 3059 Compound 142 3491 Compound 1-13 27731 Compound 1-14 39222 Compound 1-15 Β2ΝΌ^ 41156 Compound 1-16 OMe Μβ^χ5υ^ 23733 Compound 147 B2N^r-〇34373 Compound 1·18 Me〇TX 36859 Compound 1-19 ^^NPh2 41484 -139- 200811483 Table 3 Compound Number - _ Structure 365 nm ε Comparative Compound 1-1 397 Comparative Compound 1-2 〇c4H9 oio 5491 Ac4h9 Comparative Compound 1-3 4558 Comparative Compound 1 -4 ΕγΟ^ο 23276 The following is a more specific description of the curable composition of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples without departing from the gist of the present invention. [Example 1-1-1] [1. Preparation of coloring curable composition 1-A-1] Here, a coloring curable composition 1-A-1 containing a coloring agent (pigment) was prepared ( Description will be made as an example of a color filter for forming a liquid crystal display element. 1-1. Preparation of Pigment Dispersion Liquid (P1) 40 parts by mass of a mixture of 40% by mass of CI Pigment Green 36 and CI Pigment Yellow 219 as a pigment, and 10 parts by mass as a dispersing agent (for -140) - 200811483, a solid content of about 4.51 parts by mass) BYK2001 (Disper bky: manufactured by BYK Chemie Co., Ltd., solid concentration: 45.1% by mass), and 150 parts by mass of ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, a mixture of beads The mill was mixed and dispersed for 15 hours to prepare a pigment dispersion (P1). The pigment dispersion liquid (P1) obtained was measured to have an average particle diameter of 200 nm by dynamic light scattering.

1-2.著色硬化性組成物1-A-1(塗布液)的調製 混合下述組成1-A-1的成分並溶解,來調製著色硬化 性組成物1-A-1。 〈組成 1·Α-1&gt; •顏料分散液(Ρ1) 600質量份 •鹼可溶性樹脂 (甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸羥基乙酯共聚物、莫耳比: 190質量份 80/10/10 ' Mw : 10000) •二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯[聚合性化合物] 60質量份 •2,2’ ·雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’ -四苯基·1,2’ -二咪唑(光聚合引發劑) 60質量份 •化合物14[特定敏化劑] 40質量份 •共敏化劑:2-氫硫基苯并咪唑 40質量佾 •界面活性劑:(商品名:TETRANIK150IU、BASF公司) 1質量份 •溶劑:丙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯 - 1000質量份 • 7-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基砂烷 10質量份 [2.彩色濾光片的製造] 2 -1.硬化性組成物層的形成 將藉由上述所得到含有顏料的著色硬化性組成物 1-A-1作爲光阻溶液,以下述條件狹縫塗布在550毫米x650 -141- 200811483 毫米的玻璃基板上後,使其在此狀態下待機1 〇分鐘,塗布 在新的玻璃基板上,再施行真空乾燥及預烘焙(100 °c 80 秒),來形成著色硬化性組成物塗布膜(著色硬化性組成物 層)。 (狹縫塗布條件) _1-2. Preparation of coloring curable composition 1-A-1 (coating liquid) The coloring curable composition 1-A-1 was prepared by mixing and dissolving the component of the following composition 1-A-1. <Composition 1·Α-1&gt; • Pigment dispersion (Ρ1) 600 parts by mass • Alkali-soluble resin (benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid/hydroxyethyl methacrylate copolymer, Mo Erbi: 190 parts by mass 80 /10/10 ' Mw : 10000) • Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate [polymerizable compound] 60 parts by mass • 2,2' · bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5' -tetraphenyl·1,2′-diimidazole (photopolymerization initiator) 60 parts by mass • Compound 14 [specific sensitizer] 40 parts by mass • Co-sensitizer: 2-hydrothiobenzimidazole 40 mass 佾• Surfactant: (trade name: TETRANIK150IU, BASF) 1 part by mass • Solvent: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate - 1000 parts by mass • 7-methacryloxypropyl triethoxy oxalate 10 Parts by mass [2. Manufacture of color filter] 2-1. Formation of a curable composition layer The coloring-curable composition 1-A-1 containing the pigment obtained above was used as a photoresist solution under the following conditions. After the slit is coated on a 550 mm x 650 - 141 - 200811483 mm glass substrate, it is allowed to stand in this state for 1 , minutes, coated in new On a glass substrate, and then drying and pre-baking purposes in vacuo (100 ° c 80 seconds) to form a colored curable composition coating film (colored curable composition layer). (slit coating conditions) _

塗布頭前端開口部的間隙:50微米 塗布速度:100毫米/秒 基板與塗布頭之間隙:150微米 塗布厚度(乾燥厚度):2微米 塗布溫度:23°C 2-2曝光、顯像 隨後,使用2.5kW之超高壓水銀燈將著色硬化性組成 物塗布膜曝光成圖案狀,曝光後使用有機系顯像液(商品 名:CD、Fuji Film Arch(股)製)之10%水溶液覆蓋塗布膜的 全面,並靜止60秒。 2-3.加熱處理 靜止後,噴淋狀地噴射純水來沖洗顯像液,在220°C的 烘箱對施行過如此光硬化處理及顯像處理之塗布膜加熱1 小時(後烘焙)。藉此,在玻璃基板上形成著色圖案而得到 彩色濾光片。 [3.性能評價] 如下述進行評價上述所調製著色硬化性組成物 1-A-1 (塗布液)的保持安定性、及使用該著色硬化性組成物 1 - A-1在玻璃基板上所形成著色硬化性組成物塗布膜(著色 層)的曝光敏感度、基板黏附、顯像性,及著色圖案的剖面 -142- 200811483 形狀。結果如表4所示。 3 -1 ·著色硬化性組成物1 - A -1的保存安定性 在室溫保存著色硬化性組成物塗布液1個月,藉由目 視依照以下基準評價異物的析出程度。 &lt;判定基準&gt; 〇:未認定有析出。 △:認定有少許析出。Gap of the front end of the coating head: 50 μm coating speed: 100 mm / sec. gap between the substrate and the coating head: 150 μm coating thickness (dry thickness): 2 μm coating temperature: 23 ° C 2-2 exposure, development followed by The colored curable composition coating film was exposed to a pattern using a 2.5 kW ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, and the coating film was covered with a 10% aqueous solution of an organic developing solution (trade name: CD, manufactured by Fuji Film Arch Co., Ltd.) after exposure. Full and still 60 seconds. 2-3. Heat treatment After standing, the pure water was sprayed to spray the developing liquid, and the coating film subjected to such photohardening treatment and development treatment was heated in an oven at 220 ° C for 1 hour (post-baking). Thereby, a colored pattern is formed on the glass substrate to obtain a color filter. [3. Performance evaluation] The retention stability of the coloring curable composition 1-A-1 (coating liquid) prepared as described above and the use of the colored curable composition 1 - A-1 on a glass substrate were evaluated as follows. The exposure sensitivity of the colored curable composition coating film (colored layer), the adhesion of the substrate, the developability, and the cross section of the colored pattern - 142 - 200811483 are formed. The results are shown in Table 4. 3 -1 - Storage stability of the coloring curable composition 1 - A -1 The colored curable composition coating liquid was stored at room temperature for one month, and the degree of precipitation of foreign matter was evaluated by visual observation according to the following criteria. &lt;Judgement criteria&gt; 〇: No precipitation was determined. △: It was confirmed that there was a little precipitation.

3-2·塗布膜(著色層)的曝光敏感度 將著色硬化性組成物1-A-1(塗布液)塗布在玻璃基板 上,隨後乾燥使膜厚度爲1.0微米。旋轉塗布條件係以 300rpm 5秒後,以800rpm 20秒,乾燥條件係在100°C 80 秒。接著,使用線寬 2.0微米之試驗用光罩,以 10〜1 600ml/cm2之各種曝光量進行曝光。接著使用 60%CD-2000(FUJI FILM ELECTRONICS MATERIALS 公司製) 顯像液,以25 °C、60秒的條件進行顯像。隨後,以流水沖 洗20秒後,噴霧乾燥而完成了圖案化。評價在曝光步驟經 光照射後的區域之顯像後的膜厚度,將相對於曝光前的膜 厚度100%,膜厚度爲95 %以上之最小曝光量作爲曝光敏感 度。曝光敏感度的値越小表示敏感度越高。 3-3.顥像性、圖案剖面形狀、基板黏附性 藉由光學顯微鏡及SEM照相觀察’以通常的方法確認 後烘焙後的基板表及剖面形狀,來進行評價顯像性、基板 黏附性、及圖案剖面形狀。詳細評價方法如下。 &lt;顯像性&gt; -143- 200811483 觀察曝光步驟之光未照射的區域(未曝光部)有無殘 渣,來評價顯像性。 〇:在未曝光部未確認有殘渣。 △:在未曝光部確認有少許殘渣,但實用上沒有問題的程 度。 X :在未曝光部確認有顯著的殘渣 &lt;基板黏附性&gt; 評價基板黏附性係觀察是否產生圖案缺損。基於以下 ® 基準來評價此等評價項目。 Ο:未觀察到有圖案缺損。 △:大部分圖案未觀察到有缺損,但有一部分圖案觀察到 缺損。 X :觀察到有顯著的圖案缺損 &lt;圖案剖面形狀&gt; 觀察所形成的圖案剖面形狀。圖案剖面形狀以順錐形 爲最佳,其次爲矩形,以反錐形爲不佳。 Φ [實施例卜1-2〜1小26] 在實施例1 -1 -1,除了將調製著色硬化性組成物1 - A-1 所使用組成1-A-1中的特定敏化劑、光聚合引發劑、及共 敏化劑各自變更爲下述表4所示以外,全部與實施例1 -1 -1 同樣地進行,來調製著色硬化性組成物1-A-2〜A-26,得到 具有使用其所構成的著色圖案之彩色濾光片。並進行與實 施例1-1 -1同樣的評價。結果如表4所示。 [比較例1-1-1] 在實施例1-1-1,除了將調製著色硬化性組成物1-A-1 -144·3-2. Exposure Sensitivity of Coating Film (Colored Layer) The colored curable composition 1-A-1 (coating liquid) was coated on a glass substrate, followed by drying to a film thickness of 1.0 μm. The spin coating conditions were followed by 300 rpm for 5 seconds, 800 rpm for 20 seconds, and drying conditions at 100 ° C for 80 seconds. Next, using a test mask having a line width of 2.0 μm, exposure was performed at various exposure amounts of 10 to 1 600 ml/cm 2 . Next, development was carried out using a 60% CD-2000 (manufactured by FUJI FILM ELECTRONICS MATERIALS) developing solution at 25 ° C for 60 seconds. Subsequently, after washing with running water for 20 seconds, spray drying was completed to complete the patterning. The film thickness after development of the region after the light irradiation in the exposure step was evaluated, and the minimum exposure amount with respect to the film thickness before exposure of 100% and the film thickness of 95% or more was taken as the exposure sensitivity. The smaller the exposure sensitivity, the higher the sensitivity. 3-3. Imageability, pattern cross-sectional shape, and substrate adhesion are observed by optical microscopy and SEM observation. The substrate surface and the cross-sectional shape after post-baking were confirmed by a usual method to evaluate the developability, substrate adhesion, and And the shape of the profile. The detailed evaluation method is as follows. &lt;Developing property&gt; - 143 - 200811483 The presence or absence of residue in the region (unexposed portion) where the light was not irradiated in the exposure step was observed to evaluate the developability. 〇: No residue was confirmed in the unexposed portion. △: A small amount of residue was confirmed in the unexposed portion, but there was no problem in practical use. X: Significant residue was confirmed in the unexposed portion. &lt;Substrate adhesion&gt; Evaluation of substrate adhesion was observed whether or not a pattern defect occurred. These evaluation items are evaluated based on the following ® benchmarks. Ο: No pattern defects were observed. △: No defects were observed in most of the patterns, but a part of the pattern was observed to be defective. X: A significant pattern defect was observed. &lt;Pattern section shape&gt; The formed pattern cross-sectional shape was observed. The cross-sectional shape of the pattern is preferably the same as the tapered shape, followed by the rectangular shape, and the reverse tapered shape is not preferable. Φ [Examples 1-2 to 1 small 26] In Example 1-1, except that a specific sensitizer in the composition 1-A-1 used for the coloring curable composition 1 - A-1 was prepared, Each of the photopolymerization initiator and the co-sensitizer was changed to the same manner as in Example 1 -1 -1 except that the photopolymerization initiator and the co-sensitizer were changed, and the coloring curable composition 1-A-2 to A-26 was prepared. A color filter having a colored pattern formed using the same is obtained. The same evaluation as in Example 11-1 was carried out. The results are shown in Table 4. [Comparative Example 1-1-1] In Example 1-1-1, except that the coloring hardenability composition 1-A-1 - 144 was prepared.

200811483 所使用組成1-A-1,變更爲下述1-B-1以外,全音I 1 -1-1同樣地進行,來調製著色硬化性組成物1 -著色圖案而得到彩色濾光片。而且,進行與實ί 同樣的評價。結果如表4所示。 、 &lt;組成 1-Β-1〉 •顏料分散液(Ρ1) •鹼可溶性樹脂 (甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸羥基乙酯共聚物、莫耳比: φ 80/10/10、Mw : 10000) •二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯[聚合性化合物] • 1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-2-(0-苯甲醯肟)[光聚合引發劑] •溶劑:丙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯 •界面活性劑:(商品名:TETRANIK150R1、BASF公司) [比較例1-1-2〜1-1-5] 在實施例1 -1 -1,除了將調製著色硬化性組 所使用的特定敏化劑、光聚合引發劑、及共敏 更爲下述表4所示之比較化合物、光聚合引發 化劑以外,全部與實施例1 · 1 -1同樣地進行,來 著色硬化性組成物層B-2〜B_5,得到具有使用其 色圖案之彩色_光片。並進行與實施例1-1-1同 結果如表4所示。 與實施例 B -1,形成 例 1 -1 -1 600質量份 200質量份 60質量份 140質量份 1000質量份 1質量份 物 1-A-1 劑各自變 、及共敏 製比較用 構成的著 丨的評價。 -145- 200811483 表4The composition 1-A-1 used in 200811483 was changed to the following 1-B-1, and the entire sound I 1 -1-1 was similarly prepared to prepare a colored curable composition 1 - a colored pattern to obtain a color filter. Moreover, the same evaluation as the actual ί is performed. The results are shown in Table 4. &lt;Composition 1-Β-1> • Pigment dispersion (Ρ1) • Alkali-soluble resin (benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid/hydroxyethyl methacrylate copolymer, Mo Erbi: φ 80/10/ 10, Mw: 10000) • Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate [polymerizable compound] • 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-2-(0-benzamide) [Photopolymerization initiator • Solvent: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate • surfactant: (trade name: TETRANIK 150R1, BASF) [Comparative Example 1-1-2 to 1-1-5] In Example 1 -1 -1, In addition to the specific sensitizer, photopolymerization initiator, and common sensitivity used in the preparation of the coloring and curing group, the comparative compound and the photopolymerization initiator shown in Table 4 below were all the same as in Example 1 · 1 - In the same manner, the curable composition layers B-2 to B_5 were colored to obtain a color light sheet having a color pattern. The same results as in Example 1-1-1 were shown in Table 4. And Example B-1, forming Example 1-1 -1 600 parts by mass, 200 parts by mass, 60 parts by mass, 140 parts by mass, 1000 parts by mass, 1 part by mass of the substance 1-A-1, each of which was changed, and the combination of the common sense was used. Awkward evaluation. -145- 200811483 Table 4

硬化性組成物 匕性組成物及彩色濾光片的評價 mm 特定敏化劑或 比較化合物 光聚合 引發劑 共敏 化劑 保存安 定性 曝光敏 感度 (mJ/cm2) 顯像 性 基板黏 附性 圖案剖 面形狀 實施例1-1·1 1·Α-1 化合物1-1 D1 F1 〇 40 〇 〇 矩形 實施例1-1-2 l-A-2 化合物1·1 D2 F1 〇 50 〇 Δ 矩形 實施例1-1-3 l-A-3 化合物1-1 D3 F1 〇 50 〇 Δ 矩形 實施例1小4 l-A-4 化雜1-1 D1 F2 〇 35 〇 〇 順錐形 實施例1-1-5 1·Α·5 化合物1-1 D1 F3 〇 40 〇 〇 矩形 實施例1小6 l-A-6 化合物1-2 D1 F1 〇 45 〇 〇 矩形 mm 1-1-7 l-A-7 化合物1-3 D1 F1 〇 50 〇 〇 矩形 實施例1-1-8 l-A-8 化合物1-4 D1 F1 〇 60 〇 〇 矩形 實施例1-1-9 l-A-9 化合物1-5 D1 F1 〇 45 〇 〇 矩形 實施例1-1-10 l-A-10 化合物1-6 D1 F1 〇 60 〇 〇 矩形 實施例1小11 1-A-ll 化合物1-7 D1 F1 〇 45 〇 〇. 矩形 實施例1-1-12 1-A42 化合物1-8 D1 F1 〇 45 〇 〇 矩形 實麵1-1-13 l-A-13 化合物1-9 D1 F1 〇 45 〇 〇 矩形 實施例14-14 l-A-14 化合物1-10 D1 F1 〇 45 〇 〇 矩形 實施例M-15 l-A-15 化合物1-11 D1 F1 〇 50 〇 〇 矩形 實施例1-1-16 l-A-16 化合物1-12 D1 F1 〇 50 〇 〇 矩形 實施例1-1-17 l-A-17 化合物1-13 D1 F1 〇 45 〇 〇 矩形 實施例1-1-18 l-A-18 化合物1-14 D1 F1 〇 60 Δ 〇 矩形 實施例M-19 l-A-19 化合物1-14 D1 4επι Μ 〇 100 〇 △ 反錐形 實施例1-1-20 l-A-20 化合物1-14 D1 F4 〇 50 〇 〇 矩形 實施例1-1-21 l-A-21 化合物145 D1 FI 〇 35 〇 〇 順錐形 實施例1-1-22 l-A-22 化合物1-16 D1 FI 〇 35 〇 〇 順錐形 實施例1-1-23 l-A-23 化合物1-17 D1 FI 〇 35 〇 〇 順錐形 實施例1-1-24 l-A-24 化合物1·18 D1 FI 〇 35 〇 〇 順錐形 實施例1-1-25 l-A-25 化合物1-19 D1 FI 〇 30 〇 〇 順錐形 Wm 1-1-26 l-A-26 化合物1-19 D1 F4 〇 25 〇 〇 順錐形 比較例1小1 1-B-l D2 - Δ 100 Δ Δ 反錐形 比較例1小2 l-B-2 比較化合物1-1 D1 FI Δ 200 X X 反錐形 比較例1小3 l-B-3 比較化合物1-2 D1 FI Δ 150 X X 反錐形 比較例1-1-4 l-B-4 比較化合物1-3 D1 FI Δ 150 X X 反錐形 比較例1-1-5 l-B-5 比較化合物1-4 D1 FI Δ 100 Δ Δ 反錐形 -146- 200811483 表4所示之光聚合引發劑D1〜D3、共敏化劑F1〜F3係 以下所示之化合物。 D1 : 2,2’ -雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’ ,5,5’ -四苯基-1,2,-二咪唑 D2: 1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-2-(0-苯甲醯肟) D3: 4-苯并氧雜環壬烷-2,6-二(三氯甲基)-s-三畊 F1 : 2-氫硫基苯并咪唑 F2 : 2-氫硫基苯并噻唑 F3 : 4,4’ -雙(二乙胺基)二苯基酮Evaluation of curable composition 匕 composition and color filter mm Specific sensitizer or comparative compound Photopolymerization initiator co-sensitizer preserves stability exposure sensitivity (mJ/cm2) Visible substrate adhesion pattern profile Shape Example 1-1·1 1·Α-1 Compound 1-1 D1 F1 〇40 〇〇Rectangular Example 1-1-2 lA-2 Compound 1·1 D2 F1 〇50 〇Δ Rectangular Example 1-1 -3 lA-3 Compound 1-1 D3 F1 〇50 〇Δ Rectangular Example 1 Small 4 lA-4 Chemical 1-1 D1 F2 〇35 〇〇 Conical Cone Example 1-1-5 1·Α·5 Compound 1-1 D1 F3 〇40 〇〇 Rectangular Example 1 Small 6 lA-6 Compound 1-2 D1 F1 〇45 〇〇Rectangle mm 1-1-7 lA-7 Compound 1-3 D1 F1 〇50 〇〇Rectangle Example 1-1-8 lA-8 Compound 1-4 D1 F1 〇60 〇〇Rectangular Example 1-1-9 lA-9 Compound 1-5 D1 F1 〇45 〇〇Rectangular Example 1-1-1 lA -10 Compound 1-6 D1 F1 〇60 〇〇Rectangular Example 1 Small 11 1-A-ll Compound 1-7 D1 F1 〇45 〇〇. Rectangular Example 1-1-12 1-A42 Compound 1-8 D1 F1 〇45 〇〇Rectangular solid surface 1-1-1 3 lA-13 Compound 1-9 D1 F1 〇45 〇〇Rectangular Example 14-14 lA-14 Compound 1-10 D1 F1 〇45 〇〇Rectangular Example M-15 lA-15 Compound 1-11 D1 F1 〇50 〇〇Rectangular Example 1-1-16 lA-16 Compound 1-12 D1 F1 〇50 〇〇Rectangular Example 1-1-17 lA-17 Compound 1-13 D1 F1 〇45 〇〇Rectangular Example 1-1 -18 lA-18 Compound 1-14 D1 F1 〇60 Δ 〇 Rectangular Example M-19 lA-19 Compound 1-14 D1 4επι Μ 〇100 〇Δ Anti-conical Example 1-1-20 lA-20 Compound 1 -14 D1 F4 〇50 〇〇Rectangular Example 1-1-21 lA-21 Compound 145 D1 FI 〇35 锥形Conical Example 1-1-22 lA-22 Compound 1-16 D1 FI 〇35 〇〇 Straight Conical Example 1-1-23 lA-23 Compound 1-17 D1 FI 〇35 锥形Conical Example 1-1-24 lA-24 Compound 1·18 D1 FI 〇35 〇〇Conical implementation Example 1-1-25 lA-25 Compound 1-19 D1 FI 〇30 〇〇 锥形 tapered Wm 1-1-26 lA-26 Compound 1-19 D1 F4 〇25 〇〇 Shun cone Comparative example 1 Small 1 1 -Bl D2 - Δ 100 Δ Δ anti-conical comparison example 1 small 2 lB-2 Compared with compound 1-1 D1 FI Δ 200 XX reverse cone comparative example 1 small 3 lB-3 comparative compound 1-2 D1 FI Δ 150 XX reverse cone comparative example 1-1-4 lB-4 comparative compound 1-3 D1 FI Δ 150 XX Anti-conical comparison example 1-1-5 lB-5 Comparative compound 1-4 D1 FI Δ 100 Δ Δ Anti-taper-146- 200811483 Photopolymerization initiator D1 to D3 shown in Table 4, common sense The agents F1 to F3 are the compounds shown below. D1 : 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2,-diimidazole D2: 1-[4-(phenylthio)benzene 4-(0-benzamide) D3: 4-benzoxahydrocyclodecane-2,6-di(trichloromethyl)-s-three-plowed F1: 2-hydrothiobenzoate Imidazole F2 : 2-Hydroxythiobenzothiazole F3 : 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)diphenyl ketone

F4 : N-苯基-2-氫硫基苯并咪唑 從表4的結果,得知含有特定敏化劑(化合物1 -1〜1 -1 8) 之各實施例的著色硬化性組成物係在其溶液狀態具有優良 的保存安定性。又,得知使用該著色硬化性組成物在支撐 體上形成著色圖案時,相對於未含有特定敏化劑或使用比 較化合物1 -1 ~ 1-4之各比較例,能夠得到曝光敏感度高、顯 像性優良、同時基板黏附性、圖案剖面形狀都優良的彩色 濃光片。 以下,舉出調製含有著色劑(染料)之硬化性組成物(作 爲形成固體攝像元件用途之彩色濾光片用)之例子,來進行 說明。 [實施例1-2-1] [1.光阻液的調製] 混合溶解以下組成的成分’來調製光阻液。 -147-F4: N-phenyl-2-hydrothiobenzimidazole From the results of Table 4, it was found that the coloring curable composition of each of the examples containing the specific sensitizer (Compound 1-1 to 1 - 18) It has excellent preservation stability in its solution state. Further, when it was found that a colored pattern was formed on the support using the colored curable composition, it was found that the exposure sensitivity was high with respect to each of the comparative examples in which the specific sensitizer was not contained or the comparative compounds 1-1 to 1-4 were used. A color concentrating sheet excellent in image formation, excellent in substrate adhesion, and pattern cross-sectional shape. Hereinafter, an example in which a curable composition containing a colorant (dye) (for use as a color filter for forming a solid-state image sensor) is prepared will be described. [Example 1-2-1] [1. Preparation of photoresist liquid] The photoresist was prepared by mixing and dissolving the component of the following composition. -147-

200811483 -光阻液的組成-•丙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯(PGMEA) •乳酸乙酯 •樹脂 [甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯共聚物(莫耳比 =60/22/18)之40%PGMEA溶液] •新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯 •聚合抑制劑(對甲氧基苯酚) •氟界面活性劑(F-475、大日本油墨化學工業(股)製) •光聚合引發劑(TAZ-107(三鹵甲基三阱系之光聚合引發劑)、MIDORI 化學公司製) [2.具底塗層之矽晶圓基板的製造] 將6英吋矽晶圓於烘箱中在200 °C加熱處理 接著,在該矽晶圓上,以乾燥膜厚度爲2微米白 前述光阻液,並且在220°C的烘箱中加熱乾燥1 塗布層,得到具有底塗層之矽晶圓基板。 19.20質量份 36.67質量份 30·51質量份 12·20質量份 0Ό061質量份 0.83質量份 0.586質量份 30分鐘。 方式塗布 時來形成200811483 - Composition of Photoresist - propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) • Ethyl lactate • Resin [benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid / 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate copolymer (Mo Ear ratio = 60/22/18) 40% PGMEA solution] • Neopentyl alcohol hexaacrylate • Polymerization inhibitor (p-methoxyphenol) • Fluorinated surfactant (F-475, Dainippon Ink Chemical Industry ( (manufacturer)) Photopolymerization initiator (TAZ-107 (trihalomethyl tri-trap photopolymerization initiator), manufactured by MIDORI Chemical Co., Ltd.) [2. Manufacture of undercoated silicon wafer substrate] The enamel wafer was heat-treated in an oven at 200 ° C. Then, on the ruthenium wafer, the photoresist was dried at a film thickness of 2 μm, and the coating layer was dried by heating in an oven at 220 ° C. A tantalum wafer substrate having an undercoat layer is obtained. 19.20 parts by mass 36.67 parts by mass 30.51 parts by mass 12·20 parts by mass 0Ό061 parts by mass 0.83 parts by mass 0.586 parts by mass 30 minutes. Forming when coating

[3.著色硬化性組成物1-C-1的調製] 混合溶解下述組成1-C-1的化合物,來調 著色感光 •環己酮(溶劑) • C.I.酸性藍108(著色劑) • C.I.溶劑黃162(著色劑) •四赤藻糖醇三丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯之3:7的混合物(聚 合性化合物) •2,2’ -雙(2·氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’ -四苯基4,2’ _二咪唑(光聚合引發劑) •化合物1-1敵敏化劑) •共敏化劑:2·氫硫基苯并咪唑 _ •甘油丙氧基化物 (數量平均分子量Μη : 1500、莫耳吸光係數ε=0、無色化合物) 80質量份 7.5質量份 2.5質量份 7.0質量份 1質量份 0.7質量份 0.8質量份 0·5質量份 -148- 200811483 [4.著色硬化性組成物l-C-l(塗布液)的保存安定性評價] 將著色硬化性組成物1-C-1保存在室溫1個月後,藉 由目視依照以下基準評價異物的析出程度。 &lt;判定基準&gt; 〇:未認定有析出。 △:認定有少許析出。 X :認定有析出。[3. Preparation of Colored Curable Composition 1-C-1] The compound of the following composition 1-C-1 was mixed and dissolved to adjust the coloring of the photosensitive hexanone (solvent) • CI Acid Blue 108 (colorant) • CI Solvent Yellow 162 (colorant) • 3:7 mixture of tetraerythritol triacrylate and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (polymerizable compound) • 2,2'-bis(2·chlorophenyl) )-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl 4,2'-diimidazole (photopolymerization initiator) •Compound 1-1 sensitizer) •Co-sensitizer: 2·Halthiobenzene And imidazole _ • glycerol propoxylate (quantitative average molecular weight Μ η : 1500, molar absorption coefficient ε = 0, colorless compound) 80 parts by mass 7.5 parts by mass 2.5 parts by mass 7.0 parts by mass 1 part by mass 0.7 parts by mass 0.8 parts by mass -5 parts by mass - 148 - 200811483 [4. Evaluation of storage stability of the coloring curable composition lCl (coating liquid)] The colored curable composition 1-C-1 was stored at room temperature for one month, and then visually observed. The degree of precipitation of foreign matter was evaluated according to the following criteria. &lt;Judgement criteria&gt; 〇: No precipitation was determined. △: It was confirmed that there was a little precipitation. X: It is determined that there is precipitation.

[5.使用著色硬化性組成物1-C-1製造彩色濾光片及評價] 將前述3.所調製的著色感光性樹脂組成物1-C-1,塗布 在前述2.所得到具有底塗層之矽晶圓基板的底塗層上,來 形成光硬化性的塗布膜。隨後,以該塗布膜的乾燥膜厚度 成爲0.9微米的方式使用100°C的熱板進行加熱處理(預烘 焙)120秒。 接著,使用i射線步進曝光裝置FPA-3000i5 + (CanonU^) 製),藉由3 65奈米的波長透過圖案爲2微米四方的島狀 (Island)圖案光罩,以10〜1600mJ/cm2的曝光量禮行照射。 隨後,將形成有已照射塗布膜之矽晶圓基板放置在旋 轉噴淋顯像機(DW-30型、CHEMITRONICS(股)製)的水平旋 轉平台上,使用 CD-2000(FUJI FILM ELECTRONICS MATERIALS(股)製),於23 °C進行浸置式顯像60秒,在矽 晶圓基板上形成著色圖案。 將形成有著色圖案之矽晶圓基板,以真空處理方式固 定在前述水平旋轉平台’邊藉由旋轉裝置以旋轉數50r.p.m 使該矽晶圓基板旋轉、邊自該旋轉中心的上方’噴淋狀地 供給來自噴嘴的純水,來進行沖洗處理’隨後進行噴霧乾 -149- 200811483 燥而製得彩色濾光片。 &lt;曝光敏感度〉 在曝光製程,光照射過的區域之顯像後的膜厚度’將 相對於曝光前的膜厚度100%,膜厚度爲95%以上之最小曝 光量作爲曝光敏感度。曝光敏感度的値越小表示敏感度越 高。又,此時使用測長 SEM「S-9260A」(HITACHI HITECHNOLOGIES(股)製),來測定著色圖案的尺寸。圖案[5. Production of color filter using coloring curable composition 1-C-1 and evaluation] The coloring photosensitive resin composition 1-C-1 prepared in the above 3. was applied to the above-mentioned 2. The coating is applied to the undercoat layer of the wafer substrate to form a photocurable coating film. Subsequently, heat treatment (prebaking) was carried out for 120 seconds using a hot plate of 100 °C so that the dried film thickness of the coating film became 0.9 μm. Next, using an i-ray step exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon U^), a wavelength of 3 65 nm is transmitted through a 2-micron square island pattern mask to 10 to 1600 mJ/cm 2 . The amount of exposure is illuminating. Subsequently, the tantalum wafer substrate on which the irradiated coating film was formed was placed on a horizontal rotating platform of a rotary spray developing machine (DW-30 type, manufactured by CHEMITRONICS Co., Ltd.) using CD-2000 (FUJI FILM ELECTRONICS MATERIALS ( The system was subjected to dip-type development at 23 ° C for 60 seconds to form a colored pattern on the germanium wafer substrate. The silicon wafer substrate on which the colored pattern is formed is fixed to the horizontal rotating platform by vacuum processing, and the silicon wafer substrate is rotated by a rotating device at a rotation number of 50 rpm, and is sprayed from above the rotation center. The pure water from the nozzle was supplied in a shower to carry out a rinsing treatment, and then the spray-dried-149-200811483 was dried to prepare a color filter. &lt;Exposure Sensitivity > In the exposure process, the film thickness after development of the light-irradiated area is set to 100% with respect to the film thickness before exposure, and the minimum exposure amount of the film thickness of 95% or more is used as the exposure sensitivity. The smaller the exposure sensitivity, the higher the sensitivity. In this case, the size of the colored pattern was measured using a length measuring SEM "S-9260A" (manufactured by HITACHI HITECHNOLOGIES Co., Ltd.). pattern

尺寸越接近2微米,表示硬化性充分且敏感度良好。 測定評價結果如下述表5所示。 &lt;基板黏附性&gt; 評價基板黏附性係觀察是否產生圖案缺損。基於以下 基準來評價此等評價項目。 〇:未觀察到有圖案缺損。 △:幾乎未觀察到有圖案缺損,但觀察到一部分缺損。 X :觀察到有顯著的圖案缺損。 &lt;圖案剖面形狀&gt; 觀察所形成的圖案剖面形狀。圖案剖面形狀以順錐形 爲最佳,其次爲矩形,以反錐形爲不佳。 [比較例1-2-1] 在實施例1-2-1,除了將調製著色硬化性組成物1-C-1 所使用組成1-C-1,變更爲下述組成1-D-1以外,全部與實 施例1 -2-1同樣地進行,來調製比較用著色硬化性組成物 D-1,同時得到形成有著色圖案之彩色濾光片。並進行與實 施例1 -2-1同樣的評價。結果如表5所示。 -150-The closer the size is to 2 μm, the sufficient hardenability and the good sensitivity. The measurement evaluation results are shown in Table 5 below. &lt;Substrate adhesion&gt; Evaluation of substrate adhesion was observed whether or not a pattern defect occurred. These evaluation items are evaluated based on the following benchmarks. 〇: No pattern defects were observed. △: A pattern defect was hardly observed, but a part of the defect was observed. X: A significant pattern defect was observed. &lt;Pattern section shape&gt; The formed pattern cross-sectional shape was observed. The cross-sectional shape of the pattern is preferably the same as the tapered shape, followed by the rectangular shape, and the reverse tapered shape is not preferable. [Comparative Example 1-2-1] In Example 1-2-1, except that the composition 1-C-1 used for the preparation of the colored curable composition 1-C-1 was changed to the following composition 1-D-1 In the same manner as in Example 1-2-1, the coloring curable composition D-1 for comparison was prepared, and a color filter in which a colored pattern was formed was obtained. The same evaluation as in Example 1-2-1 was carried out. The results are shown in Table 5. -150-

200811483 •環己酮(溶劑) • C工酸性藍108(著色劑) • C.I·溶劑黃162(著色劑) •四赤藻糖醇三丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯之3:7的混合物(聚 合性化合物) •肟系光特定化合物 (CGI-124、CIBA SPECIALTY CHEMICAL 公司製、光聚合引發劑) •甘油丙氧基化物 激量平均分子量Μη: 1500) [實施例1-2-2〜1-2-26、比較例1-2-2〜1-2-5] 在實施例1-2-1,除了將調製著色感光性組尽 所使用組成1-C-1中的特定敏化劑、光聚合引發 敏化劑各自變更爲下述表6所示以外,全部與實Ϊ 同樣地進行,來調製著色感光性組成物1-C-2〜1-較用著色硬化性組成物1-C-27〜1-C-30,同時形 案,並進行評價。結果如下述表5所示。· [實施例1-2-24] 在實施例1-2-1,除了將調製著色感光性組届 所使用組成1 - C -1變更爲下述組成1 _ ε -1以外,全 例1 -2-1同樣地進行,來調製著色感光性組成物 時形成著色圖案而得到彩色濾光片。並且與實筑 同樣地進行評價。結果如表5所示。 80質量份 7.5質量份 2.5質量份 7.0質量份 2.5質量份 〇·5質量份 :物 1 - C -1 劑、及共 直例1-2-1 二-26及比 成著色圖 :物 1-C-1 部與實施 1 - Ε -1,同 【例1-2-1 •151- 200811483 80質量份 6Ό質量份 4Ό質量份 7.0質量份 1質量份 〇·7質量份 0.8質量份 〇·5質量份 •環己酮 •C.L顏料紅254 • C.L顏料黃139 •四赤藻糖醇三丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯之3:7的混合物(聚 合性化合物) • 2,2’ -雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4,,5,5’-四苯基-1,2’-二咪唑(光聚合引發劑) •化合物1-1 (特定敏化劑)200811483 • Cyclohexanone (solvent) • C Acid Blue 108 (colorant) • CI·Solvent Yellow 162 (colorant) • Four erythritol triacrylate and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate 3:7 Mixture (polymerizable compound) • Lanthanide-based specific compound (CGI-124, manufactured by CIBA SPECIALTY CHEMICAL Co., Ltd., photopolymerization initiator) • Glycerol propoxylate maximum molecular weight Μη: 1500) [Example 1-2- 2 to 1-2-26, Comparative Example 1-2-2 to 1-2-5] In Example 1-2-1, except for the modulation coloring sensitivity group, the specific composition 1-C-1 was used. Each of the sensitizer and the photopolymerization-sensitizing sensitizer was changed to the same as in the following Table 6, and the coloring photosensitive composition 1-C-2 1-2 was used to prepare a coloring curable composition. 1-C-27~1-C-30, simultaneously shaped and evaluated. The results are shown in Table 5 below. [Example 1-2-24] In Example 1-2-1, except that the composition 1 - C -1 used in the preparation of the coloring sensitivity group was changed to the following composition 1 _ ε -1, the whole example 1 In the same manner as in the case of 2-1, a coloring pattern was formed when the coloring photosensitive composition was prepared, and a color filter was obtained. It is evaluated in the same manner as the actual building. The results are shown in Table 5. 80 parts by mass 7.5 parts by mass 2.5 parts by mass 7.0 parts by mass 2.5 parts by mass 〇·5 parts by mass: 1 - C -1 agent, and a total straight form 1-2-1 2-26 and a coloring chart: substance 1 Part C-1 and implementation 1 - Ε -1, same as [Example 1-2-1 • 151- 200811483 80 parts by mass 6 Ό parts by mass 4 Ό parts by mass 7.0 parts by mass 1 part by mass 7 7 parts by mass 0.8 parts by mass 〇·5 Parts by mass • Cyclohexanone • CL Pigment Red 254 • CL Pigment Yellow 139 • 3:7 mixture of tetraerythritol triacrylate and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (polymeric compound) • 2,2' - bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4,5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-diimidazole (photopolymerization initiator) • Compound 1-1 (specific sensitizer)

•共敏化劑:2-氫硫基苯并咪唑 •甘油丙氧基化物(數量平均分子量Μη : 1500) [實施例1-2-25、比較例1·2·6] 在實施例1-2。24,除了將調製著色感光性組成物1-Ε-1 所使用組成1-Ε-1中的特定敏化劑、光聚合引發劑、及共 敏化劑各自變更爲下述表5所示以外,全部與實施例1-2-24 同樣地進行,來調製著色感光性組成物1-Ε-2及比較用著 色硬化性組成物1-Ε-3,同時形成著色圖案,並進行評價。 結果如下述表5所示。 [比較例1-2-7] 在實施例1-2-1,除了將調製著色感光性組成物1-C-1 所使用組成1-C-1變更爲下述組成1-F-1以外,全部與實施 例1 -2-1同樣地進行,來調製著色感光性組成物11,同 時形成著色圖案而得到彩色濾光片。並且與實施例1-2-1 同樣地進行評價。結果如表5所示。 452- 200811483• Co-sensitizer: 2-Hydroxythiobenzimidazole • Glycerol propoxylate (number average molecular weight Μη : 1500) [Examples 1-2-25, Comparative Example 1·2·6] In Example 1 2.24, except that the specific sensitizer, the photopolymerization initiator, and the co-sensitizer in the composition 1-Ε-1 used in the preparation of the coloring photosensitive composition 1-Ε-1 were changed to the following Table 5. In the same manner as in Example 1-2-24, the colored photosensitive composition 1-Ε-2 and the comparative colored curable composition 1-Ε-3 were prepared, and a colored pattern was formed and evaluated. . The results are shown in Table 5 below. [Comparative Example 1-2-7] In Example 1-2-1, except that the composition 1-C-1 used for the coloring photosensitive composition 1-C-1 was changed to the following composition 1-F-1. In the same manner as in Example 1-2-1, the colored photosensitive composition 11 was prepared, and a colored pattern was formed to obtain a color filter. Further, evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1-2-1. The results are shown in Table 5. 452- 200811483

&lt;組成 1-F-1&gt; •環己酮 80質量份 •C.L顏料紅254 6.0質量份 • C.L顏料黃139 4.0質量份 •四赤藻糖醇三丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯之3:7的混合物(聚 合性化合物) 7.0質量份 •肟系光特定化合物 (CGI-124、CIBA SPECIALTY CHEMICAL 公司製、光聚合引發劑) 2.5質量份 •甘油丙氧基化物 0.5質量份 (數量平均分子量Μη: 1500)&lt;Composition 1-F-1&gt; • Cyclohexanone 80 parts by mass • CL Pigment Red 254 6.0 parts by mass • CL Pigment Yellow 139 4.0 parts by mass • Four erythritol triacrylate and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate Mixture of 3:7 (polymerizable compound) 7.0 parts by mass • Lanthanide-based specific compound (CGI-124, manufactured by CIBA SPECIALTY CHEMICAL Co., Ltd., photopolymerization initiator) 2.5 parts by mass • Glycerol propoxylate 0.5 parts by mass (quantity Average molecular weight Μη: 1500)

-153- 200811483 表5-153- 200811483 Table 5

硬化性組成物 硬化性組成物及彩色濾 光片的評 價 mm 特定敏化劑 或比較化合 物 光聚合 引發劑 共敏 化劑 保存 安定性 敏感度 (mJ/cm2) 圖案 尺寸 (微米) 基板黏 附性 圖案剖 面形狀 實施例1-2-1 1-C-l 化合物Μ D1 F1 〇 1000 1.97 〇 矩形 實施例1-2-2 l-C-2 化合物1-1 D2 F1 〇 1100 1.94 Δ 矩形 實施例1-2-3 l-C-3 化合物1-1 D3 F1 〇 1100 1.94 Δ 矩形 實施例1-2-4 1-C4 化合物1-1 D1 F2 〇 900 1.98 〇 順錐形 實施例1-2-5 l-C-5 化合物1-1 D1 F3 〇 1100 1.94 〇 矩形 實施例1-2-6 l-C-6 化合物1-2 D1 F1 〇 1100 1.94 〇 矩形 實施例1-2-7 l-C-7 化合物1-3 D1 F1 〇 1100 1.94 〇 矩形 實施例1-2-8 l-C-8 化合物1-4 D1 F1 〇 1200 1.92 〇 矩形 實施例1-2-9 l-C-9 化合物1-5 D1 F1 〇 1100 1.94 〇 矩形 實施例1-2-10 l-C-10 化合物1-6 D1 F1 〇 1200 1.92 〇 矩形 實施例1-2-11 1-C-ll 化合物1-7 D1 F1 〇 1100 1.94 〇 矩形 實施例1-2-12 l-C-12 化合物1-8 D1 F1 〇 1100 1.94 〇 矩形 實施例1-2-13 1-0-13 化合物1-9 D1 F1 〇 1100 1.94 〇 矩形 實施例1-2-14 l-C-14 化合物1-10 D1 F1 〇 1100 1.94 〇 矩形 實施例1-2-15 l-C-15 化合物1-11 D1 F1 〇 1200 1.92 〇 矩形 實施例1-2-16 l-C-16 化合物1-12 D1 F1 〇 1200 1.92 〇 矩形 實施例1-247 l-C-17 化合物143 D1 F1 〇 1100 1.94 〇 矩形 實施例1-2-18 l-C-18 化合物1-14 D1 F1 〇 1100 1.94 〇 矩形 實施例1-2-19 1-C49 化合物1-14 D1 Arrt. Ill IT J\\\ 〇 1300 L91 Δ 反錐形 實施例1-2-20 l-C-20 化合物1-14 D1 F4 〇 1100 1.94 〇 順錐形 實施例1-2-21 l-C-21 化合物145 D! FI 〇 900 1.98 〇 順錐形 實施例1-2-22 l-C-22 化合物1-16 D1 FI 〇 900 1.98 〇 順錐形 實施例1-2-23 l-C-23 化合物147 D1 FI 〇 900 1.98 〇 順錐形 實施例1-2-24 l-C-24 化合物1-18 D1 FI 〇 900 1.98 〇 順錐形 實施例1-2-25 l-C-25 化合物1·19 D1 FI 〇 800 2,00 〇 順錐形 實施例1-2-26 l-C-26 化合物149 D1 F4 〇 700 2.01 〇 順錐形 實施例1-2-27 1-E4 化合物1-1 D1 FI 〇 900 2.00 〇 順錐形 實施例1-2-28 l-E-2 化合物1-18 D1 FI 〇 700 2.01 〇 順錐形 t_!l 1-2-1 1-D-l - CG1-124 - 〇 1500 1.84 △ 反錐形 1-2-2 l-C-27 比較化合物 1-1 D1 FI 〇 2000 1.50 X 反錐形 t_J 1-2-3 l-C-28 比較化合物 1-2 D1 FI 〇 2000 1.50 X 反錐形 t 圓 1-2-4 l-C-29 比較化合物 1-3 D1 FI 〇 1400 1.90 X 反錐形 t 圓 1-2-5 l-C-30 比較化合物 1-4 D1 FI 〇 1400 1.90 X 反錐形 1:酬 1-2-6 l-E-3 比較化合物 14 D1 FI 〇 1300 1.91 Δ 反錐形 i-F-1 - CG1424 - 〇 1400 1.90 Δ 反錐形 -154- 200811483 如表5所示,光聚合引發劑D1〜D3、共敏化劑F1〜F3、 比較化合物1-1〜丨-4係前述化合物。 從表5的結果,得知含有特定敏化劑(化合物1-1〜1-1 9) 之實施例的各著色硬化性組成物在其溶液狀態之保存安定 性優良,在支撐體上形成畫像時,相對於未含有特定敏化 劑或使用比較化合物1 -1〜1 -4之各比較例,能夠得到曝光敏 感度高、顯像性優良、同時基板黏附性、圖案剖面形狀都 優良的彩色濾光片。Evaluation of hardenable composition of curable composition and color filter mm Specific sensitizer or comparative compound Photopolymerization initiator Common sensitizer Preservation stability sensitivity (mJ/cm2) Pattern size (micrometer) Substrate adhesion pattern Cross-sectional shape Example 1-2-1 1-Cl Compound Μ D1 F1 〇1000 1.97 〇Rectangular Example 1-2-2 lC-2 Compound 1-1 D2 F1 〇1100 1.94 Δ Rectangular Example 1-2-3 lC -3 Compound 1-1 D3 F1 〇1100 1.94 Δ Rectangular Example 1-2-4 1-C4 Compound 1-1 D1 F2 〇900 1.98 锥形 Conical Cone Example 1-2-5 lC-5 Compound 1-1 D1 F3 〇1100 1.94 〇Rectangular Example 1-2-6 lC-6 Compound 1-2 D1 F1 〇1100 1.94 〇Rectangular Example 1-2-7 lC-7 Compound 1-3 D1 F1 〇1100 1.94 〇Rectangle implementation Example 1-2-8 lC-8 Compound 1-4 D1 F1 〇1200 1.92 〇Rectangular Example 1-2-9 lC-9 Compound 1-5 D1 F1 〇1100 1.94 〇Rectangular Example 1-2-10 lC- 10 Compound 1-6 D1 F1 〇1200 1.92 〇Rectangular Example 1-2-11 1-C-ll Compound 1-7 D1 F1 〇1100 1.94 〇Rectangular Example 1-2-12 lC-12 Compound 1-8 D1 F1 〇1100 1.94 〇Rectangular Example 1-2-13 1-0-13 Compound 1-9 D1 F1 〇1100 1.94 〇Rectangular Example 1-2-14 lC-14 Compound 1-10 D1 F1 〇 1100 1.94 〇Rectangular Example 1-2-15 lC-15 Compound 1-11 D1 F1 〇1200 1.92 〇Rectangular Example 1-2-16 lC-16 Compound 1-12 D1 F1 〇1200 1.92 〇Rectangular Example 1- 247 lC-17 Compound 143 D1 F1 〇1100 1.94 〇Rectangular Example 1-2-18 lC-18 Compound 1-14 D1 F1 〇1100 1.94 〇Rectangular Example 1-2-19 1-C49 Compound 1-14 D1 Arrt Ill IT J\\\ 〇1300 L91 Δ Anti-conical Example 1-2-20 lC-20 Compound 1-14 D1 F4 〇1100 1.94 锥形Conical Example 1-2-21 lC-21 Compound 145 D ! FI 〇 900 1.98 锥形 tapered example 1-2-22 lC-22 compound 1-16 D1 FI 〇900 1.98 锥形 tapered example 1-2-23 lC-23 compound 147 D1 FI 〇900 1.98 〇 Straight Conical Example 1-2-24 lC-24 Compound 1-18 D1 FI 〇900 1.98 锥形Conical Example 1-2-25 lC-25 Compound 1·19 D1 FI 〇800 2,00 〇Shun Example 1-2-26 lC-26 Compound 149 D1 F4 700 2.01 锥形Conical Example 1-2-27 1-E4 Compound 1-1 D1 FI 〇900 2.00 锥形Conical Example 1-2-28 lE-2 Compound 1-18 D1 FI 〇700 2.01 〇 Cone t_!l 1-2-1 1-Dl - CG1-124 - 〇1500 1.84 △ Anti-tapering 1-2-2 lC-27 Comparative compound 1-1 D1 FI 〇2000 1.50 X Anti-taper t_J 1- 2-3 lC-28 Comparative compound 1-2 D1 FI 〇2000 1.50 X Anti-tapered t Round 1-2-4 lC-29 Comparative compound 1-3 D1 FI 〇1400 1.90 X Anti-taper t round 1-2- 5 lC-30 Comparative compound 1-4 D1 FI 〇1400 1.90 X Anti-taper 1: Recharge 1-2-6 lE-3 Comparative compound 14 D1 FI 〇1300 1.91 Δ Anti-conical iF-1 - CG1424 - 〇1400 1.90 Δ Anti-conical-154-200811483 As shown in Table 5, the photopolymerization initiators D1 to D3, the co-sensitizers F1 to F3, and the comparative compounds 1-1 to 丨-4 are the above compounds. From the results of Table 5, it is understood that each of the colored curable compositions of the examples containing the specific sensitizer (compounds 1-1 to 1-1 9) has excellent storage stability in a solution state, and forms an image on the support. In the comparative examples in which the specific sensitizer is not contained or the comparative compound 1-1 to 1-4 is used, it is possible to obtain a color having high exposure sensitivity, excellent developability, and excellent substrate adhesion and pattern cross-sectional shape. Filter.

[實施例2-1-1] 說明調製硬化性組成物2-A-1,並使用該硬化性組成物 2-A-1來製造著色圖案塗布膜的例子。 [1.硬化性組成物2-A-1(塗布液)的調製] 將下述組成2-A-1的成分均勻地混合溶解,來調製硬化 性組成物2 - A -1。 &lt; 組成 2 - A -1 &gt; •光聚合引發劑〇JVl-6992(D〇W CHEMICAL製)) 0·08毫莫耳 Φ •聚合性化合物噺戊四醇四丙烯酸酯) 1克 •黏合劑樹脂(聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯(Aldrich公司製試藥、Mw : c.a· 996000) 1克 •特定敏化劑(化合物2-1) 0.08毫莫耳 •溶劑(環己酮) 16克 化合物2-1[Example 2-1-1] An example in which a curable composition 2-A-1 was prepared and a colored pattern coating film was produced using the curable composition 2-A-1. [1. Preparation of Curable Composition 2-A-1 (Coating Liquid)] The components of the following composition 2-A-1 were uniformly mixed and dissolved to prepare a curable composition 2 - A -1. &lt;Composition 2 - A -1 &gt; • Photopolymerization initiator 〇JVl-6992 (manufactured by D〇W CHEMICAL)) 0·08 mmol Φ • Polymerizable compound pentaerythritol tetraacrylate) 1 g•bonding Resin (polymethyl methacrylate (tested by Aldrich, Mw: ca·996000) 1 g • specific sensitizer (compound 2-1) 0.08 mmol • solvent (cyclohexanone) 16 g of compound 2 -1

-155· 200811483 [2.硬化性組成物塗布膜的製造] 將藉由上述所得到的硬化性組成物2 - A -1作爲光阻溶 液,使用旋轉塗布器塗布在10公分xlO公分的玻璃基板(旭 硝子公司製:ΑΝ6 3 5),在40 °C乾燥10分鐘,來形成1.5微 米膜厚度之硬化性組成物塗布膜。 [3·性能評價]-155. 200811483 [2. Production of Curable Composition Coating Film] The curable composition 2 - A -1 obtained above was used as a photoresist solution, and a glass substrate of 10 cm x 10 cm was applied using a spin coater. (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.: ΑΝ6 3 5), dried at 40 ° C for 10 minutes to form a curable composition coating film having a film thickness of 1.5 μm. [3. Performance Evaluation]

如下進行評價使用上述所得到的硬化性組成物 2-A-1 (塗布液)形成於玻璃基板上之硬化性組成物塗布膜的 敏感度級數。結果如表1 3所示。 -硬化性組成物塗布膜的敏感度級數- 在如上述形成的硬化性組成物塗布膜上,放置2 1,2 階段片(step tablet)(DAINIPP〇N SCREEN 公司製灰階薄 膜),透過熱線截止濾片使USHIO電機公司製500mW之高 壓水銀燈的光曝光30秒後,浸漬在甲苯中60秒來進行顯 像處理,並將對應階段片之完全硬化而不溶化的級數作爲 敏感度而進行評價。級數越多表示敏感度越高。 [實施例 2-1-2〜2-1-12、比較例 在實施例2-1 -1,除了將特定敏化劑、及光聚合引發劑 變更爲下述表1 3所示以外,全部與實施例2-1 -1同樣地進 行,來調製硬化性組成物2-A-2〜A-19,得到具有使用其所 構成的硬化性組成物塗布膜之彩色濾光片。而且,與實施 例2-1 -1同樣地進行評價。結果如下述表1 3所示。 -156- 200811483 表12 化合物號碼 結構 365奈米之ε 化合物2-1 6 ^ 13773 化合物2-2 〇Λμ〇&gt; 17004 化合物2-3 ΜβΟ^ 〇Λ-^} 40814 化合物2-4 20363 化合物2-5 8045 化合物2-6 Me〇\!e 35366 比較化合物24 4,4-二乙胺基二苯基酮 36025 比較化合物2-2 ekJD^X〇 Εί 23276 比較化合物2-3 οφοκ 4558 -157- 200811483 表13 號碼 特定化合物 及敏化劑 光聚合引發劑 敏感度 級數 實施例2-1-1 化合物2-1 UVI-6992(DOW CHEMICAL 公司製) 7 實施例2-1-2 化合物2-2 UVI-6992(DOW CHEMICAL 公司製) 7 實施例2小3 化合物2-3 UVI-6992(D〇W CHEMICAL 公司製) 8 實施例24-4 化合物2-1 UVI-6992(DOW CHEMICAL 公司製) 6 實施例2小5 化合物2-4 UVI-6992(DOW CHEMICAL 公司製) 6 實施例2-1-6 化合物2-6 UVI-6992(DOW CHEMICAL 公司製) 8 實施例2-1-7 化合物2-6 Irugacure OXE-01 (CIBA SPECIALTY CHEMICAL 公司製) 〇·〇8毫莫耳 8 實施例2小8 化合物2-6 化合物E 0.08毫莫耳 8 實施例2-1-9 化合物2-6 LD-5 0.08毫莫耳 氫硫基苯并三唑0.08毫莫耳 9 實施例2-1-10 化合物2-6 化合物10.08毫莫耳 8 實施例2-1-11 化合物2-6 UVI-6992(DOW CH EMICAL 公司製) 0.08毫莫耳 8 實施例2-1-12 化合物6 CGI784 (CIBA SPECIALTY CHEMICAL 公司製) 0.08毫莫耳 8 比較例244 比較化合物1 UVI-6992(DOW CHEMICAL 公司製) 2 比較例2小2 比較化合物2 UVI-6992(D〇W CHEMICAL 公司製) 2 比較例2-1-3 比較化合物3 UVI-6992(DOW CHEMICAL 公司製) 0 比較例24-4 比較化合物2-1 Irugacure OXE-01 (CIBA SPECIALTY CHEMICAL 公司製) 0.08毫莫耳 3 比較例2小5 比較化合物2-1 化合物E0.08毫莫耳 3 比較例2-1-6 比較化合物2-1 LD-5 0.08毫莫耳 氫硫基苯并三唑0.08毫莫耳 3 比較例2小7 比較化合物2-1 化合物10.08毫莫耳 0The sensitivity level of the curable composition coating film formed on the glass substrate using the curable composition 2-A-1 (coating liquid) obtained above was evaluated as follows. The results are shown in Table 13. - Sensitivity level of the coating film of the curable composition - On the coating film of the curable composition formed as described above, a 2,2 stage tablet (step matrix) (a gray scale film made by DAINIPP〇N SCREEN) was placed through The hot-line cut-off filter exposes the light of a 500 mW high-pressure mercury lamp made by USHIO Electric Co., Ltd. for 30 seconds, and then immersed in toluene for 60 seconds to perform development processing, and the number of stages in which the corresponding stage sheets are completely hardened and insolubilized is used as sensitivity. Evaluation. The greater the number of stages, the higher the sensitivity. [Examples 2-1-2 to 2-1-2, and Comparative Example in Example 2-1-1, except that the specific sensitizer and the photopolymerization initiator were changed to the following Table 13 In the same manner as in Example 21-1, the curable compositions 2-A-2 to A-19 were prepared to obtain a color filter having a curable composition coating film formed using the curable composition. Further, evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example 21-1. The results are shown in Table 13 below. -156- 200811483 Table 12 Compound number structure 365 nm ε Compound 2-1 6 ^ 13773 Compound 2-2 〇Λμ〇&gt; 17004 Compound 2-3 ΜβΟ^ 〇Λ-^} 40814 Compound 2-4 20363 Compound 2 -5 8045 Compound 2-6 Me〇\!e 35366 Comparative Compound 24 4,4-Diethylaminodiphenyl ketone 36025 Comparative Compound 2-2 ekJD^X〇Εί 23276 Comparative Compound 2-3 οφοκ 4558 -157- 200811483 Table 13 Number-specific compound and sensitizer Photopolymerization initiator sensitivity level Example 2-1-1 Compound 2-1 UVI-6992 (manufactured by DOW CHEMICAL CORPORATION) 7 Example 2-1-2 Compound 2-2 UVI-6992 (manufactured by Dow Chemical Co., Ltd.) 7 Example 2 Small 3 Compound 2-3 UVI-6992 (manufactured by D〇W CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.) 8 Example 24-4 Compound 2-1 UVI-6992 (manufactured by DOW CHEMICAL CORPORATION) 6 Example 2 Small 5 Compound 2-4 UVI-6992 (manufactured by DOW Chemical Co., Ltd.) 6 Example 2-1-6 Compound 2-6 UVI-6992 (manufactured by DOW CHEMICAL CORPORATION) 8 Example 2-1-7 Compound 2- 6 Irugacure OXE-01 (manufactured by CIBA SPECIALTY CHEMICAL CO., LTD.) 〇·〇8 mmoles 8 Example 2 Small 8 Compound 2-6 Compound E 0.08 毫Molar 8 Example 2-1-9 Compound 2-6 LD-5 0.08 mmoles thiol benzotriazole 0.08 mmol 9 Example 2-1-10 Compound 2-6 Compound 10.08 mmol 8 Example 2-1-11 Compound 2-6 UVI-6992 (manufactured by DOW CH EMICAL Co., Ltd.) 0.08 mmol 8 Example 2-1-12 Compound 6 CGI784 (manufactured by CIBA SPECIALTY CHEMICAL CO., LTD.) 0.08 mmol 8 Comparative Example 244 Comparative Compound 1 UVI-6992 (manufactured by DOW Chemical Co., Ltd.) 2 Comparative Example 2 Small 2 Comparative Compound 2 UVI-6992 (manufactured by D〇W Chemical Co., Ltd.) 2 Comparative Example 2-1-3 Comparative Compound 3 UVI-6992 (DOW CHEMICAL Company-made) 0 Comparative Example 24-4 Comparative Compound 2-1 Irugacure OXE-01 (manufactured by CIBA SPECIALTY CHEMICAL CO., LTD.) 0.08 mmol 3 Comparative Example 2 Small 5 Comparative Compound 2-1 Compound E 0.08 mmol 3 Comparative Example 2-1-6 Comparative compound 2-1 LD-5 0.08 mmoles thiol benzotriazole 0.08 mmol 3 Comparative Example 2 Small 7 Comparative compound 2-1 Compound 10.08 millimoles 0

表1 3所示之化合物1〜化合物6、及比較化合物1〜比較 化合物3係表示表1 2所記載之化合物。又,表1 3所示之 I r g a c u r e Ο X E - 0 1、化合物£、1^0-5、及化合物1係表示以下 所示之化合物。 -158- 200811483The compound 1 to the compound 6 shown in Table 1 and the comparative compound 1 to the comparative compound 3 are the compounds described in Table 12. Further, I r g a c u r e Ο X E - 0 1 , compound £, 1^0-5, and compound 1 shown in Table 13 represent the compounds shown below. -158- 200811483

從表1 3的結果,得知含有特定敏化劑(化合物2 -1〜2 - 6) 之各實施例硬化性組成物,相對於使用比較化合物2-1〜比 較化合物2-3代替特定敏化劑之各比較例,曝光敏感度較From the results of Table 13, the hardening compositions of the respective examples containing the specific sensitizer (Compound 2 -1 to 2 - 6 ) were found, and the specific compounds were replaced with Comparative Compound 2-1 to Comparative Compound 2-3. Comparative examples of the agent, exposure sensitivity

高。 [實施例2-1] 接著,說明調製含有著色劑(顏料)之著色硬化性組成物 層2-B-1,使用該著色硬化性組成物2-B-1來製造液晶顯示 元件用途之彩色濾光片之例子。 [1.著色硬化性組成物2-B-1的調製] 1-1.顏料分散液(P1)的調製 使用與在實施例1 -1 -1同樣地調製而成的顏料分散液。 1-2.著色硬化性組成物2-Β·1(塗布液)的調製 -159- 200811483 混合溶解下述組成2 - B -1的成分,來調製著色硬化性組 成物 2 - B -1。 、 &lt;組成 2-Β-1&gt; •顏料分散液(P1) 600質量份 •鹼可溶性樹脂 (甲基丙燒酸节酯/甲基丙儲酸/甲基丙燃酸經基乙醋共聚物、莫耳比: 200誓量份 80/10/10、Mw : 10000) •聚合性化合物(二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯) 60質量份 φ •光聚合引發劑(2,2’ -雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5,-四苯基-i,2,_二咪唑):m 60質量份 •特定敏感劑(化合物2-1) 40質量份 •界面活性劑:商品名:TETRANIK150R1、BASF公司) 1質量份 •共敏化劑(氫硫基苯并噻唑):A1 40質量份 •黏附提升劑(7 -甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷) 5質量份 •溶劑:丙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯 1000質量份 [2.彩色濾光片的製造] 除了使用著色硬化性組成物2 - B -1代替著色硬化性組 Φ 成物1-A-1以外,使用與實施例1-1-1同樣的方法,形成著 色硬化性組成物塗布膜(著色硬化性組成物層),並曝光、 顯像、加熱處理,得到彩色濾光片。 [3·性能評價] 對上述所調製的著色硬化性組成物2-B-1 (塗布液),與 實施例1· 1 -1同樣地進行評價。結果如表1 3所示。 [比較例2 -1 ] 在實施例2 - 2 -1,除了使用下述所示之組成代替著色感 光性組成物2-B-1以外,全部與實施例2-2-1同樣地進行’ -160-high. [Example 2-1] Next, the coloring-curable composition layer 2-B-1 containing a coloring agent (pigment) is prepared, and the color of the liquid crystal display element is produced by using the coloring curable composition 2-B-1. An example of a filter. [1. Preparation of coloring curable composition 2-B-1] 1-1. Preparation of pigment dispersion liquid (P1) A pigment dispersion liquid prepared in the same manner as in Example 1-1. 1-2. Preparation of coloring curable composition 2-Β·1 (coating liquid) -159- 200811483 A component of the following composition 2 - B -1 was dissolved and dissolved to prepare a coloring curable composition 2 - B -1 . &lt;Composition 2-Β-1&gt; • Pigment Dispersion (P1) 600 parts by mass • Alkali-soluble resin (methyl propyl sulphate / methyl propyl storage / methyl propyl ketone copolymer) , Mo Erbi: 200 oaths 80/10/10, Mw: 10000) • Polymeric compound (dopentenol hexaacrylate) 60 parts by mass φ • Photopolymerization initiator (2, 2' - double ( 2-Chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5,-tetraphenyl-i,2,-diimidazole): m 60 parts by mass • Specific sensitizer (Compound 2-1) 40 parts by mass • Interfacial activity Agent: Trade name: TETRANIK150R1, BASF company) 1 part by mass • Common sensitizer (hydrothiobenzothiazole): A1 40 parts by mass • Adhesion enhancer (7-methacryloxypropyltriethoxy)矽 )) 5 parts by mass • Solvent: 1000 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate [2. Manufacture of color filter] In addition to the coloring hardening composition 2 - B -1 instead of the coloring hardening group Φ product 1 In the same manner as in Example 1-1-1, a colored curable composition coating film (colored curable composition layer) was formed, and exposed, developed, and heat-treated to obtain color filter. . [3. Performance evaluation] The above-described colored curable composition 2-B-1 (coating liquid) was evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1·1-1. The results are shown in Table 13. [Comparative Example 2 - 1] In the same manner as in Example 2-2-1 except that the composition shown below was used instead of the coloring photosensitive composition 2-B-1. -160-

200811483 得到具有著色圖案之彩色濾光片。而且,進行 2-2-1同樣的評價。結果如表14所示。 混合溶解下述組成的成分,來調製著 組成物2-B-1 1。 &lt;組成 2-B-11〉 •顏料分散液(Π) 、 •鹼可溶性樹脂 (甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸羥基乙酯共聚物、莫耳比: φ 80/10/10、Mw :勘00) •聚合性化合物(二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯) •光聚合引發劑(H4-(苯硫基)苯基]-2-(0-苯甲醯肟)):D2 •界面活性劑:商品名:TETRANIK150R1、BASF公司) •溶劑:丙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯 [實施例2-2-2〜2-10、比較例2-2-2〜2-4] 在實施例2-2_1,除了將調製著色硬化性組^ 所使用組成2- B -1中的特定敏化劑、光聚合引漫 敏化劑各自變更爲下述表1 4所示以外,全部與實 同樣地進行,來調製著色感光性組成物 2-B-: 2-B-12〜2_B-14,得到具有使用其所構成的著色B 濾光片。而且與實施例2-2-1同樣地進行評價。糸 表1 4所示。 與實施例 色硬化性 600質量份 200質量份 60質量份 60質量份 1質量份 1000質量份 ξ 物 2-B-1 ΐ劑、及共 施例2-2-1 〜2-Β-10 、 丨案之彩色 ί果如下述 -161- 200811483 表14 特定敏化劑或 比較化合物 光聚合 引發劑 共敏 化劑 保存 安定性 曝光感度 (mJ/cm2) 顯像性 基板黏 附性 圖案剖面 形狀 實施例2-2-1 化合物2-1 D1 A1 〇 40 • 〇 〇 順錐形 實施例2-2-2 化合物2-1 D2 - 〇 50 〇 〇 矩形 實施例2-2-3 化合物2-1 D3 - 〇 50 〇 矩形 實施例2·2-4 化合物2-1 D4 - 〇 50 〇 〇 矩形 實施例2-2·5 化合物2-2 D1 A1 〇 40 〇 〇 順錐形 實施例2-2-6 化合物2-3 D1 A1 〇 30 〇 順錐形 實腳J2-2-7 化合物2-4 D1 A1 〇 50 〇 〇 矩形 實施例2-2·8 化合物2-5 D1 A1 〇 55 〇 〇 矩形 實施例2-2-9 化合物2-6 D1 A1 〇 25 s〇 〇 順錐形 實施例2-2-10 化合物2-6 D1 A2 〇 20 〇 順錐形 比較例2-2-1 - D2 - 〇 100 X 反錐形 比較例2-2-2 比較化雜2-1 D1 A1 〇 80 ._Δ X 反錐形 比較例2-2-3 比較化2-2 D1 A1 〇 80 Δ Δ 矩形 比較例2-2-4 比較化雜2-3 D1 A1 X 150 〇 X 反錐形200811483 A color filter with a colored pattern is obtained. Further, the same evaluation as in 2-2-1 was performed. The results are shown in Table 14. The composition 2-B-1 1 was prepared by mixing and dissolving the components of the following composition. &lt;Composition 2-B-11> • Pigment dispersion (Π), • Alkali-soluble resin (benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid/hydroxyethyl methacrylate copolymer, Mo Erbi: φ 80/10/ 10. Mw: 00) • Polymerizable compound (dopentenol hexaacrylate) • Photopolymerization initiator (H4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-2-(0-benzamide): D2 • Surfactant: trade name: TETRANIK 150R1, BASF Corporation) • Solvent: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate [Example 2-2-2 to 2-10, Comparative Example 2-2-2 to 2-4] In the example 2-2_1, except that the specific sensitizer and the photopolymerization diffuse sensitizer in the composition 2-B-1 used in the preparation of the coloring hardenability group were changed to those shown in the following Table 14 In the same manner as in the case of the coloring photosensitive composition 2-B-: 2-B-12 to 2_B-14, a colored B filter having a composition was used. Further, evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example 2-2-1.糸 Table 14 shows. And color hardening property: 600 parts by mass, 200 parts by mass, 60 parts by mass, 60 parts by mass, 1 part by mass, 1000 parts by mass of bismuth 2-B-1 bismuth, and a total of examples 2-2-1 to 2-Β-10, The color of the case is as follows -161- 200811483 Table 14 Specific sensitizer or comparative compound Photopolymerization initiator Co-sensitizer Preservation stability exposure sensitivity (mJ/cm2) Development substrate adhesion pattern cross-sectional shape Example 2-2-1 Compound 2-1 D1 A1 〇40 • 锥形Conical Example 2-2-2 Compound 2-1 D2 - 〇50 〇〇Rectangular Example 2-2-3 Compound 2-1 D3 - 〇50 〇Rectangular Example 2·2-4 Compound 2-1 D4 - 〇50 〇〇Rectangular Example 2-2·5 Compound 2-2 D1 A1 〇40 〇〇Conical Example 2-2-6 Compound 2-3 D1 A1 〇30 〇Scissible solid foot J2-2-7 Compound 2-4 D1 A1 〇50 〇〇Rectangular Example 2-2·8 Compound 2-5 D1 A1 〇55 〇〇Rectangular Example 2 -2-9 compound 2-6 D1 A1 〇25 s 锥形 锥形 tapered example 2-2-10 compound 2-6 D1 A2 〇20 〇 锥形 tapered comparative example 2-2-1 - D2 - 〇100 X Anti-conical comparison example 2 -2-2 Comparative hybrid 2-1 D1 A1 〇80 ._Δ X Reverse tapered comparative example 2-2-3 Comparative 2-2 D1 A1 〇80 Δ Δ Rectangular comparison example 2-2-4 Comparative hybrid 2 -3 D1 A1 X 150 〇X reverse cone

表1 4所不之光聚合引發劑D 1〜D 4、共敏化劑a 1及A 2 係以下所示之化合物。 D1 : 2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基卜^^乃乃’-四苯基-^^二咪唑 D2: 1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-2-(0-苯甲醯肟) D3: 4-苯并氧雜環壬烷-2,6-二(三氯甲基)_s_三阱 D4 ·· Irgacure 784(ciba 製) A 1 :氫硫基苯并噻唑 A2 : N-苯基氫硫基苯并咪唑 從表14的結果’得知含有特定敏化劑(化合物2-1-〜化 合物2-6)之各實施例的著色硬化性組成物係在其溶液狀態 具有優良的保存安定性。又,得知使用該著色硬化性組成 物在支撐體上形成著色圖案時,相對於未含有特定敏化劑 -162- 200811483 或使用比較化合物2-1 ~2-3之各比較例’能夠得到曝光敏感 度高、顯像性優良、同時基板黏附性、圖案剖面形狀都優 良的彩色濾光片。 以下,舉出調製含有著色劑(顏料)之硬化性組成物(作 爲形成固體攝像元件用途之彩色濾光片用)之例子’來進行 說明。 [實施例2-3-1] [1.光阻液的調製]The photopolymerization initiators D 1 to D 4 and the co-sensitizers a 1 and A 2 shown in Table 1 are the compounds shown below. D1 : 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)^-n-'-tetraphenyl-^^diimidazole D2: 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-2-(0- Benzoquinone) D3: 4-benzoxahydrocyclodecane-2,6-di(trichloromethyl)_s_tri-trap D4 ·· Irgacure 784 (manufactured by ciba) A 1 : thiothiabenzothiazole A2: N-phenylhydrothiobenzimidazole is known from the results of Table 14 as a color-hardening composition of each of the examples containing a specific sensitizer (Compound 2-1 to Compound 2-6) The solution state has excellent storage stability. Further, it is known that when the colored curable composition is used to form a colored pattern on the support, the specific sensitizer is not contained -162-200811483 or the comparative compound 2-1~2 is used. In each of the comparative examples of -3, a color filter having high exposure sensitivity and excellent developability, and excellent substrate adhesion and pattern cross-sectional shape can be obtained. Hereinafter, a hardening composition containing a coloring agent (pigment) is prepared. The material (for example, a color filter used for forming a solid-state image sensor) will be described. [Example 2-3-1] [1. Modulation of photoresist liquid]

與實施例1-2-1同樣地製造光阻液。 [2.具有底塗層之矽晶圓基板的製造] 與在實施例1 -2-1同樣地,得到具有底塗層之矽晶圓基 板。 [3.著色硬化性組成物2-C-1的調製] 混合溶解下述組成2-C-1的化合物,來調製著色硬化 性組成物2-C-1。 &lt;組成 2-C-l&gt; •溶劑廣己酮) 80質量份 •著色劑(C.L酸性藍108) 7.5質量份 •著色劑(C.I.溶劑黃162) 2.5質量份 •聚合性化合物(四羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇之3:7的混合物)7·0質量份 •光聚合引發劑(2,2,-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5,-四苯基-1,2’-二咪哩X上述之 η 1貿直份 D1) •特定敏化劑(化合物2-1) 0.8質量份 •共敏化劑(氫硫基苯并噻卩坐):(上述之Α1) 0.7質量份 •甘油丙氧基化物(數量平均分子量Mn : 1500、莫耳吸光係數e =〇、無 〇·5質量份 色化合物) 463- 200811483 [4.著色硬化性組成物2-C-1 (塗布液)的保存安定性評價] 與在實施例1-2-1同樣地,將著色硬化性組成物2-C-1 保存在室溫1個月而進行評價。測定評價的結果係如下述 表1 5所示。 [5.使用著色硬化性組成物2-C-1製造彩色濾光片及評價] 除了使用著色感光性組成物2-C-1代替著色硬化性組 成物1-C-1以外,與實施例1-2-1同樣地進行’來製造彩色A photoresist liquid was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-2-1. [2. Production of ruthenium wafer substrate having undercoat layer] A ruthenium wafer substrate having an undercoat layer was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-2-1. [3. Preparation of coloring curable composition 2-C-1] The coloring curable composition 2-C-1 was prepared by mixing and dissolving the compound of the following composition 2-C-1. &lt;Composition 2-C-l&gt; • Solvent hexanone) 80 parts by mass • Colorant (CL Acid Blue 108) 7.5 parts by mass • Colorant (CI Solvent Yellow 162) 2.5 parts by mass • Polymerizable compound (tetramethylol group) a mixture of 3:7 of propane triacrylate and dipentaerythritol) 7·0 parts by mass • Photopolymerization initiator (2,2,-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5 , -Tetraphenyl-1,2'-diimindole X, above η 1 直直份 D1) • Specific sensitizer (Compound 2-1) 0.8 parts by mass • Co-sensitizer (Hydroxythiobenzothiazide) Squatting): (1) above 0.7 parts by mass • glycerol propoxylate (quantitative average molecular weight Mn: 1500, molar absorptivity e = 〇, no 〇 · 5 parts by mass of color compound) 463- 200811483 [4. Coloring Evaluation of storage stability of the curable composition 2-C-1 (coating liquid)] In the same manner as in Example 1-2-1, the colored curable composition 2-C-1 was stored at room temperature for one month. Conduct an evaluation. The results of the measurement evaluation are shown in Table 15 below. [5. Production of Color Filter Using Coloring Curable Composition 2-C-1 and Evaluation] Except that the coloring photosensitive composition 2-C-1 was used instead of the colored curable composition 1-C-1, and Examples 1-2-1 Same as 'to make color

&lt;曝光敏感度&gt; 與在實施例1-2-1同樣地評價曝光敏感度。測定評價的 結果如下述表1 5所示. &lt;顯像性、基板黏附性、及圖案剖面形狀&gt; 顯像性、基板黏附性、及圖案剖面形狀係依據實施例 2-2-1〜實施例2-2-10所記載之評價基準來進行評價。測定 評價結果係如下述表1 5所示。&lt;Exposure Sensitivity&gt; The exposure sensitivity was evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1-2-1. The results of the measurement and evaluation are shown in Table 15 below. &lt;Developability, substrate adhesion, and pattern cross-sectional shape&gt; Development, substrate adhesion, and pattern cross-sectional shape were according to Example 2-2-1. The evaluation was carried out in the evaluation criteria described in Example 2-2-10. Measurement The evaluation results are shown in Table 15 below.

在實施例2-3-1,除了使用下述所示之組成2-C-2代替 著色感光性組成物2-C-1以外,全部與實施例2-3-1同樣地 進行,來調製具有著色圖案之彩色濾光片。而且,進行與 實施例2-3-1同樣的評價◊結果如表15所示。 混合溶解下述組成2 - C - 2的成分,來調製著色硬化性 組成物2-C-2。 -164-In the example 2-3-1, except that the composition 2-C-2 shown below was used instead of the coloring photosensitive composition 2-C-1, all were carried out in the same manner as in Example 2-3-1. A color filter having a colored pattern. Further, the same evaluation as in Example 2-3-1 was carried out, and the results are shown in Table 15. The composition of the following composition 2 - C - 2 was dissolved and dissolved to prepare a colored curable composition 2-C-2. -164-

200811483 〈組成 2-C-2&gt; •溶劑(環己酮) •著色劑(C.L顏料紅254) •著色劑(C.I顏料黃139) •聚合性化合物(四羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇之3:7的混合物) •光聚合引發劑(1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-2-(0-苯甲醯肟)):(上述之D2) •特定敏化劑(化合物2-1) •共敏化劑(氫硫基苯并噻π坐)··(上述之A1) •甘油丙氧基化物(數量平均分子量Μη : 1500、莫耳吸光係數ε =0、無 色化合物) [實施例2-3-3〜實施例2-3-12] 在實施例2-3-1,除了將調製著色感光性組成 所使用組成2-C-1中的特定敏化劑、光聚合引發 敏化劑變更爲下述表1 5所示以外,全部與實施例 樣地進行’來調製著色感光性組成物2-C-3〜2-C-具有使用其所構成之著色圖案之彩色濾光片。而 實施例2-3-1同樣的評價。結果如下述表15所示 [比較例2 - 3 · 1 ] 在實施例2-3-1,除了將調製著色感光性組域 所使用組成2-C-1,變更爲下述組成2-C-13以外 實施例2-3-1同樣地進行,來調製著色感光, 2-C-13 ’形成著色圖案而得到彩色濾光片。而且 施例2-3-1同樣的評價。.結果如下述表15所示。 80質量份 6.0質量份 4.0質量份 7.0質量份 1質量份 0.8質量份 0·7質量份 0.5質量份 ;物 2-C-1 劑、及共 2-3-1 同 12,得到 且進行與 :物 2-C-1 ,全部與 生組成物 進行與實 -165- 200811483 &lt;組成 2-C-13&gt; •溶劑(環己酮) 80質量份 •著色劑(C.I.酸性藍108) 7.5質量份 •著色劑(CI·溶劑黃162) 2.5質量份 •聚合性化合物(四羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇之3:7的混合物)7.0質量份 •肟系光特定化合物 2.5質量份 (CGI-124、CIBA SPECIALTY CHEMICAL 公司製、光聚合引發劑) •甘油丙氧基化物 0.5質量份 ψ200811483 <Composition 2-C-2> Solvent (cyclohexanone) • Colorant (CL Pigment Red 254) • Colorant (CI Pigment Yellow 139) • Polymerizable compound (tetramethylolpropane triacrylate and new a mixture of pentaerythritol 3:7) • Photopolymerization initiator (1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-2-(0-benzamide)): (D2 above) • Specific sensitivity Chemical (Compound 2-1) • Co-sensitizer (Hydroxythiobenzothiazepine π sitting)··(A1 above) •Glycerol propoxylate (quantitative average molecular weight Μη: 1500, Molar absorption coefficient ε = 0. Colorless Compound) [Example 2-3-3 to Example 2-3-12] In Example 2-3-1, except for the specific sensitivity of the composition 2-C-1 used to prepare the coloring photosensitive composition The sensitizing agent and the photopolymerization-sensitizing sensitizer were changed to the following examples, and all of the examples were prepared to prepare the coloring photosensitive composition 2-C-3 to 2-C-. A color filter with a colored pattern. The same evaluation as in Example 2-3-1 was carried out. The results are as shown in the following Table 15 [Comparative Example 2 - 3 · 1] In Example 2-3-1, except that the composition 2-C-1 used in the preparation of the coloring sensitivity group was changed to the following composition 2-C Example 2-3-1 other than -13 was carried out in the same manner to prepare coloring light, and 2-C-13' was formed into a coloring pattern to obtain a color filter. And the same evaluation as in Example 2-3-1. The results are shown in Table 15 below. 80 parts by mass of 6.0 parts by mass of 4.0 parts by mass of 7.0 parts by mass of 1 part by mass of 0.8 parts by mass of 0. 7 parts by mass of 0.5 parts by mass; 2-C-1 agent, and 2-3-1 of the same as 12, obtained and carried out: 2-C-1, all with the raw composition and the actual -165- 200811483 &lt; Composition 2-C-13&gt; • Solvent (cyclohexanone) 80 parts by mass • Colorant (CI Acid Blue 108) 7.5 parts by mass • Colorant (CI·Solvent Yellow 162) 2.5 parts by mass • Polymerizable compound (mixture of 4:7 of tetramethylolpropane triacrylate and dipentaerythritol) 7.0 parts by mass • 肟 light specific compound 2.5 mass (CGI-124, CIBA SPECIALTY CHEMICAL company, photopolymerization initiator) • Glycerol propoxylate 0.5 parts by mass

(數量平均分子量Μη ·· 1500、莫耳吸光係數ε =0、無色化合物) [比較例2-3-5] 在實施例2-3-1,除了將調製著色感光性組成物2-C-1 所使用組成2-C-1,變更爲下述組成2-C-17以外,全部與 實施例 2-3-1同樣地進行,來調製著色感光性組成物 2-C-17,形成著色圖案而得到彩色濾光片。而且進行與實 施例2-3-1同樣的評價^結果如下述表15所示。 &lt;組成 2-C-17〉 80質量份 6.0質量份 4.0質量份 7.0質量份 2.5質量份 0.5質量份 •溶劑(環己酮) •C.L顏料紅254 • C.L顏料黃139 •聚合性化合物(四羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇之3:7的混合物) •光聚合引發劑 (肟系光聚合引發劑:CGI-124、CIBA SPECIALTY CHEMICAL公司製) •甘油丙氧基化物 (數量平均分子量隐·_ 15〇〇、莫耳吸光係數ε =〇、無色化合物) -166- 200811483 [比較例 2-3-2〜2·3-4、2-3-6] 在實施例2-3-1,除了將調製著色感光性組成物c-丨所 使用組成2-C-1中的特定敏化劑、光聚合引發劑、及共敏 化劑變更爲下述表9所示以外,全部與實施例2-3-1同樣地 進行’來調製比較用著色感光性組成物2-CM4〜2-C-16、 2-C-18 ’同時在支撐體上形成著色圖案來製造彩色濾光 片,而且進行評價。結果如下述表1 5所示。 表15(Quantum average molecular weight Μη·· 1500, More absorption coefficient ε =0, colorless compound) [Comparative Example 2-3-5] In Example 2-3-1, except that the coloring photosensitive composition 2-C- was prepared. In the same manner as in Example 2-3-1, except that the composition 2-C-1 was used, the composition was changed to the following composition 2-C-17, and the coloring photosensitive composition 2-C-17 was prepared to form a color. The pattern is obtained to obtain a color filter. Further, the same evaluation as in Example 2-3-1 was carried out, and the results are shown in Table 15 below. &lt;Composition 2-C-17> 80 parts by mass 6.0 parts by mass 4.0 parts by mass 7.0 parts by mass 2.5 parts by mass 0.5 parts by mass • Solvent (cyclohexanone) • CL Pigment Red 254 • CL Pigment Yellow 139 • Polymerizable Compound (Four a mixture of 3:7 of methylolpropane triacrylate and dipentaerythritol) • Photopolymerization initiator (fluorene-based photopolymerization initiator: CGI-124, manufactured by CIBA SPECIALTY CHEMICAL CO., LTD.) • Glycerol propoxylate ( Quantitative average molecular weight _15 〇〇, More absorption coefficient ε = 〇, colorless compound) -166- 200811483 [Comparative Example 2-3-2 to 2·3-4, 2-3-6] In Example 2 -3-1, except for the specific sensitizer, photopolymerization initiator, and co-sensitizer in the composition 2-C-1 used for the preparation of the coloring photosensitive composition c-丨, except as shown in Table 9 below. In the same manner as in Example 2-3-1, the coloring photosensitive composition 2-CM4 to 2-C-16 and 2-C-18 were used to prepare the coloring pattern for comparison, and a color pattern was formed on the support to produce color. Filters were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 15 below. Table 15

特定化合物 及敏化劑 光聚合 引發劑 共敏 化劑 敏感度 (mJ/cm2) 圖案 尺寸A (微米) 經時 安定性 顯像性 黏附性 圖案剖 面形狀 實施例2-3-1 化合物2-1 D1 Α1 900 1.98 〇 〇 〇 順錐形 實施例2各2 化雜2·1 D2 ' Α1 1100 1.94 〇 〇 〇 矩形 實施例2-3-3 化合物24 D3 Α1 1100 1.94 〇 〇 〇 矩形 實施例2-34 化合物2-1 D1 Α2 800 1.98 〇 〇 〇 順錐形 實施例2-3-5 化雜2-2 D1 Α1 900 1.98 〇 〇 〇 順錐形 實施例2-3-6 化合物2-3 D1 Α1 800 1.99 〇 〇 〇 順錐形 實施例2-3-7 化雜2-4 D1 Α1 1000 1.96 〇 〇 〇 矩形 實施例2-3-8 化雜2-5 D1 Α1 1000 1.96 〇 〇 〇 矩形 實施例2-3-9 化合物2-6 D1 Α1 750 1.99 〇 〇 〇 順錐形 實施例2-3-10 化合物2-1 D1 Α1 800 1.98 〇 〇 〇 順錐形 實議2-3-11 化合物2-4 D1 Α1 900 1.97 〇 〇 〇 矩形 實施例2-3-12 化雜2-6 D1 Α1 700 1.99 〇 〇 〇 順錐形 比酬2-3-1 • CGI-124 - 1500 .1.84 〇 〇 X 反錐形 比麵2-3-2 比較化合物2-1 D1 Α1 1300 1.92 〇 △ X 反錐形 比酬2-3-3 比較化雜2-2 D1 Α1 1300 1.92 〇 〇 X 反錐形 比棚2-3-4 比較化额2-3 D1 Α1 2000 1.86 X 〇 X 反錐形 比麵2·3-5 - CGI-124 - 1400 1.84 〇 〇 X 反錐形 比_ 2-3-6 比較化合物2-1 D1 Α1 1200 1.92 〇 Δ X 反錐形 如表15所示之光聚合引發劑D1〜D3、共敏化劑A1及 A2、比較化合物2-1〜2-3係上述之化合物。 從表15的結果,得知含有特定敏化劑(化合物2-1〜2_6) -167- 200811483 之各實施例的著色硬化性組成物係在其溶液狀態具有優良 的保存安定性。又,得知使用該著色硬化性組成物在支撐 體上形成著色圖案時,相對於未含有特定敏化劑或使用比 較化合物2-1〜2-3之各比較例,能夠得到曝光敏感度高、顯 像性優良、同時基板黏附性、圖案剖面形狀都優良的彩色 濾光片。Specific compound and sensitizer Photopolymerization initiator Common sensitizer sensitivity (mJ/cm2) Pattern size A (micrometer) Time-dependent stability developable adhesive pattern cross-sectional shape Example 2-3-1 Compound 2-1 D1 Α1 900 1.98 锥形 锥形 tapered Example 2 each 2 2 1 D2 ' Α 1 1100 1.94 〇〇〇 Rectangular Example 2-3-3 Compound 24 D3 Α 1 1100 1.94 〇〇〇 Rectangular Example 2 34 Compound 2-1 D1 Α 2 800 1.98 锥形 tapered embodiment 2-3-5 cation 2-2 D1 Α 1 900 1.98 锥形 tapered example 2-3-6 compound 2-3 D1 Α 1 800 1.99 锥形 tapered embodiment 2-3-7 2-4 1-4 D1 Α 1 1000 1.96 〇〇〇 rectangular embodiment 2-3-8 compound 2-5 D1 Α 1 1000 1.96 〇〇〇 rectangular embodiment 2-3-9 Compound 2-6 D1 Α1 750 1.99 锥形Conical Example 2-3-10 Compound 2-1 D1 Α1 800 1.98 〇〇〇 锥形 tapered 2-3-11 Compound 2 4 D1 Α1 900 1.97 〇〇〇Rectangular Example 2-3-12 Compound 2-6 D1 Α1 700 1.99 〇〇〇 锥形 tapered ratio 2-3-1 • CGI-124 - 1500 .1.84 〇〇X 反Cone Comparative 2-3-2 Comparative compound 2-1 D1 Α1 1300 1.92 〇△ X Anti-cone ratio 2-3-3 Comparative hybrid 2-2 D1 Α1 1300 1.92 〇〇X reverse cone ratio shed 2-3 -4 Comparison 2-3 D1 Α1 2000 1.86 X 〇X Reverse cone ratio surface 2·3-5 - CGI-124 - 1400 1.84 〇〇X Reverse cone ratio _ 2-3-6 Comparative compound 2-1 D1 Α1 1200 1.92 〇Δ X The reversely-shaped photopolymerization initiators D1 to D3, the co-sensitizers A1 and A2, and the comparative compounds 2-1 to 2-3 shown in Table 15 are the above-mentioned compounds. From the results of Table 15, it was found that the colored curable composition of each of the examples containing the specific sensitizer (compounds 2-1 to 2_6) -167 to 200811483 has excellent storage stability in the solution state. Further, when it was found that a colored pattern was formed on the support using the colored curable composition, it was found that the exposure sensitivity was high with respect to each of the comparative examples in which the specific sensitizer was not contained or the comparative compounds 2-1 to 2-3 were used. A color filter that is excellent in image development, and has excellent substrate adhesion and pattern cross-sectional shape.

而且,本發明之通式(3-1)所示化合物之化合物3-1〜3-7 的合成例係如下所示。 (合成例3-1) 將27克二苯基胺基苯甲醛、3.5克哌啶溶解在450毫 升甲醇中後,邊回流1小時邊攪拌。接著,添加17克3-乙基-2·烯丙亞胺基-噚唑烷-4-酮並邊回流1小時邊攪拌。 反應結束後,放冷至室溫時,有黃色結晶析出。過濾析出 的結晶,添加1 000毫升甲醇攪拌1小時。過濾結晶並乾燥, 得到23克下述結構的化合物1(產率55%)。藉由1H-NMR (溶 劑CDC13)、紅外吸收光譜、質量分析頻譜、及元素分析進 行鑑定。熔點(67°C )、電子吸收光譜(THF):吸收極大波長 3 8 8奈米、吸收極大莫耳吸光係數 29400。氧化電位 (CH3CN、vs Ag/AgCl) + 0.89V。Further, the synthesis examples of the compounds 3-1 to 3-7 of the compound of the formula (3-1) of the present invention are shown below. (Synthesis Example 3-1) After dissolving 27 g of diphenylaminobenzaldehyde and 3.5 g of piperidine in 450 ml of methanol, the mixture was stirred under reflux for 1 hour. Next, 17 g of 3-ethyl-2·allylimidinyl-oxazolidin-4-one was added and stirred while refluxing for 1 hour. After the completion of the reaction, when it was allowed to cool to room temperature, yellow crystals were precipitated. The precipitated crystals were filtered, and 1 000 ml of methanol was added and stirred for 1 hour. The crystals were filtered and dried to give 23 g of Compound 1 (yield 55%) of the structure below. Identification was carried out by 1H-NMR (solvent CDC13), infrared absorption spectrum, mass spectrometry spectrum, and elemental analysis. Melting point (67 ° C), electron absorption spectrum (THF): absorption maximum wavelength 388 nm, absorption maximum molar absorption coefficient 29400. Oxidation potential (CH3CN, vs Ag/AgCl) + 0.89V.

-168- 200811483 (合成例3-2) 將35克二苯基胺基苯甲醛、2.0克哌啶溶解在500毫 升甲醇中後,邊回流1小時邊攪拌。接著,添加20克3-乙基-2-硫代-4-曙唑烷酮並邊回流4小時邊攪拌。反應結束 後,放冷至室溫時,有黃色結晶析出。過濾析出的結晶, 添加1000毫升甲醇攪拌1小時。過濾結晶並乾燥,得到48 克下述結構的化合物3-2(產率91%)。藉由1H-NMR進行鑑 定。-168-200811483 (Synthesis Example 3-2) After dissolving 35 g of diphenylaminobenzaldehyde and 2.0 g of piperidine in 500 ml of methanol, the mixture was stirred under reflux for 1 hour. Next, 20 g of 3-ethyl-2-thioxo-4-oxazolidinone was added and stirred while refluxing for 4 hours. After the completion of the reaction, yellow crystals were precipitated when allowed to cool to room temperature. The precipitated crystals were filtered, and stirred with 1000 ml of methanol for 1 hour. The crystals were filtered and dried to give 48 g of Compound 3-2 (yield: 91%). It was identified by 1H-NMR.

化合物3-2 接著將1.7克硝酸銀溶解在20毫升乙腈後,添加2.0 克化合物2,在室溫攪拌0.5小時。接著,滴加1.0克苄胺 φ 並攪拌1.5小時後,滴加1.0克三乙胺,進而攪拌1.5小時。 反應結束後,添加30毫升丙酮,使用矽藻土過濾分開析出 的銀鹽,將濾液投入1 50毫升水中。過濾取得析出的結晶 後,在甲醇中進行再分散,得到1.9克與合成例3-1所得到 之物同樣的化合物3-1(產率88%)。藉由1H-NMR進行鑑定。 (合成例3-3) 將 20 克 2,3,6,7-四氫-1H,5H-吡啶并-[3,2,1-?7 ]-喹啉-9-碳化醛、3.5克吡咯啶,溶解在400毫升甲醇後,邊回流 1.5小時邊攪拌。接著,添加21克3-苯基乙基-1,3 -曙唑烷 -169- 200811483 -2,4-二酮並邊回流4小時邊攪拌。反應結束後,放冷至室 溫時,有黃色結晶析出。過濾析出的結晶,添加800毫升 甲醇攪拌1小時。過濾結晶並乾燥,得到3 3克下述結構的 化合物3-3(產率85%)。藉由1H-NMR (溶劑CDC13)、紅外吸 收光譜、質量分析頻譜、及元素分析進行鑑定。熔點(162 °C )、電子吸收光譜(THF):吸收極大波長412奈米、吸收 極大莫耳吸光係數35500。氧化電位(CH3CN、vs Ag/AgCl) + 0.64V °Compound 3-2 Next, after dissolving 1.7 g of silver nitrate in 20 ml of acetonitrile, 2.0 g of Compound 2 was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hour. Then, 1.0 g of benzylamine φ was added dropwise thereto and stirred for 1.5 hours, and then 1.0 g of triethylamine was added dropwise thereto, followed by stirring for 1.5 hours. After completion of the reaction, 30 ml of acetone was added, and the precipitated silver salt was separated by filtration using diatomaceous earth, and the filtrate was poured into 150 ml of water. The precipitated crystals were collected by filtration, and then redispersed in methanol to obtain 1.9 g of the compound 3-1 (y. Identification by 1H-NMR. (Synthesis Example 3-3) 20 g of 2,3,6,7-tetrahydro-1H,5H-pyrido-[3,2,1-?7]-quinoline-9-carbaldehyde, 3.5 g of pyrrole The pyridine was dissolved in 400 ml of methanol and stirred while refluxing for 1.5 hours. Next, 21 g of 3-phenylethyl-1,3-oxazolidine-169-200811483-2,4-dione was added and stirred while refluxing for 4 hours. After the completion of the reaction, when it was allowed to cool to room temperature, yellow crystals were precipitated. The precipitated crystals were filtered, and stirred with 800 ml of methanol for 1 hour. The crystals were filtered and dried to give 3 3 g of Compound 3-3 (yield: 85%). Identification was carried out by 1H-NMR (solvent CDC13), infrared absorption spectrum, mass analysis spectrum, and elemental analysis. Melting point (162 °C), electron absorption spectrum (THF): absorption maximum wavelength 412 nm, absorption maximum Mohr absorption coefficient 35500. Oxidation potential (CH3CN, vs Ag/AgCl) + 0.64V °

化合物3-3 (合成例3-4) 藉由與合成例3-2所記載的方法同樣的方法來合成化 鲁合物3-2。 接著,將2.8克硝酸銀溶解在40毫升乙腈後,添加3.0 克化合物2,在室溫攪拌0.5小時。接著,滴加5克2,4,6-三甲基苯胺並攪拌1 · 5小時後,滴加1. 〇克三乙胺,進而在 7 0°C攪拌1小時。反應結束後,添加60毫升丙酮,使用矽 藻土過濾分開析出的銀鹽,將濾液投入300毫升水中。過 濾取得析出的結晶後,在甲醇中進行再分散,得到3.5克 下述結構的化合物 3-4 (產率92%)。藉由1H-NMR (溶劑 CDC、紅夕t吸收光譜、質量分析頻譜、及元素分析進行 -170- 200811483 鑑定。溶點(117°C )、電子吸收光譜(THF):吸收極大波長 395奈米、吸收極大莫耳吸光係數 3〇9〇〇。氧化電位 (CH3CN、vs Ag/AgCl) + 0.82V。Compound 3-3 (Synthesis Example 3-4) The compound 3-2 was synthesized by the same method as the method of the synthesis of the compound 3-2. Next, after dissolving 2.8 g of silver nitrate in 40 ml of acetonitrile, 3.0 g of Compound 2 was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hour. Next, 5 g of 2,4,6-trimethylaniline was added dropwise and stirred for 1.5 hours, and then 1. gram of triethylamine was added dropwise, followed by stirring at 70 ° C for 1 hour. After completion of the reaction, 60 ml of acetone was added, and the precipitated silver salt was separated by filtration using celite, and the filtrate was poured into 300 ml of water. The precipitated crystals were obtained by filtration, and then redispersed in methanol to obtain 3.5 g of the compound 3-4 (yield: 92%) of the structure below. It was identified by 1H-NMR (solvent CDC, red tt absorption spectroscopy, mass spectrometry spectrum, and elemental analysis -170-200811483. Melting point (117 ° C), electron absorption spectrum (THF): absorption maximum wavelength 395 nm The absorption maximal molar absorption coefficient is 3〇9〇〇. The oxidation potential (CH3CN, vs Ag/AgCl) + 0.82V.

化合物3-4 (合成例3-5) 將1·8克二乙基胺基苯甲醛、0.7克哌啶、2.1克3 -乙 基-2-環己基亞胺基-噚唑烷-4-酮溶解在50毫升乙醇中後, 邊回流8小時邊攪拌。反應結束後,放冷至室溫時,有黃 色結晶析出。過濾析出的結晶,添加5 0毫升甲醇攪拌1小 時。過濾結晶並乾燥,得到1·4克下述結構的化合物3-5(產 率38%)。藉由1H-NMR (溶劑CDC13)、紅外吸收光譜、質量 ® 分析頻譜、及元素分析進行鑑定。電子吸收光譜(THF):吸 收極大波長385奈米、吸收極大莫耳吸光係數37200。Compound 3-4 (Synthesis Example 3-5) 1.88 g of diethylaminobenzaldehyde, 0.7 g of piperidine, 2.1 g of 3-ethyl-2-cyclohexylimido-oxazolidine-4- After the ketone was dissolved in 50 ml of ethanol, it was stirred while refluxing for 8 hours. After the completion of the reaction, yellow crystals were precipitated when allowed to cool to room temperature. The precipitated crystals were filtered, and 50 ml of methanol was added and stirred for 1 hour. The crystals were filtered and dried to give 1. 4 g of Compound 3-5 (yield: 38%) of the structure below. It was identified by 1H-NMR (solvent CDC13), infrared absorption spectroscopy, mass ® analytical spectrum, and elemental analysis. Electron absorption spectroscopy (THF): The absorption maximum wavelength is 385 nm, and the absorption maximum molar absorption coefficient is 37,200.

化合物3-5 (合成例3-6) 將17.7克二乙基胺基苯甲醛、1.0克哌啶溶解在250 -171- 200811483 毫升甲醇中後,邊回流1小時邊攪拌。接著添加19.9克3-乙基-2-硫代-4-曙唑烷酮並邊回流4小時邊攪拌。反應結束 後,放冷至室溫時’有黃色結晶析出。過濾析出的結晶, 添加5 0 0毫升甲醇攪拌1小時。過濾結晶並乾燥,得到3 〇. 4 克下述結構的化合物3-6(產率85%)。藉由1H-NMR進行鑑 定。Compound 3-5 (Synthesis Example 3-6) After dissolving 17.7 g of diethylaminobenzaldehyde and 1.0 g of piperidine in 250 -171 - 200811483 ml of methanol, the mixture was stirred under reflux for 1 hour. Then, 19.9 g of 3-ethyl-2-thioxo-4-oxazolidinone was added and stirred while refluxing for 4 hours. After the completion of the reaction, when allowed to cool to room temperature, yellow crystals were precipitated. The precipitated crystals were filtered, and 500 ml of methanol was added and stirred for 1 hour. The crystals were filtered and dried to give 3 g. 4 g of compound 3-6 (yield 85%) of the structure below. It was identified by 1H-NMR.

化合物3-6 (合成例3-7) 將1.7克硝酸銀溶解在20毫升乙腈後,添加1.8克藉 由與合成例3-6同樣的方法所得到的化合物3-6,在室溫攪 拌0.5小時。接著,滴加1 · 0克環己胺並攪拌1 .5小時後, φ 滴加1 .〇克三乙胺,進而攪拌1.5小時。反應結束後,添加 30毫升丙酮,使用矽藻土過濾分開析出的銀鹽,將濾液投 -入1 50毫升水中。過濾取得析出的結晶後,在甲醇中進行 再分散,得到1.9克下述結構的化合物3-7 (產率88%)。藉 由1 H-NMR (溶劑CDC13)、紅外吸收光譜、質量分析頻譜、 及元素分析進行鑑定。電子吸收光譜(THF):吸收極大波長 384奈米、吸收極大莫耳吸光係數3 8300。 -172- 200811483Compound 3-6 (Synthesis Example 3-7) After dissolving 1.7 g of silver nitrate in 20 ml of acetonitrile, 1.8 g of the compound 3-6 obtained by the same method as the synthesis of Example 3-6 was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hour. . Next, 1.0 g of cyclohexylamine was added dropwise and stirred for 1.5 hours, and then 〇g triethylamine was added dropwise to φ, followed by stirring for 1.5 hours. After completion of the reaction, 30 ml of acetone was added, and the precipitated silver salt was separated by filtration using diatomaceous earth, and the filtrate was poured into 150 ml of water. The precipitated crystals were collected by filtration, and then re-dispersed in methanol to obtain 1.9 g of Compound 3-7 (yield: 88%). It was identified by 1 H-NMR (solvent CDC13), infrared absorption spectrum, mass analysis spectrum, and elemental analysis. Electron absorption spectroscopy (THF): absorption maximum wavelength 384 nm, absorption maximum molar absorption coefficient 3 8300. -172- 200811483

化合物3-7 將化合物3-1〜3-7結構整理記載於下述表16。又,在 後述比較例所使用之比較化合物3-1〜3-3的結構係記載於 •表 17。Compound 3-7 The structures of the compounds 3-1 to 3-7 were classified and shown in Table 16 below. Further, the structures of Comparative Compounds 3-1 to 3-3 used in the comparative examples described later are described in Table 17.

473- 200811483 表16 化合物號碼 結構 化合物3-1 9 σΝΌΛ^〇 化合物3-2 化合物3-3 化合物3-4 Ρ η σΝΌύ&gt;^&gt; 化合物3-5 化合物3-6 ^ 9 化合物3-7 、9 -174- 200811483 表17473- 200811483 Table 16 Compound Number Structure Compound 3-1 9 σΝΌΛ^〇 Compound 3-2 Compound 3-3 Compound 3-4 Ρ η σΝΌύ&gt;^&gt; Compound 3-5 Compound 3-6 ^ 9 Compound 3-7 9 -174- 200811483 Table 17

以下藉由實施例更具體地說明本發明之彩色濾光片及 其製法’但是只要未悖離本發明的主旨,未限定於以下的 實施例。 [實施例3 -1 -1 ]Hereinafter, the color filter of the present invention and the method for producing the same will be described more specifically by way of examples, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples without departing from the spirit of the invention. [Embodiment 3 -1 -1 ]

在此’調製含有著色劑(顏料)之著色硬化性組成物 3-A-1 ’並使用該著色硬化性組成物3-A-1,來說明製造液 晶顯示元件用途的彩色濾光片之例子。 [1·著色硬化性組成物3_A-1的調製] 1-1·顏料分散液(P1)的調製 使用與在實施例1 -1 -1同樣地調製而成的顏料分散液。 1-2.著色硬化性組成物3-A-1(塗布液)的調製 混合下述組成3-A-1的成分並溶解,來調製著色硬化 性組成物3-A-1 。 -175- 200811483 &lt; 組成 3 - A -1 &gt; 600質量份 190質量份 60質量份 60質量份 40質量份 40質量份 1質量份 1000質量份 10質量份 •顏料分散液(PI) •鹼可溶性樹脂 (甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸羥基乙酯共聚物、莫耳比: 80/10/10、Mw : 10000) •二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯[聚合性化合物] • 2,2,-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5,·四苯基-1,2’-二咪唑(光聚合引發劑) •化合物3-1[特定敏化劑]Here, an example of a color filter of a coloring-curable composition 3-A-1' containing a coloring agent (pigment) and using the coloring curable composition 3-A-1 will be described. . [1. Preparation of coloring curable composition 3_A-1] 1-1. Preparation of pigment dispersion liquid (P1) A pigment dispersion liquid prepared in the same manner as in Example 1-1.1 was used. 1-2. Preparation of coloring curable composition 3-A-1 (coating liquid) The coloring curable composition 3-A-1 was prepared by dissolving and dissolving the component of the following composition 3-A-1. -175- 200811483 &lt; Composition 3 - A -1 &gt; 600 parts by mass 190 parts by mass 60 parts by mass 60 parts by mass 40 parts by mass 40 parts by mass 1 part by mass 1000 parts by mass 10 parts by mass • Pigment dispersion (PI) • Alkali Soluble resin (benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid/hydroxyethyl methacrylate copolymer, molar ratio: 80/10/10, Mw: 10000) • dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate [polymeric compound] • 2,2,-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5,·tetraphenyl-1,2'-diimidazole (photopolymerization initiator) • Compound 3-1 [specific sensitivity Chemical agent

•共敏化劑:2-氫硫基苯并咪唑 •界面活性劑:(商品名:TETRANIK150IU、BASF公司) •溶劑:丙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯 • r-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷 [2·彩色濾光片的製造] 2- 1.硬化性組成物層的形成 除了使用著色硬化性組成物層3 - A -1代替著色硬化^生 組成物1-A-1以外,藉由與實施例l-1-l同樣的方法,來形 # 成著色硬化性組成物塗布膜(著色硬化性組成物層),並曝 光、顯像、加熱處理,得到彩色濾光片。 [3.性能評價] 對上述所調製的著色硬化性組成物3 - A -1 (塗布液),進 行與實施例1 -1 -1同樣的評價。結果如下述表1 8所示。 [實施例 3-1-2~3-1-10] 在實施例 3 -1 -1,除了將調製著色硬化性組成物層 3- A-1所使用的組成A-1中的特定敏化劑、及光聚合引發 劑變更爲下述表1 8所示以外,全部與實施例3 · 1 · 1同樣地 -176- 200811483 進行,來調製硬化性組成物3-A-2〜A-10,得到具有使用其 所構成的著色圖案之彩色濾光片。而且’與實施例3 -1 _ 1 同樣地進行評價。結果如下述表1 8所示。 [比較例1-1]• Common sensitizer: 2-Hydroxythiobenzimidazole • Surfactant: (trade name: TETRANIK150IU, BASF) • Solvent: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate • r-methacryloxypropyl propyl Triethoxy decane [Production of Color Filter] 2- 1. Formation of the curable composition layer In addition to the use of the colored curable composition layer 3 - A -1 instead of the color hardening composition 1-A- In the same manner as in Example 1-1-1, a coloring-curable composition coating film (colored curable composition layer) was formed, and exposed, developed, and heat-treated to obtain color filter. sheet. [3. Performance evaluation] The same evaluation as in Example 1-1 was carried out on the colored curable composition 3 - A -1 (coating liquid) prepared above. The results are shown in Table 18 below. [Examples 3-1-2 to 3-1-10] In Example 3 -1 -1, except for the specific sensitization in the composition A-1 used for preparing the colored curable composition layer 3-A-1 The agent and the photopolymerization initiator were changed to the following Table 18, and all were carried out in the same manner as in Example 3·1·1 -176-200811483 to prepare a curable composition 3-A-2 to A-10. A color filter having a colored pattern formed using the same is obtained. Further, evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example 3-1. The results are shown in Table 18 below. [Comparative Example 1-1]

在實施例3-1-1,除了將調製著色硬化性組成物3_A-1 所使用組成3-A-1,變更爲下述組成3-B-1以外,全部與實 施例3-1-1同樣地進行,來調製比較用著色硬化性組成物 B-1,形成著色圖案而得到彩色濾光片。而且進行與實施例 3-1-1同樣的評價。結果如下述表18所示。 &lt;組成 3-Β-1&gt; 600質量份 200質量份 60質量份 140質量份 1000質量份 1質量份 •顏料分散液(P1) •鹼可溶性樹脂 (甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸羥基乙酯共聚物、莫耳比: 80/10/10、Mw : 10000) •二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯[聚合性化合物] • 1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-2-(〇-苯甲醯肟)[光聚合引發劑]In Example 3-1-1, except that the composition 3-A-1 used for the preparation of the coloring curable composition 3_A-1 was changed to the following composition 3-B-1, all were the same as those in Example 3-1-1. In the same manner, the coloring curable composition B-1 for comparison was prepared to form a colored pattern to obtain a color filter. Further, the same evaluation as in Example 3-1-1 was carried out. The results are shown in Table 18 below. &lt;Composition 3-Β-1&gt; 600 parts by mass 200 parts by mass 60 parts by mass 140 parts by mass 1000 parts by mass 1 part by mass • Pigment dispersion (P1) • Alkali-soluble resin (benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid/A) Hydroxyethyl acrylate copolymer, molar ratio: 80/10/10, Mw: 10000) • dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate [polymeric compound] • 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl] -2-(〇-benzothymidine) [Photopolymerization initiator]

•溶劑:丙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯 •界面活性劑:(商品名:TETRANIK150IU、BASF公司) [比較例1-2~1-4] 在實施例3 -1 -1所調製的著色硬化性組成物層3 - A-1, 除了將特定敏化劑、及光聚合引發劑、及共敏化劑變更爲 下述表1 8所示之比較化合物、光聚合引發劑、及共敏化劑 以外,全部與實施例3 -1 -1同樣地進行,來調製比較用著色 硬化性組成物3-B-2~3-B-4 ’得到具有使用其所構成的著色 圖案之彩色濾光片。而且’與實施例3 -1 -1同樣地進行評 價。結果如下述表1 8所示。 -177- 200811483 表18• Solvent: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate • surfactant: (trade name: TETRANIK 150 IU, BASF) [Comparative Examples 1-2 to 1-4] The color hardening property prepared in Example 3 -1 -1 In addition to the specific sensitizer, the photopolymerization initiator, and the co-sensitizer, the composition layer 3 - A-1 is changed to a comparative compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a co-sensitizer shown in the following Table 18. In the same manner as in Example 3 -1 -1, all of the colored curable composition 3-B-2 to 3-B-4 ' was prepared to obtain a color filter having a colored pattern formed using the same. . Further, evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example 3-1. The results are shown in Table 18 below. -177- 200811483 Table 18

著色硬化性組成物 著色硬化性組成物及彩色濾光片的評價 wm 特定敏化劑 或比較化合 物 光聚合 引發劑 共敏 化劑 保存 安定性 曝光 敏感度 (mJ/cm2) 圖案 尺寸 (微米) 基板黏 附性 圖案剖 面形狀 實施例3-1-1 3-A-1 化合物3-1 D1 F1 〇 40 〇 〇 矩形 實施例3·1·2 3-A-2 化合物3-1 D2 F1 〇 50 〇 〇 矩形 實施例3-1-3 3-A-3 化合物3-1 D3 F1 〇 50 〇 〇 矩形 實施例344 3-A4 化合物3-1 D1 F2 〇 40 〇 〇 矩形 實施例3-1-5 3·Α·5 化合物3-3 D1 F1 〇 50 〇 〇 矩形 實施例3·1-6 3-Α-6 化合物3-4 D1 F1 〇 45 〇 〇 矩形 實施例3小7 3-Α-7 化合物3-5 D1 F1 〇 35 〇 〇 順錐形 實施例3小8 3-Α-8 化合物3-7 D1 F1 〇 35 〇 〇 順錐形 實施例3-1-9 3-Α-9 化合物3-2 D1 F1 〇 60 〇 △ 矩形 實施例34-10 3-Α-10 化合物3-6 'D1 FI 〇 60 〇 Δ 矩形 比較例344 3-B-l - D2 - Δ 100 〇 Δ 反錐形 比較例34·2 3-B-2 比較化合物 3-1 D1 F1 Δ 80 Δ Δ 反錐形 比較例3小4 3-B-3 比較化合物 3-2 D1 F1 Δ 150 〇 X 反錐形 比較例3小5 3-B-4 比較化合物 3-3 D1 F1 Δ 90 〇 Δ 反錐形 如表18所示之光聚合引發劑D1〜D3、共敏化劑FK及 F2.係各自與表4所示之光聚合引發劑D1〜D3、共敏化劑F1 及F2相同。 從表18的結果,得知含有特定敏化劑(化合物3-1〜3-7) 之各實施例的著色硬化性組成物係在其溶液狀態具有優良 的保存安定性。又,得知使用該著色硬化性組成物在支撐 體上形成著色圖案時,相對於未含有特定敏化劑或使用比 較化合物3-1〜3-3之各比較例,能夠得到曝光敏感度高、顯 -178· 200811483 像性優良、同時基板黏附性、圖案剖面形狀都優良的彩色 濾光片。 以下,說明調製含有固體攝像元件用途的著色劑(顏料) 之著色硬化性組成物,使用該著色硬化性組成物來製造固 體攝像元件用途的彩色濾光片之例子.。 [實施例3-2_1] [1.光阻液的調製] 與實施例1-2-1同樣地進行光阻液調製。Evaluation of coloring curable composition coloring curable composition and color filter wm specific sensitizer or comparative compound photopolymerization initiator co-sensitizer preservation stability exposure sensitivity (mJ/cm2) pattern size (micrometer) substrate Adhesive pattern cross-sectional shape Example 3-1-1 3-A-1 Compound 3-1 D1 F1 〇40 〇〇Rectangular Example 3·1·2 3-A-2 Compound 3-1 D2 F1 〇50 〇〇 Rectangular Example 3-1-3 3-A-3 Compound 3-1 D3 F1 〇50 〇〇Rectangular Example 344 3-A4 Compound 3-1 D1 F2 〇40 〇〇Rectangular Example 3-1-5 3· Α·5 Compound 3-3 D1 F1 〇50 〇〇Rectangular Example 3·1-6 3-Α-6 Compound 3-4 D1 F1 〇45 〇〇Rectangular Example 3 Small 7 3-Α-7 Compound 3- 5 D1 F1 〇35 锥形Conical cone Example 3 Small 8 3-Α-8 Compound 3-7 D1 F1 〇35 〇〇Conical cone Example 3-1-9 3-Α-9 Compound 3-2 D1 F1 〇60 〇△ Rectangular Example 34-10 3-Α-10 Compound 3-6 'D1 FI 〇60 〇Δ Rectangular Comparative Example 344 3-Bl - D2 - Δ 100 〇Δ Anti-conical Comparative Example 34·2 3 -B-2 Comparative Compound 3-1 D1 F1 Δ 80 Δ Δ anti-conical comparison example 3 small 4 3-B-3 comparative compound 3-2 D1 F1 Δ 150 〇X reverse cone comparative example 3 small 5 3-B-4 comparative compound 3-3 D1 F1 Δ 90 〇Δ anti-tapered photopolymerization initiators D1 to D3, co-sensitizers FK and F2 shown in Table 18, and photopolymerization initiators D1 to D3 and co-sensitizers F1 and F2 shown in Table 4, respectively. the same. From the results of Table 18, it was found that the color hardening composition of each of the examples containing the specific sensitizer (compounds 3-1 to 3-7) had excellent storage stability in the solution state. Moreover, when the coloring pattern was formed on the support using the colored curable composition, it was found that the exposure sensitivity was high with respect to each of the comparative examples in which the specific sensitizer was not contained or the comparative compounds 3-1 to 3-3 were used.显-178· 200811483 A color filter with excellent image quality, excellent substrate adhesion, and pattern cross-sectional shape. Hereinafter, an example will be described in which a color-curable composition containing a color former (pigment) for use in a solid-state image sensor is prepared, and a color filter for use in a solid-state image sensor is produced by using the colored curable composition. [Example 3-2_1] [1. Preparation of photoresist liquid] Photoresist liquid preparation was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1-2-1.

[2·具底塗層之矽晶圓基板的製造] 與實施例1-2-1同樣地進行,得到具底塗層之矽晶圓基 板。 [3 ·著色硬化性組成物3 · C -1的調製] 混合溶解下述組成3-C-1的化合物,來調製著色硬化 性組成物3-C-1。 &lt;組成 3-C-l&gt; •環己酮(溶劑) 80質量份 • C.I.酸性藍108彊色劑) 7.5質量份 • C.I·溶劑黃162齡劑) 2.5質量份 •新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇六丙燃酸酯之3:7的混合物(聚合 性化合物) 7纖份 • 2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基.1,2\二咪唑(光聚合引發劑) 1質量份 •化合物3-1 (符定敏化劑) q η暫量份 •共敏化劑:2-氫硫基苯并咪嗤 0.8暫量份 •甘油丙氧基化物 (λ5質量份 (數量平均分子量Μη : 1500、莫耳吸光係數ε =0、無色化合物) -179- 200811483 [4.著色硬化性組成物3-C-1(塗布液)的保存安定性評價] 與實施例1-2-1同樣地,將著色硬化性組成物3-C-1保 存在室溫1個月後進行評價。 [5.使用著色硬化性組成物3-C-1來製造彩色濾光片及評價] 除了使用著色感光性組成物3-C-1代替著色硬化性組 成物1-C-1以外,與實施例1-2-1同樣地進行,得到彩色濾 光片。[2. Production of underlying coated germanium wafer substrate] In the same manner as in Example 1-2-1, an undercoated silicon wafer substrate was obtained. [3. Preparation of coloring curable composition 3 · C -1] The coloring curable composition 3-C-1 was prepared by mixing and dissolving the compound of the following composition 3-C-1. &lt;Composition 3-C-l&gt; • Cyclohexanone (solvent) 80 parts by mass • CI Acid Blue 108 strong colorant) 7.5 parts by mass • CI·solvent yellow 162 ageing agent) 2.5 parts by mass • Pentaerythritol triacrylate 3:7 mixture of ester and dipentaerythritol hexapropionate (polymerizable compound) 7-fibrous • 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5' -tetraphenyl.1,2\diimidazole (photopolymerization initiator) 1 part by mass • Compound 3-1 (Fuding sensitizer) q η Temporary portion • Common sensitizer: 2-Hydroxythiobenzimidazole 0.8 Temporary portion • Glycerol propoxylate (λ 5 parts by mass (quantitative average molecular weight Μ η : 1500, More absorption coefficient ε =0, colorless compound) -179- 200811483 [4. Colored curable composition 3-C-1 Evaluation of storage stability of (coating liquid) In the same manner as in Example 1-2-1, the colored curable composition 3-C-1 was stored at room temperature for one month, and then evaluated. [5. Coloring hardenability was used. Production of color filter by the composition 3-C-1 and evaluation] The same procedure as in Example 1-2-1 except that the colored photosensitive composition 3-C-1 was used instead of the colored curable composition 1-C-1 The process proceeds to obtain a color filter.

&lt;曝光敏感度&gt; 與實施例1 -2-1同樣地進行’來評價曝光敏感度、基板 黏附性、及圖案剖面形狀。測定評價結果如下述表1 9所示。 &lt;顯像性&gt; 與實施例1 -1 -1同樣地進行評價。 [比較例3-2-1] 在實施例3-2-1 ’除了將調製著色硬化性組成物3-C-1 所使用組成3-C-1 ’變更爲下述組成3-D-1以外’全部與實 施例3 -2-1同樣地進行’來調製比較用著色硬化性組成物 3 -D -1,同時得到形成有著色圖案之彩色濾光片。並進行與 實施例3-2-1同樣的評價。結果如表19所示。 -180- 200811483 &lt;組成 3-D-l&gt; •環己酮(溶劑) 80質量份 • CI.酸性藍108(著色劑) 7.5質量份 • C.I.溶劑黃162(著色劑) 2.5質量份 •新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯之3:7的混合物(聚合 性化合物) 7·〇質量份 •肟系光聚合引發劑 (CGI-124、CIBA SPECIALTY CHEMICAL 公司製、光聚合引發劑) 2·5質量份 •甘油丙氧基化物 〇·5質量份 (數量平均分子量Μη : 1500)&lt;Exposure Sensitivity&gt; The exposure sensitivity, substrate adhesion, and pattern cross-sectional shape were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1-2-1. The measurement evaluation results are shown in Table 19 below. &lt;Developing property&gt; Evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1-1. [Comparative Example 3-2-1] In Example 3-2-1', except that the composition 3-C-1 ' used for the preparation of the coloring curable composition 3-C-1 was changed to the following composition 3-D-1 In the same manner as in Example 3 -2-1, the coloring curable composition 3 -D -1 for comparison was prepared, and a color filter in which a colored pattern was formed was obtained. The same evaluation as in Example 3-2-1 was carried out. The results are shown in Table 19. -180- 200811483 &lt;Composition of 3-D-l&gt; • Cyclohexanone (solvent) 80 parts by mass • CI. Acid Blue 108 (colorant) 7.5 parts by mass • CI Solvent Yellow 162 (colorant) 2.5 parts by mass • New 3:7 mixture of pentaerythritol triacrylate and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (polymerizable compound) 7·〇 parts by mass • Lanthanide photopolymerization initiator (CGI-124, manufactured by CIBA SPECIALTY CHEMICAL Co., Ltd., light) Polymerization initiator) 2·5 parts by mass • Glycerol propoxylate 〇·5 parts by mass (quantitative average molecular weight Μη: 1500)

[實施例3-2-2〜2-10、比較例2-2〜2-4] 在實施例3-2-1,除了將調製著色感光性組成物3-C-1 所使用組成3-C-1中的特定敏化劑、光聚合引發劑、及共 敏化劑各自變更爲下述表19所示以外,全部與實施例3_2-1 同樣地進行,來調製著色感光性組成物3-C-2〜3-C-10及比 較用著色硬化性組成物3-C-ll~3-C-13,同時在支撐體上形 # 成著色圖案來製造彩色濾光片,並進行評價。結果如下述 表1 9所示。 [實施例3-2-11] 在實施例3-2-1,除了將調製著色感光性組成物3-CM 所使用組成3-C-1變更爲下述組成3-E-1以外,全部與實施 例3-2-1同樣地進行,來調製著色感光性組成物3-E-1,同 時形成著色圖案而得到彩色濾光片。並且與實施例3-2-1 同樣地進行評價。結果如表1 9所示。 -181- 200811483 &lt;組成 3-Ε-1&gt; 80質量份 6Ό質量份 4.0質量份 7·〇質量份 1質量份 〇·7質量份 〇·δ質量份 〇·5質量份 •環己酮 •C.I.顏料紅254 • C.I·顏料黃139 •新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯之3:7的混合物(聚合 性化合物) • 2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基·1,2’_二咪唑(光聚合引發劑) •化合物3-1 (特定敏化劑)[Example 3-2-2 to 2-10, Comparative Example 2-2 to 2-4] In Example 3-2-1, except that the composition for coloring the photosensitive composition 3-C-1 was prepared 3- The specific sensitizer, the photopolymerization initiator, and the co-sensitizer in C-1 were changed to the same as in the above-described Table 3, except that the specific sensitizer, the photopolymerization initiator, and the co-sensitizer were changed, and the coloring photosensitive composition 3 was prepared. -C-2 to 3-C-10 and the comparative coloring hardenable composition 3-C-ll~3-C-13, while forming a colored pattern on the support to form a color filter, and evaluating . The results are shown in Table 197 below. [Example 3-2-11] In the example 3-2-1, except that the composition 3-C-1 used for the preparation of the coloring photosensitive composition 3-CM was changed to the following composition 3-E-1, all In the same manner as in Example 3-2-1, the colored photosensitive composition 3-E-1 was prepared, and a colored pattern was formed to obtain a color filter. Further, evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example 3-2-1. The results are shown in Table 19. -181- 200811483 &lt;Composition 3-Ε-1&gt; 80 parts by mass 6 parts by mass 4.0 parts by mass 7·〇 parts by mass 1 part by mass 7·7 parts by mass 〇·δ parts by mass 〇·5 parts by mass • Cyclohexanone • CI Pigment Red 254 • CI·Pigment Yellow 139 • 3:7 mixture of pentaerythritol triacrylate and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (polymerizable compound) • 2,2'-bis(2-chlorobenzene) —4,4′,5,5′-tetraphenyl·1,2′-diimidazole (photopolymerization initiator) • Compound 3-1 (specific sensitizer)

•共敏化劑:2-氫硫基苯并咪唑 •甘油丙氧基化物(數量平均分子量Μη : 1500) [實施例3-2-5] 在實施例3-2-11,除了將調製著色感光性組成物3-Ε-1 所使用組成3-Ε-1中的特定敏化劑、光聚合引發劑、及共 敏化劑各自變更爲下述表19所示以外,全部與實施例 3-2-11同樣地進行,來調製著色感光性組成物3-Ε-2,同時 形成著色圖案來製造彩色濾光片,並進行評價。結果如下• Co-sensitizer: 2-Hydroxythiobenzimidazole • Glycerol propoxylate (number average molecular weight Μη : 1500) [Example 3-2-5] In Example 3-2-11, except that the modulation was colored Each of the specific sensitizer, the photopolymerization initiator, and the co-sensitizer in the composition 3-Ε-1 used in the photosensitive composition 3-Ε-1 was changed to the following Table 19, and all were the same as Example 3. In the same manner, -2-11 was prepared to prepare a coloring photosensitive composition 3-Ε-2, and a coloring pattern was formed to produce a color filter, which was evaluated. Results are as follows

[比較例3-2_6] 在實施例3-2-丨,除了將調製著色感光性組成物3-C-1 所使用組成3 - C -1變更爲下述組成3 - F · 1以外’全部與實施 例3-2-1同樣地進行,來調製比較用著色感光性組成物 3-F-1,同時形成著色圖案而得到彩色濾光片。並且與實施 例3-2-1同樣地進行評價。結果如表19所示。 -182- 200811483[Comparative Example 3-2_6] In Example 3-2-丨, except that the composition 3 - C -1 used for the preparation of the coloring photosensitive composition 3-C-1 was changed to the following composition 3 - F · 1 In the same manner as in Example 3-2-1, the coloring photosensitive composition 3-F-1 was prepared, and a coloring pattern was formed to obtain a color filter. Further, evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example 3-2-1. The results are shown in Table 19. -182- 200811483

〈組成 3-F-l&gt; •環己酮 80質量份 • C.I.顏料紅254 6.0質量份 • CL顏料黃139 4.0質量份 •新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯之3:7的混合物(聚合 性化合物) 7·0質量份 •肟系光聚合引發劑 (CGI-124、CIBA SPECIALTY CHEMICAL 公司製、光聚合引發劑) 2.5質量份 •甘油丙氧基化物 〇·5質量份 激麗平均分子m Μη : 1500) -183- 200811483 表19 著色硬化性) 狙成物 著色硬ί 匕性組成物及彩色濾&gt; έ片之評價 wm 特定敏化劑或 比較化合物 光聚合 引發劑 共敏 化劑 保存 安定性 敏感度 (mJ/cm2) 寸 (微米) 顯像性 基板 黏附性 圖案剖 面形狀 實施例3-2-1 3-C-1 化合物3-1 D1 F1 〇 900 1.97 〇 〇 矩形 實施例3·2·2 3-C-2 化合物3-1 D2 F1 〇 1100 1.94 〇 〇 矩形 實施例3-2-3 3-C-3 化合物3-1 D3 F1 〇 1100 1.94 〇 〇 矩形 實施例3-2-4 3-C-4 化合物3-1 D1 F2 〇 900 1.98 〇 〇 順錐形 實施例3-2·5 3-C-5 化合物3-3 D1 F1 〇 1100 1.94 〇 〇 矩形 實施例3-2-6 3-C-6 化合物3-4 D1 F1 〇 1000 1.94 〇 〇 矩形 實施例3-2-7 3-C-7 化合物3-5 D1 F1 〇 800 1.94 〇 〇 矩形 實施例3-2·8 3-C-8 化合物3·7 D1 F1 〇 800 1.92 〇 〇 矩形 實施例3·2-9 3-C-9 化合物3-2 D1 F1 〇 1200 1.94 〇 〇 矩形 實施例3-2-10 3-C-10 化合物3-6 D1 F1 〇 1200 1.94 〇 〇 矩形 實施例3-2-11 3-E-2 化合物3-1 D1 F1 〇 800 2.01 〇 〇 順錐形 比較例3-2·1 3-D-1 - CGI-124 〇 1500 1.84 〇 Δ 反錐形 tmm 3-2-2 3-C-11 比較化合物3-1 D1 F1 〇 1300 1.90 Δ Δ 反錐形 比較例3-2-3 3-C-12 比較化合物3-2 D1 F1 〇 2000 1.50 〇 X 反錐形 比較例3-2-4 3-C-13 比較化合物3-3 D1 F1 〇 1400 1.91 〇 Δ 反錐形 比較例3·2·5 3-E-2 比較化合物3·1 D1 F1 〇 1200 1.92 Δ Δ 反錐形 比較例3-2-6 3-F-1 - CGI-124 - 〇 1400 1.91 〇 Δ 反錐形<Composition 3-F-l> • 80 parts by mass of cyclohexanone • CI Pigment Red 254 6.0 parts by mass • CL Pigment Yellow 139 4.0 parts by mass • Pentaerythritol triacrylate and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate 3 Mixture of 7 : (polymerizable compound) 7·0 parts by mass • Lanthanide photopolymerization initiator (CGI-124, manufactured by CIBA SPECIALTY CHEMICAL Co., Ltd., photopolymerization initiator) 2.5 parts by mass • Glycerol propoxylate 〇·5 mass Exciting average molecular m Μη : 1500) -183- 200811483 Table 19 Coloring hardenability) Coloring hardening of bismuth 匕 组成 composition and color filter&gt; Evaluation of bracts wm Specific sensitizer or comparative compound photopolymerization Agent co-sensitizer preservation stability sensitivity (mJ/cm2) inch (micron) imaging substrate adhesion pattern cross-sectional shape Example 3-2-1 3-C-1 Compound 3-1 D1 F1 〇900 1.97 〇 〇Rectangular Example 3·2·2 3-C-2 Compound 3-1 D2 F1 〇1100 1.94 〇〇Rectangular Example 3-2-3 3-C-3 Compound 3-1 D3 F1 〇1100 1.94 〇〇Rectangle Example 3-2-4 3-C-4 Compound 3-1 D1 F2 〇900 1.98 锥形Conical Example 3-2·5 3-C-5 Compound 3-3 D1 F1 〇1100 1.94 〇〇Rectangular Example 3-2-6 3-C-6 Compound 3-4 D1 F1 〇1000 1.94 〇〇Rectangular Example 3-2-7 3- C-7 Compound 3-5 D1 F1 〇800 1.94 〇〇Rectangular Example 3-2·8 3-C-8 Compound 3·7 D1 F1 〇800 1.92 〇〇Rectangular Example 3·2-9 3-C- 9 Compound 3-2 D1 F1 〇1200 1.94 〇〇Rectangular Example 3-2-10 3-C-10 Compound 3-6 D1 F1 〇1200 1.94 〇〇Rectangular Example 3-2-11 3-E-2 Compound 3-1 D1 F1 〇800 2.01 〇〇 锥形 tapered comparison example 3-2·1 3-D-1 - CGI-124 〇1500 1.84 〇Δ anti-tapered tmm 3-2-2 3-C-11 Comparative compound 3-1 D1 F1 〇1300 1.90 Δ Δ Anti-conical comparison example 3-2-3 3-C-12 Comparative compound 3-2 D1 F1 〇2000 1.50 〇X Reverse cone comparison example 3-2-4 3-C -13 Comparative Compound 3-3 D1 F1 〇1400 1.91 〇Δ Anti-conical Comparative Example 3·2·5 3-E-2 Comparative Compound 3·1 D1 F1 〇1200 1.92 Δ Δ Anti-conical Comparative Example 3-2- 6 3-F-1 - CGI-124 - 〇1400 1.91 〇Δ anti-taper

如表19所示之光聚合引發劑D1〜D3、共敏化劑F1及 F2、及比較化合物3-1〜3-3係前述的化合物。 由表19的結果,得知含有特定敏化劑(化合物3-1〜3-7) 之各實施例的著色硬化性組成物係在其溶液狀態具有優良 的保存安定性。又,得知使用該著色硬化性組成物在支撐 體上形成著色圖案時,相對於未含有特定敏化劑或使用比 較化合物3-1〜3-3之各比較例’能夠得到曝光敏感度高、顯 像性優良、同時基板黏附性、圖案剖面形狀都優良的彩色 濃光片。 •184-The photopolymerization initiators D1 to D3, the co-sensitizers F1 and F2, and the comparative compounds 3-1 to 3-3 shown in Table 19 are the aforementioned compounds. From the results of Table 19, it was found that the color hardening composition of each of the examples containing the specific sensitizer (compounds 3-1 to 3-7) had excellent storage stability in the solution state. Moreover, when the coloring pattern was formed on the support using the colored curable composition, it was found that the exposure sensitivity was high with respect to each comparative example in which the specific sensitizer was not contained or the comparative compounds 3-1 to 3-3 were used. A color concentrating sheet excellent in image formation, excellent in substrate adhesion, and pattern cross-sectional shape. •184-

200811483 【圖式簡單說明】 第1圖係化合物2 -1之 第2圖係化合物2-2之 第3圖係化合物2 - 3之 第4圖係化合物2 - 4之 第5圖係化合物2 - 5之 第6圖係化合物2-6之 【主要元件符號說明】 W-NMR 圖。 iH-NMR 圖。 iH-NMR 圖。 ^-NMR 圖。 W-NMR 圖。 j-NMR 圖。200811483 [Simplified description of the drawings] Fig. 1 is a second diagram of the compound 2-1, and the third diagram of the compound 2-2 is a pattern of the compound 2 - 3, and the fifth diagram of the compound 2 - 4 is a compound 2 - Fig. 6 is a diagram showing the W-NMR chart of the main component symbols of the compound 2-6. iH-NMR chart. iH-NMR chart. ^-NMR chart. W-NMR chart. j-NMR chart.

-185--185-

Claims (1)

200811483 十、申請專例範圍: 1 · 一種彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物,其特徵係含有:選自 由下述通式(1-1)所示之化合物、通式(I-11)所示之化合 物、下述通式(2-1)所示之化合物、及通式(3_丨)所示之化 合物所組成群組中的至少1種化合物; 光聚合引發劑; 聚合性化合物;及200811483 X. Application Specific Range: 1 . A curable composition for a color filter, characterized in that it is selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (1-1) and a formula (I-11) At least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (2-1) and a compound represented by the formula (3_丨); a photopolymerization initiator; a polymerizable compound; and 通式(1-1)及通式(1-II)中,R11及R12係各自獨立地表示 一價的取代基;R13、R14、R15、及R16係各自獨立地表示 氫原子或一價的取代基;η係表示0&quot;5的整數;η’係表示 0〜5的整數;η及η,不可雙方都爲0 ; η爲2以上時’複 數存在之R11各自可相同亦可不同;η’爲2以上時,複 數存在之R2各自可相同亦可不同; 通式(2-1)In the formula (1-1) and the formula (1-II), R11 and R12 each independently represent a monovalent substituent; and R13, R14, R15 and R16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent group. a substituent; η represents an integer of 0&quot;5; η' represents an integer of 0 to 5; η and η are not both 0; when η is 2 or more, R11 of the plural may be the same or different; 'When it is 2 or more, R2 in the plural may be the same or different; General formula (2-1) -186- 200811483 通式(2-1)中,A係表示亦可具有取代基之芳香族環或雜 環;R21、R22、R23、R24、及係各自獨立地表示氫原子 或一價的非金屬原子團;A、R22、R23、及R24亦可各自互 相鍵結而形成脂肪族性或芳香族性的環; 通式(3-1)-186- 200811483 In the formula (2-1), A represents an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring which may have a substituent; and R21, R22, R23, R24, and each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent non- Metal atomic groups; A, R22, R23, and R24 may each bond to each other to form an aliphatic or aromatic ring; 通式(3-1)中,A係表示亦可具有取代基之芳香族環或 雜環;X係表示氧原子、硫原子或-N(R33)- ; Y係表示氧 原子、硫原子或_N(R33)- ; R31、R32、及R33係各自獨立地 表示氫原子或一價的非金屬原子團;A、R31、R32、及R33 亦可各自互相鍵結而形成脂肪族性或芳香族性的環。 2.如申請專利範圍第i項之彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物, 其中含有該通式(1-1)或通式(1-II)所示之化合物。In the formula (3-1), A represents an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring which may have a substituent; X represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or -N(R33)-; Y represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or _N(R33)-; R31, R32, and R33 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent non-metal atomic group; and A, R31, R32, and R33 may each bond to each other to form an aliphatic or aromatic group. Sexual ring. 2. The curable composition for a color filter according to the item i of the patent application, wherein the compound represented by the formula (1-1) or the formula (1-II) is contained. 3 ·如申請專利範圍第2項之彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物, 其中在該通式(1-1)或通式(1·Π),η係表示1〜5的整數, R11中之至少一個爲烷基、烷氧基、或二烷胺基。 4 ·如申請專利範圍第2項之彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物, 其中更含有硫醇化合物。 5 ·如申請專利範圍第1項之彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物’ 其中含有該通式(2-1)所示之化合物。 6 ·如申請專利範圍第1項之彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物, -187- 200811483 其中含有該通式(,3-1)所示之化合物。 7.如申請專利範圍第1至6項中任一項之彩色濾光片用硬. 化性組成物,其中含有二咪唑系化合物作爲該光聚合引 發劑。 8.—種彩色濾光片,其特徵係具有在支撐體上使用如申請 專利範圍第1〜6項中任一項之彩色濾光片用硬化性組成 物而構成之著色圖案。3. The hardenable composition for a color filter according to the second aspect of the patent application, wherein in the formula (1-1) or the formula (1·Π), the η represents an integer of 1 to 5, in R11 At least one of them is an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a dialkylamine group. 4. The curable composition for a color filter according to item 2 of the patent application, which further contains a thiol compound. 5. The curable composition for a color filter according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein the compound represented by the formula (2-1) is contained. 6. The curable composition for a color filter according to the first aspect of the patent application, -187- 200811483, which contains the compound represented by the formula (, 3-1). 7. The hardenable composition for a color filter according to any one of claims 1 to 6, which contains a diimidazole compound as the photopolymerization initiator. A color filter comprising a coloring pattern formed by using a curable composition for a color filter according to any one of the first to sixth aspects of the invention. 9.如申請專利範圍第8項之彩色濾光片,其中該彩色濾光 片用硬化性組成物含有二咪唑系化合物作爲該光聚合引 發劑。 10. —種彩色濾光片之製法,包含以下步驟:支撐體上塗布 如申請專利範圍第8項之彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物來 形成著色硬化性組成物層之步驟;透過光罩對該著色硬 化性組成物層進行曝光之步驟;及對曝光後的該著色硬 化性組成物層進行顯像來形成著色圖案之步驟。 11. 如申請專利範圍第10項之彩色濾光片之製法,其中該 彩色濾光片用硬化性組成物含有二咪唑系化合物作爲該 光聚合引發劑。 12. —種化合物,係如該通式(2-1)所示。 13. —種感光性組成物,其特徵係含有該通式(2-1)所示之化 合物。 14.一種硬化性組成物,係含有該通式(2-1)所示之化合物、 光聚合引發劑、聚合性化合物、及著色劑。 1 5 ·如申請專利範圍第1 4項之硬化性組成物,其中含有二 咪唑系化合物作爲前述光聚合引發劑。 -188·9. The color filter of claim 8, wherein the curable composition for the color filter contains a diimidazole compound as the photopolymerization initiator. 10. A method for producing a color filter, comprising the steps of: coating a support layer with a hardenable composition for color filters of claim 8 to form a color hardening composition layer; and transmitting a mask a step of exposing the colored curable composition layer; and a step of developing the colored curable composition layer after exposure to form a colored pattern. 11. The method of producing a color filter according to claim 10, wherein the curable composition for the color filter contains a diimidazole compound as the photopolymerization initiator. 12. A compound as shown in the formula (2-1). A photosensitive composition comprising a compound represented by the formula (2-1). A curable composition comprising a compound represented by the formula (2-1), a photopolymerization initiator, a polymerizable compound, and a color former. 1 5 The curable composition of claim 14 which contains a diimidazole compound as the photopolymerization initiator. -188·
TW096122412A 2006-06-23 2007-06-22 Compound, photosensitive composition, curable composition, curable composition for forming color filter, color filter, and method for manufacturing the same TWI437280B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006174371 2006-06-23
JP2006182285A JP4912770B2 (en) 2006-06-30 2006-06-30 Curable composition for color filter, color filter, and method for producing the same
JP2006236525A JP2008056617A (en) 2006-08-31 2006-08-31 Compound, photosensitive composition, curing composition, curing composition for color filter, color filter, and manufacturing method of color filter
JP2006324686A JP5013831B2 (en) 2006-06-23 2006-11-30 Curable composition for color filter, color filter, and method for producing the same

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200811483A true TW200811483A (en) 2008-03-01
TWI437280B TWI437280B (en) 2014-05-11

Family

ID=39139167

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW096122412A TWI437280B (en) 2006-06-23 2007-06-22 Compound, photosensitive composition, curable composition, curable composition for forming color filter, color filter, and method for manufacturing the same

Country Status (3)

Country Link
KR (1) KR101398503B1 (en)
CN (1) CN101093355B (en)
TW (1) TWI437280B (en)

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101403153B1 (en) * 2009-03-16 2014-06-09 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Colored photosensitive resin composition for short wavelength laser exposure apparatus, color filter and liquid crystal display device employing the same
JP5471851B2 (en) * 2010-06-03 2014-04-16 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive resin composition, cured film, method for forming cured film, and display element
CN103003742A (en) * 2010-07-20 2013-03-27 日本化药株式会社 Liquid crystal sealing agent and liquid crystal display cell using same
CN102914942B (en) * 2011-08-05 2017-03-01 住友化学株式会社 Colored curable resin composition
JP5934664B2 (en) * 2012-03-19 2016-06-15 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored radiation-sensitive composition, colored cured film, color filter, colored pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
KR102000492B1 (en) * 2012-03-30 2019-07-16 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Photosensitive resin composition and method for manufacturing pattern using the composition
KR102066287B1 (en) * 2012-06-11 2020-01-14 스미또모 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 Colored photosensitive resin composition
KR20170013914A (en) * 2014-06-27 2017-02-07 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Organic electronic device sealing member

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3947337A (en) * 1973-05-10 1976-03-30 The Upjohn Company α,ω-Diarylpolyene photosensitizers for sulfonylazide polymers
KR0140908B1 (en) * 1995-01-20 1998-06-15 박흥기 Pigment dispersed photoresist composition for color filter of lcd
JP4171589B2 (en) * 2001-03-07 2008-10-22 富士フイルム株式会社 Master for lithographic printing plate
EP1388025A2 (en) * 2001-05-15 2004-02-11 Showa Denko K.K. Photosensitive coloring compositon, color filter using the compositon and method of producing the same
JP2003221517A (en) * 2002-01-30 2003-08-08 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Method for producing sensitized dye and photosensitive composition given by using the same
JP4570857B2 (en) * 2003-03-31 2010-10-27 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive composition and planographic printing plate precursor
KR100998459B1 (en) * 2003-09-25 2010-12-06 미쓰비시 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 Negative blue-violet laser photosensitive composition, image forming material, image former and method of image formation

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN101093355B (en) 2013-07-10
TWI437280B (en) 2014-05-11
KR20070122178A (en) 2007-12-28
KR101398503B1 (en) 2014-05-27
CN101093355A (en) 2007-12-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI447522B (en) Polymerizable composition, color filter, method of producing color filter and solid state image sensor
TWI465464B (en) Novel compound, polymerizable composition, color filter and method of producing the same, solid-state imaging device, and planographic printing plate precursor
JP5196738B2 (en) Colored curable composition for color filter, color filter, and production method thereof
JP6166711B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film using the same, color filter, pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
KR101732451B1 (en) Photopolymerizable composition, color filter, method for producing same, solid-state image pickup element, liquid crystal display device, lithographic printing original plate, and novel compound
TW200811483A (en) Compound, photosensitive composition, curable composition, curable composition for forming color filter, color filter, and method for manufacturing the same
US8835081B2 (en) Polymerizable composition, color filter, method of producing color filter and solid-state image sensor
JP2009221114A (en) Compound having polymerization-initiating function, polymerization initiator, polymerizable composition, color filter and method for producing the same, and solid state imaging element
JP5178081B2 (en) Curable composition for forming color filter, color filter using the same, method for producing the same, and solid-state imaging device
JP2009042751A (en) Photosensitive composition, curable composition, curable composition for color filter, color filter and method for producing the same
TW200941128A (en) Colored photocurable composition for solid state image pick-up device, color filter and method for production thereof, and solid state image pick-up device
CN105027003B (en) Coloring photosensitive combination, cured film, colored filter and its manufacturing method, liquid crystal display device and solid photographic element
JP5317879B2 (en) NOVEL COMPOUND, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITION, COLOR FILTER, COLOR FILTER MANUFACTURING METHOD, SOLID-STATE IMAGING ELEMENT, AND PLATE PRINTING PRINTING PLATE
JP2008032860A (en) Curable composition, color filter and method for manufacturing the same
JP6163054B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured resin and color filter
JP5171514B2 (en) Colored curable composition, color filter, and method for producing color filter
TWI427335B (en) Color filter and method for producing the same
JP5105867B2 (en) Curable composition, color filter and method for producing the same
JP2008276130A (en) Curable composition for color filter, and color filter, and method for manufacturing same
JP2017045053A (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition and color filter using the same
JP5013831B2 (en) Curable composition for color filter, color filter, and method for producing the same
TW201115267A (en) Colored curable composition, method for forming colored pattern, color filter, and liquid crystal display
JP2008058525A (en) Curable composition for color filter, color filter and method for producing the same
JP2008056617A (en) Compound, photosensitive composition, curing composition, curing composition for color filter, color filter, and manufacturing method of color filter
JP2010085468A (en) Photocurable composition, photocurable composition for color filter, color filter and method for manufacturing the same, and solid-state imaging element

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees